SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1 Standard chemical and technical dictionary 1 H Bennett Chemical pub. 1945 2 Molding technique for Bakenlite and vinylite plastics 1 W. Palman Harlequin Press Co Ltd. 1941 3 Modrn packaging encyclopedia 1949 1 C A Breskin Packaging catalog corp 1949 4 Modern Packaging Encyclopedia 1951 1 Packaging Cat. Corp. Packaging Catalog 1951 5 Pear's cyclopedia 1 Thomas J. Barratt A&F Pears n.d 6 Modern packaging encyclopedia vol-28 1 Packaging Cat ass. Packaging Catalog 1954 7 Modern packaging encyclopedia vol-29 1 Packaging Cat ass. Packaging Catalog 1955 de Indiana Overseas 8 Directory of Foreign collaborations in India vol- 1 1 J N Gupta 1968 Publications de Indiana Overseas 9 Directory of Foreign collaborations in India vol- 2 1 J N Gupta 1968 Publications Survey of India's export potential of coir & coir based 10 1 IIFT IIFT New Delhi 1971 products vol-1 Survey of India's export potential of coir & coir based 11 1 IIFT IIFT New Delhi 1971 products vol-2 The Indiana Overseas 12 Dictionary of Foreign Collaboration in India 2 J.N.Gupta 1974 Pub. National information 13 Sourcebook of Environmental activities in India 1 Lahim, A 1978 system for Sc. & Tec U.S. Department of 14 Mordern export packing 1 J.Leewing 1938 commerce 15 Patent fundamentals 1 L.Amdur Chem 1945 16 Encyclopedia of substitutes and synthetics 1 Schoegold Philosospical Library 1943 17 Modern cotton economics 1 T Thornley Scott Green wood 1932 18 Encyclopedia of substitutes and synthetics 1 M D Schoengold Philisophical Library 1929 19 Thorpe's dictionary of applied chemistry Vol 3 1 B. Jaffe Silver Burdett Co. 1947 Fungicides with Water Repellents for plant and Field 20 1 H C Dehoff Technical Library 1946 use The Staff of Textile 21 The " Mercury" Dictionary of textile terms 1 Textile Mercury N.D Mercury 22 Chemistry in the twentieth century 1 E.F. Armstrong Ernest - Benn 1924 23 The genius of Industrial Research 1 D H Killeffer Reinhold Publishing 1958 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 24 Science for every man Encyclopedia 1 J G Cook Merrow Publishing 1957 How to suspend,discharge and dismiss your Commercial Law 25 1 A K Kuba 1966 employees Publishers 26 Irregration planning for intensive cultivation 1 H L Sally Asia Publishing jouse 1966 27 A Guide to stock control 1 A.Batters Pitman 1970 28 Methods of mathematical physics: vol.2 1 Courant, R. Wiley Eastern 1975 29 People and Performance 1 Drucker, Peter .F Allied Publishers 1977 30 Taxmann's income tax rules ED 15 1 Bhargava, U.K Taxmann publication 1980 31 Leave Rules Made easy 1 P Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1971 32 Exchange Control Manual 1 Reserve Bank of India R B I , India 1971 American socity for 33 Metals handbook Vol1 1 T. Lyman 1975 metals American socity for 34 Metals handbook Vol2 1 T. Lyman 1975 metals American socity for 35 Metals handbook Vol3 1 T. Lyman 1967 metals American socity for 36 Metals handbook Vol5 1 T. Lyman 1970 metals American socity for 37 Metals Handbook Vol7 1 T. Lyman 1972 metals American socity for 38 Metals Handbook Vol8 1 T. Lyman 1973 metals Americal society for 39 Metal Handbooks Vol 4 1 T. Layman 1973 metals Americal society for 40 Metal Handbooks Vol 9 1 T. Layman 1973 metals American Society For 41 Metals Handbook vol 6 1 Layman , Taylor 1974 Metals American Society For 42 Metals Handbook vol 10 1 Layman , Taylor 1975 Metals American Society For 43 Metals Handbook vol 11 1 Layman , Taylor 1976 Metals 44 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 4 1 M D Law George Newnes 1945 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 45 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 5 1 M D Law George Newnes 1946 46 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 6 1 M D Law George Newnes 1949 47 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 8 1 M D Law George Newnes 1949 48 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 9 1 M D Law George Newnes 1949 49 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 10 1 M D Law George Newnes 1949 50 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 11 1 M D Law George Newnes 1949 51 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 12 1 M D Law George Newnes 1950 52 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 13 1 M D Law George Newnes 1951 53 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 15 1 M D Law George Newnes 1952 Reseach & refernce Reseach & refernce division, Ministry of division, Ministry of 54 India : A reference annual 1983 2 1983 information and information and broadcasting broadcasting 55 Van Nostrands Chemical annual 1 J C Olsen D Van Nostrand 1934 56 Thor pe's dictinary of applied chemistry Vol 1 1 J.Thorpe Longmans Green 1941 57 Thor pe's dictinary of applied chemistry Vol 2 1 J.Thorpe Longmans Green 1940 58 Thor pe's dictinary of applied chemistry Vol 3 1 J.Thorpe Longmans Green 1943 59 Thorpe's dictionary vol- 4 1 J Thorpe Langmans Green 1942 60 Thorpe's Dictionary vol-2 1 J F Thorpe Langman Green 1929 61 Thorpe's dictionary of applied chemistry vol-7 1 Longmans Langmans Green 1946 62 Thorpe's dictionary of applied chemistry Vol 3 1 J.F. Thorpe Longmans green 1947 Packaging Catalog 63 Modern Packaging Encyclopedia 1948 1 Packaging catalog Corp 1948 Co 64 Thorpe's Dictionary & Applied chemistry vol- 9 1 J N Goldsmith Longmans Green 1949 65 Thorpe's Dictionary & Applied chemistry vol- 8 1 J N Goldsmith Longmans Green 1948 66 Thorpe's Dictionary of Applied chemistry vol-10 1 Ian Heilbron Longmans Green 1950 67 The condensed chemical dictionary 1 E.R. deong Rainhold publishing 1942 68 Thorpe's Dictionary of Applied chemistry vol-11 1 I M Heilbron Longmans Green 1936 69 Chambers Technical Dictionary 1 Hugles M & R Chambers ltd 1931 The chemistry of natural coloring matters: the 70 1 Mayer, Fritz. Reinhold Publishing 1943 constitutions, properties and biological SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 71 Patents, design and trademarks 1 C.Parsons Technical press 1938 72 Standard chemical and technical dictionary 1 H Bennett Chemical pub. 73 Textile factory organisation and management 1 D R H Williams Emmott & co 1932 74 Rayon industry of japan 1 H.W. Rose Texile research institute 1932 75 Handbook of Dangerous materials 1 N Irving Sax Reinhold Publishing 1956 76 Personnel management year book and Directory 1958 1 Arun Monappa Shaw Publishing 1958 Uses and Applications of Chemicals and related 77 1 T C Gregory Reinhold Publishind 1944 materials vol-2 Her Majesty's Stationary 78 Research for Industry 1958 1 H M S O 1958 Office Her Majesty's Stationary 79 Research for Industry 1959 1 H M S O 1959 Office Her Majesty's Stationary 80 Research for Industry 1965 1 H M S O 1965 Office American institute of 81 "Cash Flow" analysis and the Funds Statement 1 Perry Mason 1965 CPAS 82 Contract labour in manufacturing industries 1 K N Vaid Shrivam Centre press 1967 Catalogue of the culture : collection of the Commonwealth Commonwealth 83 1 1968 Commonwealth Mycological Institute Mycological Institute Mycological Institute 84 Research in Industry Its organisation 1 C.C.Furnas D.Van Nostrand Comp 1948 Indian Institute of 85 Indian packaging directory 1969 1 B.L Gupta 1971 packaging Smoothing forecasting and prediction of discrete time Prentice Hall 86 1 R.G.Brown 1963 series International 87 Export Methods and services in India 1 C.P.Agarwal Indian Export Institute 1972 88 Preservation and Packaging for Export and Storage 1 Shell Petrolium Shell Petrolium 1953 89 Sales Reports, Records and Systems 1 P.R. Lund Gower Press 1972 Ministry of Information 90 India 1985- a Reference annual 1 Govt. of India 1986 and Broadcasting 91 Ceremony's master plan 1 Welsh Duel sloan 1930 92 Kingzett's chemical encyclopedia 1 R Strong Kingzett Press 1940 93 Ingenious mechanisms for designers & Inventors 1 F D Jones Industrial press 1938 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 94 Cassell's German Dictionary 1 K Brenl Cassell and Co. 1927 The Biological 95 Symposia on quantitative biology vol-11 1 Biological laboratory 1946 Laboratory Quantitative Chemical methods for engineering International Chemical 96 1 O.M Smith 1944 standards Series Standards methods for testing petroleum and its The Institute of 97 1 Institute Of Petroleum 1956 products Petroleum 98 Scientific American cyclopedia of fornaulas 1 A A Hopkins Munn & co. 1942 99 Handbook of Agriculture 1 C G R Kurup I C A R 1958 Proceedings - Tenth Conference on human relations in 100 1 S I T R A SITRA 1968 industry Pulping and paper making properties of fast growing 101 1 FAO of USA USA , FAO 1975 plantation wood species Basic and business 102 Chemical and medical formulary of india 1979-1980 1 Mehra, B.K 1979 publications 103 Handbook of chemical patents 1 E. Thomas Chem 1927 104 Principles of Monetary industrial stability 1 H Munro Blackie & son 1927 105 A French - English Dictionary for chemists 1 A M Patterson John wiley 1921 106 Roget's thesaurus of the english words and phrases 1 P.M. Roget Longman's green 1936 107 Chemistry in the service of man 1 A Findlay Langmans Green 1932 108 The chemist's year book 1 F W Atack Hughes co. 1937 The bleaching, dyeing and chemical technology of 109 1 S.R. Troatman 1949 chemical fibres Charles Griffin 110 Chemical market Research in practice 1 R E Chaddck Reinhold Publishing 1942 111 Industrial research 1 F R Bichowsky Chemical Publishing 1945 112 Protective Wrappings 1 C R Oswin Cam publications 1953 The National Trade 113 Basic chemistry of textile preparation 1 S R Cockelt 1956 Press 114 The Dartnell office manager's hand book 1 J C Asplex Dartnell Corporation 1955 The Institute of 115 Odour in Packaging 1 Institute of Packaging 1960 Packaging 116 Hindustan Year book and Who's Who 1981 1 Sarkar, S M.C.Sarkar & Co. 1981 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 117 Hindustan Year Book and Who's Who 1983 2 S. Sarkar M.C.Sarkar 1983 118 Cellulose research symposium 2 1 C S I R C S I R 1958 119 Industry year book & Directory 1938 1 Title page missing Industry Press 1938 120 Scientific Encyclopedia 1 Richard M Field D Van Nostraced 1942 121 Organisation , as applied to industrial problems 1 H T Wright Chambs Griffin 1930 122 New world of chemistry 1 B. Jaffe Silver Burdett Co. 1947 Oxford- Charendon 123 The Photopgraphic study of rapid events 1 W D Chesterman 1943 Press 124 Laboratory manual of Botany 1 H K Barnah Dutt Baruah 1953 125 A German- English Dictionary for Chemists 1 A M Patterson John Wiley 126 History of Chemistry in Ancient and medieval India 1 P Ray Indian Chemical society 127 A guide to the literature of chemistry 1 E J Crane John wiley 1959 128 Pests of crops in warm climate and their control 1 R Wyniger R Wyniger 1962 129 The 'Mercury' Dictionary of Textile terms 1 The Staff of Textile MercuryTextile Mercury Ltd 1962 The National Trade 130 The standard handbook of textiles 1 A J Hall 1954 Press A Practical Treatise on jute cultivation and jute spinning 131 1 S K Pal Dasgupta & Co 1952 part-2 132 Budgeting profit planning and control 1 G A Welsch Prentice hall 1963 133 Tea Atatistics 1967-69 1 Tea board of india Tea board of india 1969 134 Organizational Psychology 1 Edgar H Schein Prentice-Hall 1976 Organic chemistry or chemistry of the carbon Richter, Victor Von; 135 1 Elsevier 1941 compounds: volume 1- chemistry of the aliphatic series edited by. : Elsevier 136 Electronic interpretations of organic chemistry 1 Remick, A. Edward. J Wiley & son 1943 137 Organic reactions: volume 1 1 Roger Adams John Wiley 1942 138 Organic reactions: volume 2 1 Roger Adams John Wiley 1944 139 The Collected papers of C. S. Hudson: volume 1 1 Hudson, C. S. Academic Press 1946 140 The Collected papers of C. S. Hudson: volume 2 1 Hudson, C. S. Academic Press 1948 141 Principles of ionic organic reactions 1 Alexander,Elliot R. John Wiley 1950 142 Methods in carbohydrate chemistry: volume 3 - cellulo 1 R L Whistler Academic Press 1963 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Organic reaction mechanisms 1969: an annual 143 1 B. Capon Interscience 1970 urveycovering the ... 144 (A) Guide book to mechanism in organic chemistry 1 Sykes, Peter. Orient Longman 1971 The Carbohydrates: chemistry and biochemistry -Vol. 145 1 The Carbohydrates. Academic Press 1970 2A (A) Guide to understanding basic organic reactions: 146 1 Whitfield, R. C. Longman 1974 Sunits Methods in carbohydrate chemistry: volume 1 - 147 1 Roy L. Whistler Academic Press 1962 Analysiand preparation of sugars Methods in carbohydrate chemistry: volume 2 - 148 1 Roy L. Whistler Academic Press 1963 reactions of carbohydrates 149 Methods in carbohydrate chemistry: volume 4 - starch 1 Roy L. Whistler Academic Press 1964 Methods in carbohydrate chemistry: volume 5 - 150 1 Roy L. Whistler Academic Press 1965 generalpolysaccharides The Carbohydrates: chemistry and biochemistry -Vol. 151 1 The Carbohydrates. Academic Press 1970 2B 152 Carbohydrates 1 Carbohydrates. Butterworths 1973 153 Organic preparations 1 Weygand, Conrad. Interscienc 1945 154 The Pectic substances 1 Kertesz, Z. I. Interscience 1951 155 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives 1 Emil Olt Interscience 1955 156 Unit processes in organic synthesis 1 Groggins, P. H. McGraw-Hill 1938 157 Cellulose: the structural elements of plants 1 Cross,C. F. Longmans, Green 1895 Advances in enzymic hydrolysis of cellulose andrelated Symposium of 158 1 Pergamon 1963 materials: proceedings AmericaChemical. 159 Cellulose research- a Symposium part -1 1 C S I R C S I R 1957 Advances in enzymic hydrolysis of cellulose andrelated Symposium of 160 1 Pergamon 1963 materials: proceedings AmericaChemical. 161 Surface active ethylene oxide adducts 1 Schonfeldt, N Pergamon 1969 Rodd's chemistry of carbon compounds: volume 1- 162 1 M.F. Ansell Elsevier 1975 aliphatic compounds The Carbohydrates: chemistry and biochemistry -Vol. 163 1 The Carbohydrates. Academic Press 1972 1A SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Starch: chemistry and technology: volume 1- 164 1 Roy L. Whistler AcademicPress 1965 fundamentaaspects Rodd's chemistry of carbon compounds: volume 1 Part 165 1 Ansell, H.F 1973 : (C & D) Elsevier Science 166 Industrial carbohydrates conference: proceedings 1 ATIRA ATIRA 1985 167 Carbohydrate conference: proceedings 1 IACS IACS 1989 168 (An) Introduction to the chemistry of cellulose 1 Marsh, J. T. Chapman and Hall 1945 169 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives 1 Emil Ott Interscience 1943 170 (An) Introduction to the chemistry of cellulose 1 Marsh, J. T. Chapman and Hall 1945 171 (An) Introduction to the chemistry of cellulose 1 Marsh, J. T. Chapman and Hall 1938 Chemistry of carbon compounds: a modern 172 1 Rodd, E. H. Elsevier 1951 comprehensive treatise - volume 1 part A 173 Researches on cellulose: part 1 (1895-1900) 1 Cross, C. F. Longmans, Green, 1901 Chemistry of carbon compounds: a modern 174 comprehensive treatise: vol.1 part B / Chemistry of 1 E H Rodd Elsevier Pub 1952 carbon compounds. 175 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives 1 Emil Ott Interscience 1943 Chemistry of carbon compounds: a modern 176 1 E H Rodd Elsevier, 1954 comprehensive treatise - volume 3 part A The Microbiology of cellulose, hemicelluloses pectiand 177 1 Thaysen, A. C. Oxford University Press 1927 gums 178 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives: vol.5 pt.1 1 Emil Olt Interscience 1935 179 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives: vol.5 pt.2 1 Emil Olt Interscience 1935 Chemistry of carbon compounds: a modern 180 1 E H Rodd Elsevier 1956 comprehensivetreatise - volume 3 part B 181 Researches on cellulose: part 1 (1895-1900) 1 Cross,C. F. Longmans, Green 1901 182 Cellulose chemistry 1 Plunguian, Mark. ChemicalPublishing 1943 183 The Chemistry of cellulose 1 Heuser, Emil. John Wiley 1944 184 Cellulose research- a Symposium part -2 1 C S I R C S I R 1962 Cellulose as a chemical and energy resources: Cellulose conference 185 1 Interscience 1975 proceeding (1974, Ju. Identification of organic compounds and textilefibres: 186 1 Vasi, I. G. MahajanBrothers 1980 semimicro methods SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 187 Starch: its chemistry, technology and uses 1 Eynon W. Heffer 1928 188 Formaldehyde 1 Walker, J. Frederic. ReinholdPublishing 1944 The Methods of cellulose chemistry: includingmethods 189 1 Doree, Charles. Chapman and Hall 1933 for the investigation ... Chemistry and industry of starch: starch sugars 190 1 Kerr, Ralph W. Academic Press 1944 andrelated compounds 191 Polysaccharide chemistry 1 Whistler, Roy Lester. Academic Press 1953 192 X-ray crystallographic technology 1 Guinier, Andre. Hilger and Watts 1952 193 Cellulose: the chemical that grows 1 Haynes, Williams Doubleday 1953 194 Starch: its chemistry, technology and uses 1 Eynon,Lewis. W. Heffer 1928 American Cyanamid American Cyanamid 195 The Chemistry of acrylonitrile 1 1951 Company Company 196 Cellulose: the chemical that grows 1 Haynes, Williams Doubleday 1953 197 Polyolefins: structure and properties 1 Boenig, Herma V. Elsevier 1966 198 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives: volume 5 part 4 1 Norbert M. Bikales Wiley -Interscience 1971 199 Cellulose and cellulose derivatives: volume 5 part 5 1 Norbert M. Bikales Wiley -Interscience 1971 200 Structural polysaccharide chemistry 1 Soni, P. L. Surya Publications 1992 201 Carbohydrates: structure, synthesis and applications 1 Carbohydrates. Surya Publications 1991 The Methods of cellulose chemistry: includingmethods 202 for the investigation of substances associatewith 1 Doree, Charles. Chapman and Hal 1947 cellulose in 203 Starch and its derivatives 1 Radley, J. A. ChapmanHall 1940 204 Fatty acids: their chemistry and physical properties 1 Markley, Klare S. Interscience 1947 The Biochemistry of cellulose: the polyuronideslignin 205 1 Norman, A. G. Oxford University Press 1937 &c The Chemistry of plant gums and mucilages: 206 1 Smith, F. ReinholdPublishing 1959 somerelated polysaccharides 207 The Crystalline state: a general survey 1 Bragg,Lawrence. G. Bell 1962 208 Researches on cellulose: part 3 (1905-1910) 1 Cross,C. F. Longmans, Green 1912 209 Researches on cellulose: part 4 (1910-1921) 1 Cross,C. F. Longmans, Green 1922 Recent advances in the chemistry of cellulose and Heywood Laboratory 210 1 J Honeyman 1959 starch Hand book SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Plan Phenolics Group 211 Methods in polyphenol chemistry: proceedings 1 symposiu Pergamon Press 1964 The Methods of cellulose chemistry: includingmethods 212 for the investigation of substances associatewith 1 Doree, Charles. Chapman and Hal 1947 cellulose in Rodd's chemistry of carbon compounds: volume 2 Part 213 1 Ansell, H.F 1974 : (A & B) Elsevier Science Rodd's chemistry of carbon compounds: volume 2 Part 214 1 1974 : (C,D & E) Ansell, H.F Elsevier Science Biotechnology and bioprocess engineering: 215 1 tarun K Ghosh IIT - Delhi 1985 proceedings Methane production from agricultural and Applied Science 216 1 Hobson, P. N. 1983 domesticwastes Publishers American Chemical 217 Graft copolymerization of lignocellulosic fibers 1 The Society 1982 Society symp. The Electronic conception of valence and the 218 1 Fry, Shipley Harry. Longmans, Green 1921 constitution of benzene 219 The Synthesis of benzene derivatives 1 Bate, Stanle C. Ernest Benn 1926 The Chemistry of the carbn compounds: volume 3 - 220 1 Richter, Victor Von. Elsevier 1946 aromatic compounds ELBS and Longmans 221 Organic chemistry: volume 1 - the fundamntal principl 1 Finar, I. L. 1970 Green Organic chemistry: volume 2 - stereochemistry and ELBSand Longmans 222 1 Finar, I. L. 1969 thechemistry of natural products Green Recent developments in the chemistry of Plant PhenolicsGroup 223 1 Pergamon Press 1961 naturalphenolic compounds: proceedings symposiu. 224 Oxidative coupling of phenols 1 W.I. Talor Marcel Dekker 1967 Pentachlorophenol: chemistry, pharmacology, and Pentachlorophenol 225 1 Plenum Press 1978 environmental toxicology symposiu Handbook of naturally occurring compounds: volume 1- 226 1 Devon, TK. Academic Press 1975 acetogenins, shikimates, and carbohydrates 227 The Chemistry of cellulose 1 Heuser, Emil. John Wiley & son 1944 The Chemistry of the carbon compounds: volume 3 - 228 1 Richter, Victor Von Elsevier publishing 1946 the aromatic compounds 229 (An) Outline of the chemistry of the carbohydrates 1 Degering, F. Ed. Joh S. Swift 1941 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 230 Chemistry of the carbohydrates 1 Pigman, William Ward Academic Press 1948 Chemistry of carbon compounds: a modern 231 1 E H Rodd Elsevier 1953 comprehensivetreatise: vol.2 part A Chemistry of carbon compounds: a modern 232 1 E H Rodd Elsevier 1953 comprehensivetreatise: vol.2 part B Chemistry of carbon compounds: a modern 233 1 E H Rodd Elsevier 1957 comprehensivetreatise - volume 4 part A 234 Lignins: occurence, formation, structure and reaction 1 Lignins. Wiley-Interscience 1971 235 Polycyclic hydrocarbons: volume 1 1 Clar, E. Academic Press 1964 236 Polycyclic hydrocarbons: volume 2 1 Clar, E. Academic Press 1964 237 Chemistry of nstursl coloring mstters 1 T Mayer 1938 238 Oragnic syntheses Vol 20 1 C.F.Allen J Wiley & son 1945 239 Oragnic syntheses Vol 21 1 C.F.Allen J Wiley & son 1946 240 Oragnic syntheses Vol 22 1 C.F.Allen J Wiley & son 1946 241 Oragnic syntheses Vol 23 1 C.F.Allen J Wiley & son 1948 242 Handbook of chemistry & Physics 1 C D Hodyman Chemical rubber Pub. 1938 243 Casein and its industrial applications 1 SutermeisterEdwin. Reinhold Publishing 1939 244 The Jute annual 1937 - 1938 1 R J Aruolt British Continental Press 1938 245 Proteins and life 1 Tracey, M. V. Chapman & Hall 1948 Brauns, Freidrich 246 The Chemistry of lignin 1 Academic Press 1952 Emil. Cambridge University 247 Fourier technique in x-ray organic structure analysis 1 Booth, A. D. 1948 Press 248 Microbial Decomposition of Cellulose 1 R G H Sin Reinhold Publishing 1962 Economist Economist Intewlligence 249 Special report on markets for jute 1 1961 Intewlligence Unit Unit 250 Cellulose research- a Symposium part -1 1 C S I R C S I R 1957 National science National science 251 Science and Engineering in American industry 1 1954 Foundation Foundation The Australian and New zealand markets for jute 252 1 J G Walton I J M A 1953 goods 253 Advanced methods of crystallography 1 G N Ramch Academic Press 1964 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 254 The Determination of crystal structures 1 Lipson, H G. Bell 1966 255 Dislocations in crystals 1 Read, W. T. McGraw-HillBook 1953 Optical transforms: their preparation and application to 256 1 x-ray diffraction problems Taylor, C. A G. Be 1964 257 The Chemistry of lignin 1 Pearl, Irwin A. MarcelDekker 1967 258 Constitution and biosynthesis of lignin 1 FreudenbergK. Springer - Verlag 1968 America Chemical 259 Lignin structure and reactions: proceedings 1 Society symp The Scociety 1966 260 Differential and Integral Calculas 1 R.Courant InterScience Publisher 1970 261 Lignin biochemistry 1 Schubert, Walter J. Academic Press 1965 262 Chemistry of vegetable tannins 1 Haslam, E. AcademiPress 1966 Proceedings of 263 Lignin biodegradation: proceedings 1 CRC Press 1980 ainternationa. Proceedings of 264 Lignin biodegradation: proceedings 1 CRC Press 1980 ainternationa. 265 Departmental of scientific and industrial research 1 Lord President of the CouncilHer Majesty's stationary 1956 I J M A Report of the third association delegation to the 266 united states of America and canada 1 S G Walton I J M A 1954 Proteins, amino acids and peptides as ions and dipolar 267 1 Cohn, Edwin J. Reinhold pub 1943 ions Chemical crystallography: an introduction to opticaland 268 1 Bunn, C. W. Oxford University Press 1945 x-ray methods Butterworths Scientific 269 Chemical engineering Practice Vol- 1 1 H W C Remer 1954 Publishing Butterworths Scientific 270 Chemical engineering Practice Vol- 2 1 H W C Remer 1955 Publishing 271 Chemical engineering practice Vol 3 1 H.W. Cremer scientific publication 1957 Butherworths Scientific 272 Chemical engineering Practice vol- 5 1 H W Cremer 1958 publisher Butherworths Scientific 273 Chemical Engineering Practice vol- 6 1 H W Cremer 1958 Pub. 274 Chemical engineering practice vol-2 1 H W Cremer Buther worth Scientific 1956 275 Chemical Engineering Practice vol- 8 1 H W Cremer Butterworth 1965 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 276 Chemical Engineering Practice vol- 9 1 H W Cremer Butterworth 1965 The Chemistry of lignin: covering the literature fothe Brauns, Friedrich 277 1 Academic Press 1960 years 1949-1958 Emil. Lignins: occurrence, formation, structure and reaction - 278 K V Sarkanen John Wiley 1971 Lignins: occurrence, formation 1 279 Guide to protein purification 1 Murray P. Deutscher Academic Press 1990 280 Chemical Engineering practice vol-7 1 H W Cremer Butherworth 1963 281 Chemical Engineering practice vol-12 1 H W Cremer Butherworth 1965 282 Chemical Engineering practice vol-4 1 H W Cremer Butherworth 1957 The Interscience 283 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol-1 1 Raymond E Kirk 1947 Encyclopedia The Interscience 284 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol-2 1 Raymond E Kirk 1948 Encyclopedia Interscience 285 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol-3 1 Raymond E Kirk 1949 Encyclopedia Interscience 286 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology Vol-4 1 R E Kirk 1950 Encyclopedia Interscience 287 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology Vol-5 1 R E Kirk 1951 Encyclopedia Interscience 288 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology 1 R E kirk 1950 Encyclopedia 289 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol- 8 1 R E Kirk Interscience 1952 290 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol-9 1 R E Kirk Interscience Publishers 1952 291 Encyclopedia of chemical and technology vol- 10 1 R E Kirk Interscience 1953 292 Encyclopedia of chemical technology 1 R E Kirk Interscience Publishers 1955 Interscience 293 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol- 12 1 R E Mark 1953 Encyclopedia Interscience 294 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol-13 1 R E Kirk 1954 Encyclopedia interscience 295 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 14 1 R.E. Kirk 1955 encyclopedia 296 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 15 1 Kirk- othmer Interscience publisher 1956 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Interscience 297 Encyclopedia of chemical technology 1 R E Kirk 1956 Encyclopedia Interscience 298 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology 1 R E Kirk 1960 Encyclopedia Recent advances in the chemistry and bioogy of sea Cambridge University 299 1 Harvey, H. W. 1945 water Press Chowdhury, Ramani 300 Handbook of mica: being a comprehensive treatise in 1 Chemical Publishing 1941 Ranjan. 301 Crystals and x-rays 1 Lonsdale, K. G. Bell 1948 X-ray crystallography: an introduction to 302 1 Buerger, M. J. John Wiley 1942 theinvestigation ... 303 The Optical principles of the diffraction of x-rays 1 James, R. W. G. Bell 1948 304 Crystal structures: volume 1 1 Wyckoff, Ralph W. G. Interscience Publisher 1951 305 Crystal structures: volume 2 1 Wyckoff, Ralph W. G. Interscience Publisher 1951 306 Crystal structures: volume 3 1 Wyckoff, Ralph W. G. Interscience Publisher 1953 X-radiffraction by 307 X-ray diffraction by polycrystalline materials 1 The Institute of Physics 1955 polycryst. UnitedStates 308 Water: the yearbook of agriculture 1955 1 The Department 1956 Department of A. X-ray diffraction procedures: for polycrystalline 309 1 Klug, Harold P. John Wiley 1954 andamorphous materials North-Holland 310 Direct analysis of diffraction by matter 1 Hosemann, R. 1962 Publishing 311 Diffraction of x-rays by chain molecules 1 Vainshtein B. K. Elsevier 1966 312 X-ray diffraction methods in polymer science 1 Alexander, Leroy E. Wiley - Interscience 1969 X-ray diffraction: in crystals, imparfect crystals 313 1 Guinier, A. W. H. Freeman 1963 anamorphous bodies 314 Origin of continents and ocean basins 1 M. V. Muratov Mir Publishers 1977 315 Geochemistry of the lithosphere 1 Beus, A. A. Mir Publishers 1976 316 New biology for tropical schools 1 Stone, R. H. Orient Longman 1975 Bioconversion of cellulosic substances into energy, 317 1 T K Ghose IIT-New Delhi 1978 chemicals and microbial protein: proceedings 318 Basic molecular biology 1 Price, Fred W. John Wiley 1979 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Bioconversion and biochemical engineering: 319 2 T.K. Ghose IIT-Delhi 1981 proceeding International course-cum-symposium on 320 bioconversionand biochemical engineering: report and 1 T.K. Ghose BERC 1981 addresses 321 Free radicals in biology: volume 1 1 William A Pryor Academic Press 1976 Central Salt & Marine Central salt & marine 322 Third national conference on water desalinations 2 chemicals research chemicals research 1984 Institute intitute Geological survey of India records volume 114 part 2:a Geological Servey of 323 1 1984 collection of scientific papers Geological Servey of indiaindia 324 Basic biotechnology 1 Basic biotechnology. AcademicPress 1987 Manual of industrial microbiology and biotechnology / American Society for 325 1 Arnold Demain 1986 Manual of industrial microbiol. Microbiology Separation, recovery, and purification inbiotechnology: American Chemical 326 1 The Society 1984 proceedings Societsymp. 327 Fundamentals of biotechnology 1 P Prave VCH Publishers 1987 328 Methods in molecular biology: volume 1 1 Walker, John Humana Press 1984 329 Methods in molecular biology: volume 2 1 Walker, John Humana Press 1984 330 Methods in molecular biology: volume 3 1 Walker, John Humana Press 1984 331 Methods in molecular biology: volume 4 1 John M Walker Humana Press 1988 Agro Botanical 332 Biotechnology: fundamentals and applications 1 Purohit, S. S. 1996 Publishers 333 Eco-toxicology: the study of pollutants in ecosystems 1 Moriarty, F. Academic Press 1999 Mc GrawHill Book 334 Principals of genetics 1 Sinnott, Edmund W. 1958 Company Chandrasekharan, S. 335 Cytogenetics and plant breeding 1 P. Varadachary 1965 N. The Genetics of bacteria and their viruses: studiesin 336 1 Hayes,William. Oxford 1964 basic genetics and molecular biology The Double helix: a personal account of thediscovery Weidenfeld and 337 1 Watson, James D. 1968 of the structure of DNA Nicolson Genetics: basic and applied: a survey of methods 338 1 Muntzing, Arne. LTs Forlag 1967 andmain results SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Strickberger, Monroe 339 Genetics 1 Macmillan 1971 W. 340 General genetics , 19 1 Srb, Adrian M. W. H. Freeman 1970 341 Classic papers in genetics 1 J A Peters Prentice Hall 1959 McGraw-Hill Book 342 Computer models in genetics 1 Fraser, Alex. 1970 Company 343 (An) Introduction to popular genetics theory / Crow, 1 James F. Harper and Row, 1970 344 The Handling of chromosomes 1 Darlington, C. D. George Allen & Unwin 1969 International symposium on the genetics of industrial 345 1 K. D. Macdonald Academic Press 1976 microorganisms: proceedings 346 Epigenetics: a treatise on theoretical biology 1 Lovtrup, Soren. John Wiley 1974 347 Molecular biology 1 Watson, James D. W.A. Benjamin 1977 348 Genetic engineering 1 Genetic engineering. CRC Pres 1979 American type culture American type culture 349 Catalogue of strains 1 1 1982 collection collection 350 The Cell 1 Pfeiffer, John. Time-Life Books 1982 351 Cytogenetics, evolution and plant breeding 1 Shukla, R. S S. Chand 1983 Saunders College 352 Essentials of cell and molecular biology 1 DeRoberties, E. D. P. 1981 Publishin Strickberger, Monroe MacmillanPublishing 353 Genetics 1 1985 W. Company 354 Cell and molecular biology 1 Robertis, E. D. P. De. Saunders College 1980 Strickberger, Monroe MacmillanPublishing 355 Genetics 1 1985 W. Company 356 Introduction to bacteriological chemistry 1 Anderson, C. G. E & S Livingstone 1938 Prescott, Samuel McGraw-Hill Book 357 Industrial microbiology 1 1940 Cate Company Practical methods for the microbiological assay of 358 1 Barton-Wright, E. C. Ashe Laboratories 1946 thvitamin B complex and essential amino acids 359 Microbiology 1 Franklin Lutman, BenjaminMcGraw-Hill Book Company1929 360 The Chemical activities of bacteria 1 Gale, Ernest F. Academic Press 1948 361 General microbiology 1 Stanier, Roger Y. Macmillan 1963 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 362 Biochemistry of industrial micro-organisms 1 C Rainbow Academic Press 1963 363 Microbiological methods 1 Collins, C. H. Butterwort 1967 W. B. 364 Microbiology 1 Carpenter, Philip L. 1967 SaundersCompany Society of American McGraw-Hill Book 365 Manual of microbiological methods 1 1957 Bacteriology Company 366 The Cell / Swanson 1 Carl P. Prentice-Hall of India 1973 367 Methods in microbiology: volume 4 1 C Booth Academic Press 1971 Microbiology: including immunology and 368 1 B D Davis Harperand Row 1973 moleculargenetics 369 Methods in microbiology: volume 6A 1 J R Norris Academic Press 1971 370 Methods in microbiology: volume 6B 1 J R Norris Academic Press 1972 371 Essays in microbiology 1 Norris, J R John Wiley 1978 The Bacteria: a treatise on structure and function; 372 1 Ornston L N Academic Press 1978 volume 6 373 Bacteria: a treatise on structure and function Vol 3 1 Gunsalus I C Academic Press 1962 374 Bacteria: a treatise on structure and function; volume 1 1 Gunsalus I C Academic Press 1960 375 Bacteria: a treatise on structure and function; volume 2 1 Gunsalus I C Academic Press 1961 376 Bacteria: a treatise on structure and function; volume 3 1 Gunsalus I C Academic Press 1962 377 Bacteria: a treatise on structure and function Vol 5 1 Gunsalus, I. C. ed. Academic Press 1964 Thermophilic microorganisms and life at 378 1 Brock, Thomas D. Springer-Verlag 1978 hightemparetures Federation of 379 Overproduction of microbial products: proceedings 1 Academic Press 1982 European Microbi. Microbiological aspects of anaerobic digestion: Maharashtra 380 1 D R Ranade 1988 laboratory manual Association 381 Fundamentals of immunology 1 Boyd, William C. Interscience pub., 1943 382 Fundamental principles of bacteriology 1 Salle, A J. McGraw Hill book 1943 383 Micro-organisms and fermentation 1 Jorgensen, Alfred. Charles Griffin 1939 Actinomycetes: their nature, occurrence, activities and Chronica Botanica 384 1 Waksman, Selman A. 1950 importance Company 385 Bacterial physiology 1 Bacterial physiology. Academic Press 1951 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The Williams and 386 Bergey's manual of determinative bacteriology 1 BreedRobert S. 1948 Wilkins Company Society of American 387 Manual of methods for pure culture study of bacteria 1 BiotechPublications 1946 Bacteriolo. 388 The Microbiology of starch and sugars 1 Thaysen, A.C. Oxford University Press 1930 389 Actinomycetes: a summary of current knowledge 1 Waksman, Selman A. The Ronald Press 1967 Society of Chemical 390 Microbiological deterioration in the tropics:proceedings 1 TheSociety 1966 Industry s. International directory of biological deterioration 391 1 OECD OECD 1968 research 392 Isolation of Auaerobes 1 D A Shapton Academic Press 1971 393 Advances in microbial physiology 1 A.H.Rose Academic Press 1972 Blackwell Scientific 394 Biochesmistry of bacterial growth 1 J Mandelstam 1973 Publications 395 Microbial aspects of the deterioration of materials 1 R.J. Gilbert Academic Press 1975 396 Methods in microbiology: volume 8 1 J R Norris Academic press 1973 397 Methods in microbiology: volume 9 1 J R Norris Academic press 1976 398 Methods in microbiology: volume 10 1 J R Norris Academic press 1978 399 Methods in microbiology: volume11 1 J R Norris Academic press 1978 400 Methods in microbiology: volume12 1 J R Norris Academic press 1978 401 Methods in microbiology: volume 13 1 J R Norris Academic press 1979 402 Microbial biogeochemistry 1 Zajic, James E. Academic Press 1969 Global impacts of applied micorbiology:state of the art; UNEP/UNESCO/ICR 403 1 UNEP/UNESCO/ICRO, 1978 GIAM and its relevance to developing countries O. American Society For 404 Laboratory safety : Principles and Practice 1 Brinton M. Miller 1986 Microbiology Cambridge University 405 Bacteria 1 I R Hill 1991 Press Biochemistry of the fatty acids and their compounds, 406 1 Bloor, W. R. Reinhold Publishing 1943 the lipids 407 A Textbook of biochemistry 1 B Harrow W. B. Saunders 1937 W. B. Saunders 408 Applied biochemistry 1 Morse, Withrow. 1927 Company SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Fundamentals of biochemistry in relation to human 409 1 Parsons, T. R. M Heffer sons 1933 Reference physiology 410 Manual of clinical chemistry 1 M Reiner Interscience Publishers 1943 Malisoff, William 411 Dictionary of bio-chemistry and related subjects 1 Philosophical Library 1943 Marias ed. 412 The Essentials of bacteriological technique 1 Hunwicke, R. F. William and Norgate 1931 413 Textbook of biochemistry 1 Mitchell, Philip H. McGraw-Hill 1946 414 General bacteriology 1 Swingle, D. B. D. VanNostrand Company 1940 415 Bacterial chemistry and physiology 1 Porter, John Roger John Wiley 1946 The Williams and 416 Practical Methods in biochemistry 1 Koch, Frederick C 1948 Wilkins Company 417 Physical biochemistry 1 Bull, Henry B. John Wiley 1948 The Williams and 418 Practical Methods in biochemistry 1 Koch, Frederick C 1948 Wilkins Company 419 Introduction to carbohydrate biochemistry 1 Bell, D. J. University Tutorial Press 1948 420 Sexuality and the genetics of bacteria 1 Jacob, Francois. Academic Press 1961 W. B.Saunders 421 Textbook of biochemistry 1 Mazur, Abraham. 1971 Company Laboratory techniques in biochemistry and North-Holland 422 1 T S Work 1969 molecularbiology Publishing Company Biochemistry: the molecular basis of cell structureand 423 1 Lehninger, Albert L. KalyaniPublishers 1978 function 424 The Tools of biochemistry 1 Cooper, Terrance G. Wiley-Interscience 1977 425 Dictionary of microbiology 1 Singleton, Paul. JohnWiley 1978 American type culture 426 American type culture collection: catalogue of strain2 1 ATCC 1983 collection Biochemistry: the molecular basis of cell structureand 427 1 Lehninger, Albert L. KalyaniPublishers 1978 function 428 Monoclonal antibodies: principles and practice 1 Goding, James W. Academic Press 1986 429 Proteolytic enzymes: a practical approach 1 R J Beynon IRL Press 1990 430 Chemistry and physiology of the vitamins 1 Rosenberg, H. R. Interscience Pulishers 1942 431 Laboratory methods of biochesmistry 1 Bertho, A. Macmillan & Son 1938 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 432 Introduction to organic and biological chemistry 1 Arnow, L Earle. Reinhold Pub. 1943 433 Currents in biochemical research 1 D E Green Interscience Publishers 1946 Methods of vitamin 434 Methods of vitamin assay 1 Interscience Publishers 1947 assay. Reinhold Publishing 435 Biochemistry of B vitamins 1 R J Williams 1950 Corporation 436 Enzymes: chesmistry and mechanism of action 3 J B Summer Academic Press 1950 437 The Enzymes:chemistry and mechanism of action 1 J B Summer Academic Press 1952 438 Chemistry and methods of enzymes 1 Sumner, James B. Academic Press 1953 439 Laboratory experiments in biological chemistry 1 Sumner, James B. Academic Press 1949 440 Biological degradation of cellulose 1 Gascoigne, J. A Butterworths 1960 441 Vitamins and coenzymes 1 Wagner, Arthur F. Interscience Publishers 1964 New York Academic 442 Immobilized enzymes for industrial reactors 1 R.A Messing 1975 Press 443 Handbook of enzyme biotechnology 1 A. Wiseman Ellis Horwood 1975 444 Kinetics of enzyme mechanisms 1 Wong, J. Tze-Fei. Academic Press 1975 Indian Academy of 445 Lectures on catalysis 1 The Academy 1975 Sciences. Indian Academy of 446 Lectures on catalysis: supplement to proceedings 1 Academy 1975 Sciences. 447 Enzyme induction 1 Parke Dennis V Plenum Press 1975 448 Immobilized enzyme engineering 1 Mukherjea, R.N Jadavpur University 1979 449 Human factors in engineering and design 1 Ernest J. McCormick Tata McGraw-Hill 1979 450 Staining procedures 1 George Clark Williamsand Wilkins 1981 Jain,Mahendra 451 Handbook of enzyme inhibitors: (1965-1977) 1 New York 1982 Kumar. 452 Modern concepts in biochemistry 1 Bohinski, Robert C. Allyn and Bacon 1983 Fixation, Dehydration and embeding of biological 453 1 Glauert, Audrey M. North-Holland, 1975 specimens Applied 454 Microbial enzyme and biotechnology 1 Fogarty, William 1983 SciencePublishers SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Indian Chemical Proceedings of the lecture series on recent advances 455 1 ICMA manufactures 1979 in Fermentation association Bioreactor immobilized enzymes and cells: Elsevier Applied 456 1 Murry Mooyoung 1988 fundamentaland applications Science Bio-Engineering 457 Bio-energy spectrum 1 Vimal, O. P. Wasteland Development 1988 Organisation Federation of Asian 458 Structure and function of biomembranes: proceedings 1 Scientific Press 1979 and Oceabi. , 459 Plant physiology: a textbook for college and universities 1 Meyer, Bernard S. D Van Nostraced 1944 Rabinowitch, Eugene 460 Photosynthesis and related processes: volume1 1 Interscience pub. 1945 I. 461 Plant physiology 1 Maximov, Nicolai A. Tata McGraw Hill 1938 Plant growth-substances: their chemistry 462 1 Nicol, Hugh. Leonard Hill 1940 andapplications, with special references to synthetics Plant science formulae: a reference book for 463 1 McLean, R. C. Mcmillan 1941 plantscience laboratories (including bacteriology) 464 Ph and plants: an introduction to beginners 1 SmallJames. Bailliere Tindall and Cox 1946 Rabinowitch, Eugene 465 Photosynthesis and related processes: volume 2 part 1 1 Interscience Publishers 1951 I 466 Research in photosynthesis 1 H.Gaffron Interscience Publisher 1957 467 The Chemistry of plants 1 Miller, Erston V. Reinhold Publishing 1957 468 International code of botanical nomenclature 1 Lanjouw, J. ed. UTRECHT 1966 469 Plant-water relationships 1 Slatyer, R. O. AcademicPress 1967 Genetic resources in plants - their exploration and International Biological 470 1 conservation O H Frankel Programme 1970 Plant growth substances: volume 1-chemistry and 471 1 physiology Audus, L. J Leonard Hill, 1972 472 Botanical microtechnique 1 Sass, John E. Oxford and IBH 1964 473 Plant pathology / : 1 Walker, John Charles. Tata McGraw Hill 1969 Gangulee, Hirendra New Central Book 474 College botany: volume 1 1 1972 Chandra Agency SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Gangulee, Hirendra New Central Book 475 College botany: volume 2 1 1970 Chandra Agency 476 Botany: for degree students 2 Dutta, A. C. Oxford University Press 1974 477 Practical plant physiology 1 Roberts, J. Longman 1976 The Useful plants of India: with notices of theirchief 478 1 Drury, Colonel Heber. William H. Allen 1978 value in commerce, medicine, and the arts 479 Plant pathogens 1 D W Lovelock Academic Press 1979 480 Hormonal control of plant growth 1 Parihar, N. S. Asia Publishing 1964 481 The Physical biology of plant cell walls 1 Preston,R. D. Chapman and Hall 1974 482 The Advance of the fungi 1 Large, E. C. Jonathan Cape 1940 483 (A) Manual of the aspergilli 1 Thom, Charles. TheWilliams and Wilkins 1945 484 The Genera of fungi 1 Clements, Frederic E. H. W.Wilson 1931 Gaumann, Ernest 485 Comparative morphology of fungi 1 McGraw-Hill 1928 Albert. GwynnVaughan, Cambridge University 486 Fungi: ascomycetes, ustilaginales, uredinales 1 1945 Dame Helen. Press 487 (A) Manual of soil fungi 1 Gilman, Joseph C. IowaState College Press 1945 488 Chemical activities of fungi 1 Foster, Jackson W. Academic Press 1949 489 (A) Manual of the penicillia 1 Raper, Kenneth B. Th Williams and Wilkins 1949 490 Physiology of fungi 1 Hawker, Lilian E. University of London 1950 491 Chemical activities of fungi 1 Foster, Jackson W. Academic Press 1949 Bessey, 492 Morphology and taxonomy of fungi 1 Blakiston 1950 ErnestAthearn. 493 Introduction to mycology 1 Macdonald, J. A. Butterworths Scientific 1951 Cambridge University 494 The Physiology of reproduction in fungi 1 Hawker,Lilian E. 1957 Press 495 Physiology of fungi 1 Cochrane, Vincent W. John Wil 1958 496 Thermophilic Fubgi 1 D G Cooney W H Freeman 1965 The Fungi: an advanced treaties: volume 1- the fungal 497 1 G C Ainsworth Academic Press 1965 cell The Williams and 498 The Genus aspergillus 1 Raper, Kenneth B. 1965 Wilkins SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The Fungi: an advanced treaties: volume 2- thefungal 499 1 G C Ainsworth Academic Press 1966 organism The Romance of the fungus world: an account offungus 500 1 Rolfe, R. T. Chapman & Hall 1966 life in its numerous guises, both real andlegendary The Fungi: an advanced treaties: volume 3 - thefungal 501 1 G C Ainsworth Academic Press 1968 population GwynneVaughan, H. Cambridge University 502 The Structure and development of the fungi 1 1965 C. I. Press 503 Biotechnology and Fungal differation 1 J.Meyrath Academic Press 1977 British Mycological 504 Genetics and physiology of aspergillus: symposium 1 Academic Press 1977 Society sy. CambridgeUniversity 505 Filamentous fungi 1 Filamentous fungi. 1988 Press 506 The useful plants of India 1 S P Ambasta NISCOM 2000 507 Insect pests in stored products 1 Hayhurst, H. Chapman and Hall 1942 508 Applied mycology and bacteriology 1 Galloway, L. D Leonard Hil 1937 TheImpertial 509 (A) Dictionary of the fungi 1 Ainsworth, G. C. 1943 Mycological Institute 510 (An) Introduction to industrial mycology 1 Smith,George. Edward Arnold 1938 Fitzpatrick, Harry 511 The Lower fungi phycomycetes 1 McGraw-Hill 1930 Morton. 512 The Fungi: volume 1 1 Wolf, Frederick A. John Wil 1947 513 The Fungi: volume 2 1 Wolf, Frederick A. John Wil 1947 514 Animal nutrition 1 Tyler, Cyril. Chapman and Hall 1950 515 Applied mycology and bacteriology 1 Galloway, L. D. Leonard Hill 1950 516 (An) Introduction to industrial mycology 1 Smith,George. Edward Arnold 1938 517 (An) Introduction to industrial mycology 1 Smith, George. Edward Arnold 1954 518 (An) Introduction to industrial mycology 1 Smith,George. Edward Arnold 1960 The Impertial 519 (A) Dictionary of the fungi 1 Ainsworth, G. C. 1943 Mycological Institute Mushrooms, molds, and miracles: the strange realm of 520 1 Kavaler, Lucy. The John Day Company 1965 fungi 521 Pests of stored products 1 Munro, J. W. Hutchinson 1966 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Burgess Publishing 522 Illustrated genera of imperfect fungi 1 Barnett, H. L 1965 Company 523 Fungi and plant disease 1 Mundkur, B. B. Macmillan 1967 524 (An) Introduction to biochemistry of fungal development 1 Smith, J. E. Academic Press 1974 Today and 525 Fungi of India: part 1- list and references 1 Bilgrami, K. S. comp. tomorow'sprinters and 1979 publishers Cambridge University 526 British stem-and leaf-fungi (coelomycetes): volume 2 1 Grove, W. B. 1935 Press Cambridge University 527 British stem-and leaf-fungi (coelomycetes): volume 1 1 Grove, W. B. 1935 Press 528 Fungal metabolites 1 Turner, W. B. Academic Press 1971 Basidium and basidiocarp: evolution, cytology,function, Basidium and 529 1 Springer-Verlag 1982 and development basidiocarp. 530 Fungal metabolites 1 Turner, W. B. Academic Press 1971 531 The Powdery mildews 1 Powdery mildews. AcademicPress 1978 Mycotoxic fungi, mycotoxins, mycotoxicoses: 532 1 Thomas D Wyllie Marcel Dekker 1977 anencyclopedic handbook - volume 1 Mycotoxic fungi, mycotoxins, mycotoxicoses: 533 1 Thomas D Wyllie Marcel Dekker 1978 anencyclopedic handbook - volume 2 Mycotoxic fungi, mycotoxins, mycotoxicoses: 534 1 Thomas D Wyllie Marcel Dekker 1978 anencyclopedic handbook - volume 3 535 The Filamentous fungi: volume 4 - fungal technology 1 John E Smith Oxford & IBH 198 536 Gene manipulations in fungi 1 J W Bennett Academic Press 1985 Cambridge University 537 Yeasts 1 Yeasts. 1988 Press Preservative treatment of bamboo and bamboo Kerala Forest research 538 1 Gnanaharan, R. , 2002 products Institute 539 Bamboo preservation compendium 1 Liese, Walter. , CIBART 2003 The Chemistry and pharmacy of vegetable drugs: Chemical Publishing 540 1 Allport, Noel L: 1944 dealing with the derivation and ... Company 541 The Chemical composition of foods 1 McCance, R. A. Chemical Publishing 1940 542 Fire and explosion risks: a handbook dealing with the... 1 Schwartz, Von. Charles Griffin 1946 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 543 Fire and explosion risks: a handbook dealing with the... 1 Schwartz, Von. Charles Griffin 1946 544 Vision and the eye 1 Pirenne, M. H. The Pilot Press 1948 545 Practical physiological chemistry 1 Hawk, Philip B. J. & A. Churchill 1949 546 The Chemical analysis of air pollutants 1 Jacobs,Morris B. Interscience Publishers 1960 547 Fire and explosion risks: a handbook dealing with the... 1 Schwartz, Von. Charles Griffin 1940 Fire prevention and protection fundamentals 548 1 Stecher, Gilbert E. The Spectator 1953 (comburology) The Way things work: an illustrated encyclopedia of 549 1 C.Van.Amerngen Simonand Schuster 1967 technology 550 Applied nutrition 1 Rajalakshmi, R. Baroda Universi 1969 551 Perspectives in nutrition 1 R. Rajalakshmi MSUB 1972 A Handbook of fire technology: for fire officers,safety 552 1 Gupta, R. S. OrientLongman 1976 and security officers 553 Methods in olfactory research 1 D.G. Moulton Academic Press 1975 Handbook of industrial loss prevention: Factory McGraw-Hill Book 554 1 1967 recommendedpractices for the protection ... MutualSystem. Company Agarwal Technical 555 Project profiles on selected reserved industries 1 Agarwal, V. K. 1980 Consultancy Bureau 556 Accident prevention: a workers' education manual 1 Roger Bennett Dialogue Publications 1983 Medicines for the masses: a window on 557 1 Gaur, Madan. Press and P.R. Services (n.d) pharmaceuticalindustry 558 Respiratory allergy: a symposium 1 R. Viswanathan Asia Publishing 1964 Protein engineering: applications in science,medicine, 559 1 Masayori Inouye Academic Press 1986 and industry Manual for the preparation of industrial 560 1 Behrens, W. UNIDO 1991 feasibilitystudies 561 Protective clothing systems and materials 1 Mastura Raheel Marcel Dekker 1994 562 Survey of Indian industry: 1997 1 The Hindu National Press 1997 563 Air pollution control engineering 1 Nevers, Noel de. McGraw-Hill 2000 564 Pollution prevention: fundamentals and practice 1 Bishop, Paul L. McGraw Hill 2000 Eckenfelder, W. 565 Industrial water pollution control 1 McGraw Hill 2000 Wesley Jr. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Handbook of toxicology and ecotoxicology for the pulp 566 1 Robinson, Laura. Blackwell Science 2001 and paper industry The Engineer's year-book of formula, rules tables, data 567 1 H R Kempe Chapmen & Hall 1945 & memoranda for 1945 568 Engineering handbook 1 Timken Fischer Bearings co. 1945 569 Unit operations 1 G G Grown John Wiley 1950 570 Engineers' illustrated thesaurus 1 Herkimer, Herbert. Chemical Publishing 1952 Weidenfeld and 571 The Natural history of viruses 1 Andrewes, C. H. 1966 Nicolson 572 Technological forecasting: a practical approach 1 Cetron, Marvin J. Gordon and Breach 1969 573 Engineering formulas 1 Gieck, Kurt. McGrawHill 197 Mechanisms in modern engineering design: volume1- 574 1 Artobolevsky, Ivan I. Mir Pub. 1975 lever mechanisms Mechanisms in modern engineering design: volume2 - 575 1 Artobolevsky, Ivan I. Mir Pub. 1976 lever mechanisms Mechanisms in modern engineering design: volume3 - 576 1 Artobolevsky, Ivan I. Mir Pub. 1976 gear mechanisms Mechanisms in modern engineering design: volume 4 - 577 1 Artobolevsky, Ivan I. Mir Pub. 1977 cam and friction mechanisms, flexible-link mechanisms Mechanisms in modern engineering design: volume2 - 578 1 Artobolevsky, Ivan I. Mir Pub. 1976 lever mechanisms Engineering drawing: a course for technical schools 579 1 Bogolyubov, S. Mir Publication 1976 omechanical engineering 580 Engineering drawing: with problems and solutions 1 Hart, K. R. ELBS 1975 581 (A) First year engineering drawing 1 Parkinson, A. C. Wheeler Publishing 1978 PSG College of 582 Design data 1 Design data. 1978 Technolog 583 Engineering tables: ASME handbook 1 Huckert, Jesse. McGraw-Hill 1956 Mechanisms in modern engineering design: volume 5 - 584 1 Artobolevsky, Ivan I. MIR Publishers 1979 hydraulic, pneumatic and electric mechanisms Mechanisms in modern engineering design: volume 5 - 585 1 Artobolevsky, Ivan I. MIR Publishers 1977 hydraulic, pneumatic and electric mechanisms 586 Engineering and technical handbook 1 McNeese, Donald C. D. B. Taraporevala 1981 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 587 Myocardial infarction 1 E.I. Chazov Mir Publishers 1976 588 Myocardial infraction 1 E.I. Chazov Mir Publishers 1976 Bulletin of The National Institute of sciences of India National Institute od National Institute od 589 1 1955 No-4 sciences of India sciences of India Westermann tables for the metal trade: materials, 590 1 Hermann Jutz New Age International 1976 numerical quantities, forms 591 Fuzzy logic with engineering applications 1 Ross, Timothy J McGraw-Hill 1997 Elementary engineering drawing [plane and solid Media Promotors & 592 1 Bhatt, N. D. , 2008 geometry]: in first -angle projection method Publishers Pvt. 593 Industrial engineering handbook 1 H B Maynard McGraw-Hill 1963 594 Industrial engineering handbook 1 H.B. Maynard McGraw-Hill, 1971 595 Experiments in materials science 1 E.C. Subbarao Tata McGraw-Hill 1972 596 Standard handbook of engineering calculations 1 Tyler G. Hicks McGraw-Hill 197 597 Kinematics and dynamics of machines 1 Martin, GeorgeH. McGraw-Hill Kogakusha 1969 The Determination of dynamic properties of 598 1 Read, B. E. Adam Hilger 1978 polymersand composites 599 Elements of strength of materials: adapted to MKS uni 1 Timoshenko, S. P. Affiliated East-West 1980 600 Engineering design 1 Stephenson, John. John Wiley 1974 Properties, evaluation and control of 601 1 Cordon, William A. McGraw-Hill Book 1976 engineeringmaterials 602 Product design and process engineering 1 Niebel,Benjamin W. McGraw-Hill 1974 603 Strength of materials 1 Belyaev, N. M. Mir Publishers 1979 604 Analysis and performance of fiber composites 1 Agarwal, Bhagwan D. John Wiley 1980 605 (An) Introduction to engineering design methods 1 Gupta, Vijay Tata McGraw-Hill 1980 Reliability of engineering systems: principles 606 1 Ryabinin, I. MIR Publishers 1976 andanalysis Science of materials: methods of analysis 607 1 Geller, Yu. A. Mir Publishers 1977 laboratoryexercised and problems 608 Analysis and performance of fiber composites 1 Agarwal, Bhagwan D. John Wiley 1980 609 Mechanics of composite materials 1 Christensen, R. M. John Wiley 1979 610 Mechanics of fibre composites 1 Tewary, V. K. WileyEastern 1978 611 Energy management handbook 1 Turner, Wayne C. ed. John Wiley 1982 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year National Productivity 612 Project studies in industrial engineering: volume 2 1 B P Dhaka 1976 Council 613 Experimental methods for engineers 1 Holman, J. P. McGraw-Hill 1989 614 Research strategies in technical communication 1 Porter, Lynnette. John Wiley 1995 615 Pro/Engineer wildfire 5.0 for engineers & designers 1 Shan Tickoo Dreamtech press 2010 616 Recent trends in energy efficient technologies 1 NITRA NITRA 2003 Integrated cost reduction approaches through energy 617 1 NITRA NITRA 1993 conservation 618 Energy conservation in textile mills: book of papers 1 NITRA NITRA 1985 619 A Manual of mechanical movement 1 W M Clark Garden City 1943 620 The Causes and prevention of corrosion 1 Pollitt,Alan A. Ernest Benn 1924 621 Agitating, stirring and kneading machinery 1 Seymour,Hartland. Ernest Benn 1925 Machinery's handbook: for machine shop and drafting- 622 1 Oberg, Erik. The Industrial Press 1950 room 623 Plant engineer's easy problem solver 1 Murphy, LouisJ. Conver-Mast 1954 624 Metallic corrosion inhibitors 1 Putilova, I.N. Pergamon 1960 Corrosion Advisory 625 Corrosion in chemical industry: seminar 1 Bureau CABMR and ICMA 1970 626 All about machine tools 1 Gerling, Heinrich. WileyEastern 1972 627 The New American machinist's handbook 1 R.Le Grand McGraw-Hill 1955 628 Electromechanical system components 1 Charkey, EdwardS. Wiley-Interscience 1972 Machine devices and instrumentation: mechanical, 629 1 Nicholas P Chironis McGraw-Hill 1965 electromechanical, hydraulic, thermal, pneumatic ... 630 Exercises in machine drawing 1 Bogolyubov, S. K. Mir Publication 1975 Shigley, 631 Mechanical engineering design 1 McGraw-Hill 1977 JosephEdward. 632 Industrial radiology 1 Rumyantsev, S. Mir Publishers 1967 633 Troubleshooters' handbook for mechanical systems 1 Henderson, Robert. McGraw-Hill 1969 634 Machine elements: a text book 1 Dobrovolsky, V. MIR Publishers 1977 635 Exercises in machine drawing 1 Bogolyubov, S. K. MIR Publishers 1975 International labour International labour 636 Conciliation in industrial disputes 1 1980 office office SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Machine Elements: design and calculation in 637 1 Niemann, Gustav. Allied Publisher 1978 mechanicaengineering: volume 1 Adhesion mesurement of thin films thick films and bulk Amecian society for 638 1 K.L Mittal 1978 coating testing and meterials 639 Machinery's handbook: a reference book for the 1 Oberg, Erik. Industrial Press 1984 640 Renewable energy: the power to choose 1 Deudney,Daniel. W. W. Norton 1983 Manual of energy saving in existing buildings 641 1 Stephen L. Barou Prentice-Hall 1980 andplants: volume 1 Manual of energy saving in existing buildings 642 1 Stephen L. Barou Prentice-Hall 1980 andplants: volume 2 Electro-mechanical energy conversion with dynamics Begamudre, Rakosh 643 Wiley Eastern 1986 ofmachines 1 Das. 644 Energy conversion systems 1 Sorensen, Harry A. JohnWiley 1983 Umna-Quesada, 645 Energy economics 1 Wiley Eastern 1990 Alvaro. International Energy 646 World energy outlook: 1996 1 Robert Priddle 1996 Agency 647 Engineering tools and process 1 Hesse D Van mastraced 1941 Trade and technical 648 Manual of mechanical power transmission 1 E.L. Parry 1946 press 649 Ultrasonic engineering 1 Frederick, Julian R. JohnWiley 1965 650 Basic feedback control system design 1 Savant, C. J. McGraw - Hill 1958 Analysis and design of feedback control systems: 651 1 Thaler, George J. McGraw-Hill 1960 formerly servomechanism analysis 652 Electromechanical control systems and devices 1 Canfield, Eugene B. John Wiley 1965 653 Introduction to the design of servomechanisms 1 Bower John L. John Wiley 1958 654 Final control elements: valves and actuators 1 Beard, Chester S. Rimbach 1969 Machinery's handbook: a reference book for 655 mechanicalengineer, draftsman, toolmaker and 1 Obreg,Erik. Industrial Press 1976 machinist 656 Fundamentals of machine design: vol.1 1 Orlov, P. Mir Pub. 1976 657 Fundamentals of machine design: vol.2 1 Orlov, P. Mir Pub. 1976 658 Fundamentals of machine design: vol.3 1 Orlov, P. Mir Pub. 1977 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 659 Fundamentals of machine design: vol.4 1 Orlov, P. Mir Publishers 1977 Factory services maintenance II for Engineering Industry Engineering Industry 660 1 1969 engineeringcraftsmen: instruction manual vol.1 Training Board Training Board Factory services maintenance II for Engineering Industry Engineering Industry 661 1 1969 engineeringcraftsmen: instruction manual vol.2 Training Board Training Board 662 Machine design 1 Govnin, M. Mir publishers 1975 Facilitieand plant 663 Facilities and plant engineering handbook 1 McGraw-Hill 1973 engineering 664 Machine design 1 Reshetov, D. N. Mir Publishers 1978 665 Electronic measurement 1 Kantrowitz, Philip. Prentice-Hall 1979 666 Rubber springs design 1 Gobel, E. F. Newnes-Butterworths 1974 Process instruments and controls handbook: prepared 667 1 Conidene, D.M McGraw-Hill 1974 b110 specialists 668 Fundamentals of machine design: vol.5 1 Orlov, P. MIR Publishers 1980 669 Principles of communication systems 1 Taub, Herbert. McGraw-Hill 1986 United Nations. 670 Recent trends in flexible manufacturing 1 UNEC 1986 Economic Commi. Elements of workshop technology: vol: manufacturing Choudhury, S. K. Media Promotors & 671 1 2007 processes Hajra. , Publishers Pvt. Media Promotors & 672 Elements of workshop technology: vol. machine tools 1 S.K. Hajra Choudhury 2007 Publishers Pvt. 673 Boiler plant testing 1 Brownlie, David. Chapman and Hall 1922 674 Steam boiler year book and manual 2 1 R J Sarjant Paul Elek Pub. 1943 675 Boiler user's guide 1 C P Jenkyns Hutchisons scientific 1945 676 Mechanical world year book 1947 1 No Author Enmott Ltd. 1947 677 Boiler feed water 1 P.G. Jackson Charles Griffin 1940 Hutchinson's Scientific 678 Boiler feed water treatment 1 Matthews, F. J. 1939 and Technical Hutchison's Scientific & 679 Works Boiler Plant 1 mathhews F J 1942 tech Publications 680 Boiler Plant Technology 1 R L Batley Pitman & sons 1947 681 Boiler feed water 1 P.G. Jackson Charles Griffin 1935 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 682 Boiler plant technology 1 Batley, R. L. Sir IsaacPitman 1947 683 The measurement of radio Isotopes 1 D taylor Methuen & co. 1957 684 Boiler feed water treatment 1 F J Matthews Hutchinson's Scientific 1940 685 Fundamentals of boiler house technique 1 Dehnel, P. D Chemical Publishing 1959 686 Nucleonics fundamentals 1 Hoisington, David B. McGraw-Hill 1959 Cambridge University 687 Safety techniques for radioactive tracers 1 BoursnellJ. C. 1958 Press 688 Heat engines: a text-book for engineering students 1 Low, David Allan. Longmans 1965 689 Research techniques in nondestructive testing 1 R S Sharpe Academic Press 1970 Theory and application of mechanical engineering Affiliated East-West 690 1 measurements Affiliated East-West Press 1969 Hydraulic machines: a text-book for 691 1 Banga, T. R. Khanna 1972 engineeringstudents 692 Mechanical design and systems handbook 1 Harold A. Rothbert McGraw-Hill 1964 693 Mechanical details for product design 1 Douglas C McGraw-Hill 1964 694 Mechanisms, linkages and mechanical controls 1 Nicholas P. Chironis McGraw-Hill 196 Shock and vibration handbook: vol.2- data analysis, 695 1 Cyril M. Harris Mir Pub. 1961 testing, and methods of control Shock and vibration handbook: vol.3 - 696 1 Cyril M. Harris McGraw-Hill 1961 engineeringdesign and environmental conditions Shock and vibration handbook: vol.1- basic theory 697 1 Cyril M. Harris McGrawHill 1961 andmeasurement 698 Electric drive 1 Chilikin, M Mir publishers 1978 699 Electric Drive 1 M.Chilikin Mir Publishers 1978 700 Nuclear power stations 1 Margulova, T. Mir Publishers 1978 701 TheEfficient use of steam 1 Efficient use of steam. Westbury House 1980 National Productivity 702 Boiler operators manual on efficient operation ofboilers 1 The Counci 1986 Council. Electrical measurements and measuring instruments: a 703 1 Golding, E. W. Sir Isaac Pitman 1944 textbook covering the syllabuses Practical electrical wiring and contracting: illustrated 704 1 A C Greenwood ODHAMS Press 1944 modern systems and methods SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Power plant engineering and design: a text for 705 1 Morse, Fredrick T. D Van Nostraced 1942 engineers and 706 Standard handbook for electrical engineers 1 A E Knowlton McGraw-Hill 1941 British 707 Electric motors and controls 1 ElectricalDevelopmen The Association 1950 t. 708 Electrical measurements and measuring instruments 1 Golding, E. W. ELBS 1963 709 Principles of electrical technology 1 Cotton, H. Sir Isaac Pitman 1966 710 Application considerations for linear integratedcircuits 1 J. Eimbiuder Wiley-Interscience 1970 Fundamentals of electrical engineering andelectronics: 711 1 Theraja, B. L. S. Chand 1978 in international system(SI) of units 712 Motor application and maintenance handbook 1 Smeaton, R.W McGraw-Hill 1969 713 Electrical control equipment 1 Rodstein, L. MIR Publishers 1978 714 Introduction to switching theory and logical design 1 Hill, Fredrick J. John Wiley 1974 Trade and Technical 715 Hydraulic circuits control systems 1 Fawcett, J. W. 1979 Press 716 Electric power system installation practice 1 Atabekov, V. Mir Publishers 1980 717 Power engineering using thyristors: volume 1 1 M.J. Rose Mulard 1970 718 Fractional - horsepower electrical machines 1 Armensky, E. V. Mir Publishers 1978 719 Pumps fans compressors 1 Cherkassky, V. M. Mir Publishers 198 720 Cybernetics in electric power systems 1 Venikov, V. A Mir Publishers 1978 721 Efficient electricity use: a reference book on energy 1 Craig B Smith Pergamon Press 1976 (A)Text-book of electrical technology in S.I. systemof Nirja Constructionand 722 1 Theraja, B. L. 1983 units: vol.1 Development (A)Text-book of electrical technology in S.I. systemof Nirja Constructionand 723 1 Theraja, B. L. 1981 units: vol.3 Development Valkenburg, M. E. 724 Network analysis 1 PHI 1981 Van. 725 Introduction to modern network synthesis 1 ValkenburgM. E. Van. Wiley Eastern 1983 726 Electrical measurement and measuring instruments 1 Bhar, D. Oxford and IBH, 1985 Electric motors: workshop proceedings (Baroda, July National Productivity 727 1 NPC 1977 226 , 1978) Council. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year National CMOS data book: including the latest products in National Semiconductor 728 1 Semiconductor 1984 micrCMOS technology Corporation Corporation 729 Saving of electricity by system management 1 Lahiri, M. K. , M K lahiri & associates 2004 730 (An) Introduction to electronics 1 Hudson, Ralph G. Macmillan 1946 The Strength of materials: a treatise on the theoryof 731 1 Case, John. Edward Arnold 1945 stress claculations for engineers 732 Gas Discharge Lamps 1 J Funke Philips Technical Library 1951 733 Radio-Frequency heating 1 L Hartshorn George Allen 1949 734 An Introduction to the cathode ray oscilloscope 1 Carter, Harley. PhilipsTechnical Library 1957 735 Principles of electronics 1 Gavin, M. R. The English University 1959 736 Transistor circuit analysis 1 Joyace, Maurice V. Addision-Wesley 1961 Semiconductor circuit design: for a.f. and d.c. 737 1 Watson, J. Hilger &Watts 1966 amplification and switching 738 Amplifying devices and low-pass amplifier design 1 Cherry, E. M. John Wiley 1968 739 Differential amplifiers 1 Giacoletto, L. J Wiley- interscience 1970 740 Oscilloscope techniques 1 Haas, Alfred Oxford Book and IBH 1958 ConsidineDouglas M. 741 Process instruments and controls handbook 1 McGraw-Hill 1957 ed. 742 Electronics in industry 1 Chute, George M. McGraw-Hill 1971 Monographs on solid state electronic instrumentation: 743 1 Sonde, B. S. TataMcGraw-Hill 1973 Vol.1 - broad-band amplifiers Monographs on solid state electronic instrumentation: 744 1 Sonde, B. S. Tata McGraw-Hill 1973 Vol.2 - Special purpose amplifiers 745 Lasers light amplifiers and oscillators 1 Ross, Dieter. Academic Press 1969 746 DC Amplifiers in instrumentation 1 Morrison, Ralph. Wiley-Interscience 1970 747 Handbook of integrated-circuit operational amplifiers 1 Rutkowski, George B. Prentice-Hall 1975 Manual of linear integrated circuits: 748 1 Prensky, Sol D. Reston 1974 operationalamplifiers and analog ICs 749 Application of linear integrated circuits 1 Hnatek,Eugene R. John Wiley 1975 750 Operational amplifiers: theory and practice 1 RobergeJames. John Wiley 1975 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Introduction to operational amplifier theory 751 1 Wait, John V. McGraw-Hill 1975 andapplications 752 Electrical engineering materials 1 Bogoroditsky, N. P Mir publishers 1979 753 Handbook of linear integrated electronics for researc 1 Hamilton, T.D. S. McGraw-Hill 1977 Institute of physics and 754 Static Electrification 1 A.C. Stick 1967 physical society 755 Applications of infrared detectors 1 Sowan, F. A. ed. Mullard 1971 756 Moisture and water resistance of electrical insulatio 1 Maslov, V. Mir Publishers 1975 757 Fundamentals of industrial electronics 1 Gerasimov, V Mir Publishers 1980 The Publications , 758 I.C. substitution manual 1 GCJ Editor 1919 Singapore National Semiconductor 759 Linear applications databook 1 Charles E Sporck 1986 Corporation 760 Three-phase power and its measurement 1 Gaus, Hans- Joachim Wiley Eastern 1989 761 Microwave electronics 1 Slater, Hohn C. D. VanNostrand 1950 762 Electronics:experimental techniques 1 Elmore, W. C. McGraw-Hill 1949 763 Electronic designer's handbook 1 Landee, Robert W. McGraw-Hill 1957 Her Majesty's Stationery 764 The Service textbook of radio: Vol.3 - Electronics 1 Thomson, J. 1963 Office 765 Theory and application of industrial electronics 1 Cage, John M. McGraw-Hill 1951 766 Directory of electronics 1 Carter, Harley. GeorgeNewnes 1963 767 Electronic and radio engineering 1 Terman, F. E. McGraw-Hill 1955 Nordenberg, Harold 768 Electronic transformers 1 Reinhold 1964 M. 769 Electronics measurements and instrumentation 1 OliverBernard M. ed. McGraw-Hill 1971 Power electronics: thyristor controlled power for 770 1 Ramshaw, Raymond Chapman and Hall 1973 electronic motors 771 Applied electronics: with solved examples 1 Mithal,Gyanendra. Khanna Publisher 1975 Fundamentals of electronics and radio engineering:vol. 772 1 Daw, A. N. Sarat Book House 1973 2 Electronic instrumentation and measurement Cooper, William 773 1 Prentice-Hall of India 1967 techniques David. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Fundamentals of electronics and radio engineering:vol. 774 1 Daw, A. N. Chayan 1968 1 775 Advances in electronics and electron physics 1 MartonL. ed. Academic Press 1965 Integrated electronics: analog and digital circuitsand 776 1 Millman, Jacob. McGraw-Hill 1972 systems Information, transmission, modulation and noise: 777 1 Schwartz,M. Mc-Graw-Hill 1980 aunified approach to communication systems 778 Electronics designers' handbook 1 Giacoletto, L. J.ed. McGraw-Hill 1977 779 Electronics engineers handbook 1 Donald G. F. ed. McGraw-Hill 1975 Handbook on electronic industries: Entrepreneurs Small Industry Research 780 1 Kumar, Gulshan. 1986 electronic products handbook Institute Small Industry Research 781 Electrical and electronics directory 1 SIRI Board 1984 Institute 782 STD Bus interfacing 1 Titus, Christopher A. HowardW. Sams 1982 Kegan Paul, Trentch, 783 The progress of science 1 J.G. Crowther 1946 Trubuer Electronic equipment and accessories: a 784 conciseintroduction to the principles of electronics 1 Walker, R. C. George Newnes 1946 andtheir applications in 785 Transistor circuits and applications 1 Carroll, JohnM. McGraw-Hill 1957 Industrial electronics apparatus: steps in design and Philips' Technical 786 maintenance 2 Ploeg, P. Van Der. Library, 1960 787 Semiconductor devices and applications 1 Greiner, R.A. McGraw-Hill 1961 788 Lubricating oil tests and their signification 1 J E Southcombe Geerm Lubricants Ltd 1962 Marconi Instruments 789 (A) Programmed introduction to logic circuit techniqu 1 Marconi Instruments 1961 Ltd. 790 Transistors 1 Kiver, Milton S. McGraw-Hill 1927 791 Electron-tube circuits 1 Seely, Samuel. McGraw-Hill 1958 Terman, Frederick 792 Electronic measurements 2 McGraw-Hill 1952 Emmons. Bevitt, William 793 Transistors handbook 1 Prentice-Hall 1962 Dealtry. World transistor's radio circuits with diodes and Sheth, Navnit Ray M. 794 1 transistors data & equivalents: vol.1 Comp Norman Brothers , 1971 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 795 Valves and semiconductors: vol.2 1 Sheth, Navnit Ray Norman Brothers , 1972 796 Industrial electronic circuits and applications 1 Benedict, R. Ralph. Prentice-Hall of India 1972 797 Transistor circuit design 1 Walston, Joseph A. McGraw-Hill, 1963 798 Sourcebook of electronic circuits 1 Markus, John. McGraw-Hill 1968 799 Handbook of industrial electronic circuits 1 Markus,John. McGraw-Hill Book 1948 800 Electronic devices and circuits: an introduction 1 Mottershead, Allen. Prentice-Hall of India 1976 801 (A) Sourcebook of modern transistor circuits 1 CowlesLaurence G. Prentice-Hall 1976 Handbook of fixture design: a practical reference booof 802 1 Wilson, Frank W. ed. McGraw-Hill 1962 workholding Semiconductor controlled rectifiers: principles 803 1 Gentry, F. E. Prentice-Hall of India 1976 andapplications of p-n-p-n devices 804 Accelerators of the future 1 Sarantsev, V. P. Mir Publishers 1976 805 Semiconductor devices 1 Stupelman, V. MIR Publishers 1976 Practical methods in electron microscopy: part 2: 806 1 Reid, Norma. North-Holland 1975 Ultramicrotomy 807 Optical fiber comunications 1 Keiser, Gerd. McGrawHill International 1978 Towers' international transistor selector: specification 808 data for the identification, selection and substitution of 1 Towers, T. D. B. P. B. Publication 1985 tran 809 Electronic devices and circuits 1 Millman, Jacob. McGraw-Hill 1976 Electronic fundamentals and applications: for engineers McGraw-Hill 810 1 Millman, Jacob. 1976 and scientists International 811 Signals, systems and communication 1 Lathi, B. P. John Wiley 1965 Communication systems: An introduction to signals 812 1 Carlson, A. Bruce McGraw-Hill 1986 andnoise in electrical communication Pulse, digital, and switching waveforms: devices 813 1 Millman, Jacob. McGraw-Hill 1965 andcircuits for their generation and processing Hot ideas in CMOS: analog switches, multiplexers A- 814 DD-A converters linear devices..... - Hot ideas 1 No Author Intersil Date Ltd 1919 inCMOS. 815 Fundamentals of radio 1 Jordan, Edward C. Prentice Hall 1942 General engineering workshop practice: a guide to the 816 1 Odhams Press Odhams Press 1919 principles and practice of workshop procedure SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 817 British standards for workshop practice 1 Baty, J. E. BSI 1946 818 Spontaneous ignition of liquid fuels 1 Mullin, B. P. Butterworths Scientific 1955 819 Packaging engineering 1 Barail, Louis C. ReinholdPublishing 1954 Electronics builder's handbook: A simplified Allied Radio 820 1 Allied Radio Corporation 1919 radiohandbook for beginners and experimenters Corporation 821 Super-regenerative receivers 1 Whitehead, J. R. CUP 1950 McGuinness, William 822 Mechanical and elelctrical equipment for buildings 1 J. John Wiley, 1971 823 Refrigeration and air conditioning 1 Ballaney, P. L. Khanna 1974 824 Design analysis of shafts and beams 1 Hopkins, R. Bruce. McGraw Hill 1970 Hydraulic and pneumatic power and control: design, Yeaple, Franklin D. 825 1 McGraw-Hill 1966 performance and application ed. Trade and Technical 826 Pumping manual 1 TTP 1997 Press Ltd. Trade and Technical 827 Pneumatic handbook 1 1919 Trade and Technical PressPress 828 Solar energy engineering 1 Sayigh, A. A. M Academic Press 1977 829 Dies, moulds and jigs 1 V. Vladimirov. Mir Publishers 1977 830 Valve design 1 Pearson, G. H. Mechanical Engineering 1978 831 Assembly practice 1 Krysin, A. MIR Publishers 1967 832 Pumps fans compressors 1 Cherkassky, V. M. Mir Publishers 1980 833 Welding and welding technology 1 Little, Richard L. Tata McGraw-Hill 1976 834 Basic television principles and servicing 1 Grob,Bernard. McGraw-Hill 1975 835 Antenna engineering handbook 1 Jasik, Henry ed. McGraw-Hill 1961 836 Colour television: a theory of colour reproduction 1 Novakovsky, S. V. Mir Publishers 1979 837 Measurements in television channels 1 Karivosheev, M. Mir Publishers 1974 838 Repair of industrial equipment 1 Gelberg, B. Mir Publishers 1978 839 Television engineering: CCIR System - B Standards 1 Dhake, Arvind M. TMH 1984 840 Fundamentals of television engineering 1 Glosford,Glenn M. TMH 1971 Elseviers Applied 841 Structural adhesive joints in engineering 1 Adams, Robert D. 1984 Science SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 842 Boiler operations 1 Murgal, M. P. Wiley Eastern 1989 843 The Image processing handbook 1 Russ, John C. CRC Press 1995 844 The Package engineering handbook 1 Stern, Walter. Board Products 1948 845 The Package engineering handbook 1 Stern, Walter. Board Products 1948 The Institute of 846 Corrosion in packaging: a course of five lectures 1 Vernon, W. H. T. 1954 Packaging 847 Mechanical power transmission manual 1 Williams,William A. Book Division 1953 848 Fundamentals of packaging 1 Paine, F. A. Blackie 1962 The Institute of The Institute of 849 Odour in packaging: proceedings 1 1961 Packaging Packaging 850 Coupling research and production 1 Martin, George Interscience 1967 Indian Institute of 851 Polyethylene in packaging 1 I.I.P. 1969 Packaging. Indian Institute of Indian Instituteof 852 Corrugated and solid fibre boards in packaging 1 1968 Packaging. Packaging The Institute of 853 Odour in packaging: proceedings 1 Institute of Packaging 1961 Packaging 854 Standard handbook of lubrication engineering 1 O'connor, James J. McGraw-Hill 1968 855 Gear engineering 1 Merritt, H. E. John Wiley 1971 856 Bearing design and application 1 Wilcock, Donald F. McGraw Hill 1957 857 Tribiology handbook 1 Neale, M. J. ed. Butterworths 1973 Tool and manufacturing engineers handbook: a 858 1 Dallas, Daniel B.ed. McGraw-Hill 1976 referencwork for manufacturing engineers Trade and Technical Trade and Technical 859 Handbook of power drives 1 1979 Press. Press. 860 Sharpening of cutting tools 1 Popov, S. Mir publishers 1978 861 Repair of metal-cutting machines 1 Pekelis, G. Mir Publishers 1979 862 CAMS: design, dynamics, and accuracy 1 Rothbart,Harold A. John Wiley 1956 863 Handbook of package engineering 1 Hanlon, Joseph F. McGraw-Hill 1971 The Design of rolling bearing mountings: Kugelfischer Georg KugelfischerGeorg 864 112applications covering machines, vehicles and 1 1919 Schafer and. Schafer equipmen SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 865 Production technology 1 HMT, Bangalore. TMH 1980 866 Engineers' handbook: Vol.1- Industrial Management 1 Aggarwal, H. C. ed. bralco-Devidayal 1987 867 Engineers' handbook: Vol.2- steel pipes specification 1 Aggarwal, H. C. ed. Bralco-Devidayal 1987 868 Engineers' handbook: Vol.3- copper and its alloys 1 Aggarwal, H. C. ed. Bralco-Devidayal 1987 869 Engineers' handbook: Vol.4 - Pumps 1 Aggarwal, H. C.ed. Bralco-Devidayal 1987 Engineers' handbook: Vol.4 - Valves, Machine 870 Aggarwal, H. C. ed. Bralco-Deviday 1987 Toolsspecifications 1 Engineers' handbook : vol.5 - Airconditioning, Agarwal, 871 Agarwal Publishers 1989 Electronics, Power Consumption 1 Hemchandra ed. Engineers' handbook : vol.6 - Boilers, PressureVessels, Agarwal, 872 Agarwal Publishers 1989 Bearings 1 Hemchandra ed. Engineers' handbook : vol.7 - lifting equipments,chains, Agarwal, 873 Agarwal Publishers 1989 wire ropes, gears 1 Hemchandra ed. National Productivity 874 Antifriction bearings: their selection and maintenanc 1 Sethuraman, N. 1988 Council 875 Fundamentals of packaging 1 Institute of Packaging. Brookside Press 1981 876 The Chemical front 1 Haynes, Williams. Alfred. A Knopf 1944 877 Lubricating oils, fat and greases 1 Heerst Scott Greenwood 1931 His Majesty's 878 Soils, concrete and bituminous materials 1 W H Glanville 1946 StationaryOffice 879 Lubricating greases: their manufacture and use 1 Klemgard, E. N. Reinhold 1937 The Principles and practice of lubrication: a manuafor 880 1 Nash, Alfred W. Chapman and Hall 1937 petroleum technologists 881 Planned packaging 1 Jones, Harry. George Allen &Unwin 1950 Harrington, Carl C. 882 Materials handling manual 1 Chilton 1952 ed. 883 The Performance of lubricating oils 1 Zuidema, H. H Reinhold 1959 884 Materials handling applications 1 Haynes, D. Oliphant Charles E. Tuttle 1962 885 Material handling equipment 1 Rudenko, N Mir pub. 1969 Gear handbook: the design, manufacture and 886 1 Dudley, Darle W. ed. McGraw-Hill 1962 applicatioof gears Parmley,Robert O. 887 Standard handbook of fastening and joining 1 McGraw-Hill Book 1977 ed. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Trade and 888 Industrial fastners handbook 1 The Press 1979 TechnicalPress Ltd. Process technology for greases and lubricating oils: Small Business 889 1 Prasad, Ashtbhuj 1980 Lubricants, greases and petro-chemical industries Publications SBP Board of Small Business 890 Industrial lubricants, greases and related products 1 consultants and 1980 Publications engineers 891 Metal cutting theory and cutting tool design 1 Arshinov, V. Mir publishers 1976 892 Friction and wear: a tribology text for students 1 Pugh, B. Newnes-Butterworths 1973 893 Materials handling handbook 1 Bolz, Harold A. TheRonald Press 1958 Tribology: vol.1- a systems approach to the scienceand 894 1 Czichos, Horst. Elsevier Scientific 1978 technology of friction, lubrication and wear 895 Practical lubrication: an introductory text 1 Pugh, B Newnes-Butterworth 1970 896 Cams and cam mechanisms 1 Jones, J. Rees ed. Mechanical Engineering 1978 897 Theory and practice of lubrication for engineers 1 Fuller, Dudley D. John Wiley 1956 898 Precision gearing: theory and practice 1 Michalec, George W. John Wiley 1966 899 Materials handling equipment 1 Rudenko, N. Envee Pub. 1979 Ground bioengineering techniques for slop protection 900 1 Schiechtl, H. M. Blackwell Science 1996 and erosion control Selection maintenance and failure prevention of 901 1 NITRA NITRA 1986 industrial bearing 902 Power pressure 1 E.Molloy G newnes 1937 903 A treatise on applied hydraulics 1 Addison Chapman & Hall 1944 904 Soil mechanics and foundations 1 Plummer & Dore Pitman Publishing 1944 905 Soil mechanics & foundation 1 F L Plummer Pitman Pub. 1943 906 The preparation of thin yarn carpets 1 Ment, Jack De. Metropolitan Co. 1937 The Hydraulic 907 Hydraulic machinery and equipment 1 Hydraulic Association 1948 Association Plasticity as a factor in the design of densebituminous 908 1 Nijboer, L. W. Elsevier 1948 road carpets RoadResearch Her Majesty's Stationery 909 Bituminous materials in road construction 1 1962 Laboratory. Office SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Trade and Technical 910 Hydraulic servomechanisms and their applications 1 Fawcett, J. R. 1970 Press 911 Structural mechanics / Darkov, A. ed. : Mir, 1979 1 A Darkov MIR Publishers 1979 International International 912 Road vehicles: vol.2 1 Organization for organization for 1982 Standardization standardization 913 Civil engineering materials 1 Jackson, N. ed. ELBS 1984 Standard handbook of civil engineering: forengineering 914 1 Singh. Gurcharan. Standard 1986 students, teachers and field engineers Water supply and sanitary engineering (Environmental 915 1 Singh, Gurcharan Standard Publishers 1984 Engineering): vol.2 College of Estate 916 Measurement of civil engineering work - An introducti 1 Hardy, John. 1983 Management Civil engineering drawing :for civil engineering students 917 1 Singh, Gurcharan. Standard 1986 (M. K. S. System) The Comprehensive handbook of hazardous materials: Sacarello, Hildegrade 918 1 Lewis Publishers 1994 regulations, handling, monitoring, and safety L. A. 919 Erosion control with geosynthetics 1 Rao, G. Venkatappa. IGS and CBIP 1995 Indian Roads 920 Rural roads manual 1 The Congress 2002 Congress India. Ministry of 921 China clay (Kaolin): A market survey 1 Indian Bureau of Mines 2000 Mines and M India. Min. of Road 922 Road development plan vision: 2021 1 IRC 2001 Transport Indian Road 923 Guidelines on road drainage 1 The Congress 1994 Congress. Indian Road 924 Guidelines on road drainage 1 The Congress 1983 Congess. Recommendations for road construction in waterlogged Indian Road 925 1 The Congress 1996 area Congress Indian Roads 926 Guidelines for capacity of roads in rural areas 1 The Congress 1990 Congress 927 Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements 1 IRC Indian Road Congrass 2001 International seminar on rural transportation Proceedings of the 928 2 Indian Road Congress 1989 Internation SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Seminar on perspective planning for road development Indian Roads 929 1 Indian Roads Congress 1997 in india Congress Proceedi. 930 Handbook of road technology 1 Lay, M G. , Tayler & francis 2009 Workshop on effluent treatment and Re-cycling of 931 1 NITRA NITRA 1988 water 932 A practical handbook of water supply 1 F Dixey Thomas Murby 1935 933 Air conditioning in the home 1 Elmer Torak Industrial Press 1937 Air conditioning analysis with psychometric charts an 934 1 Goodman, William. Macmillan 1944 tables 935 Chemicals in war: a treatise on chemical warfare 1 Prentiss, Augestin M. McGraw-Hill 1937 936 Air conditioning 1 Moyer, James A. McGraw-Hill 1936 937 Disposal of sewage and other water-borne wastes 1 Imhoff, Karl. Butterworths Scientific 1956 British Electrical 938 Lighting in industry 1 The Association 1958 Development 939 Indian field crops 1 Patel, D. P. Atrul Prakashan 1966 National Institute of 940 Agricultural innovations in Indian villages 1 FliegelFrederick C. 1968 CommunityDevelopment National Institute of 941 Agricultural innovation among indian farmers 1 Roy,Prodipto. 1963 Community Developme 942 Agricultural price-stabilization in India 1 Jha, B. V Shot 1971 indian Council of 943 New vistas in crop yields: Agricultural yearbook 1 ICAR 1971 Agricultural. 944 Statistical methods for agricultural workers 1 Panse,V. G. ICAR 1967 945 Agricultural statistics in India 1 Bancil, P. C. Dhanpat Rai 1970 Handbook of air conditioning system design - Carrier Air Conditional 946 1 McGraw-Hill 1965 CarrierAir Conditioning Compa Co Trade and Technical Trade and Technical 947 Hydraulic handbook 1 1979 Press Ltd. Press Ltd. 948 Man and space 1 Clarke, Arthur C. Time -Life Books 1974 International International 949 Road vehicles: vol.1 1 Organization for organization for 1982 Standardization standardization SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Water supply and sanitary engineering (environmental 950 1 Singh, Gurcharan Gurcharan Singh 1984 engineering): vol.1 The Royal Society of 951 The Agrochemicals handbook 1 H Kidd 1987 Chemistry. Forest resources and wood-based biomass energy as 952 1 Bentley, William R. Oxford & IBH 1994 rural development assets 953 Environmental engineering 1 Peavy, Howard S. Tata McGraw Hill 1985 National conference 954 Agricultural productivity 1 The Association 1992 of Indian 955 Water pollution management 1 Jivendra A.P. H. Publishing 1995 956 Water treatment and purification 1 Ryan, William J Agrobios(India) 2000 Ground and water bioengineering for erosion Conference of 957 1 The Association 1999 controland slope stabilization InternationalEr. 958 Ecology of Polluted vol-1 1 Arvind Kumar APH Publishing 2002 959 Ecology of polluted vol-2 1 Arvind Kumar APH Publishing 2002 960 Annual of agricultural chemistry 1 H Sngle Scott Greenwood 1931 961 Fundamentals of biochemistry 1 F.R.Parson M Blackwood 1942 962 Agricultural analysis 1 F.F.Addyman Longmans Green 1938 963 Principals and practice of agricultuural analysis Vol 2 1 H.W. Wiley Chemical publishing 1940 964 Fundamentals of soil science 1 Miller John Wiley 1940 965 soil and plant analysis 1 C.S.piper Interscience publishers 1942 966 Agricultural analysis 1 C H Wright Thomas Murby 1937 967 Soil Physics 1 L D Baver John Wiley 1943 968 Soil conditions and Plant growth 1 E W Runssell English language book 1963 969 Farm Accounts 1 A Singh Farm Information Unit 1965 970 Soils tests computer programs 1 P C Knodel U S Dept. of the Interior 1966 U S Agency for International 971 Soil Testing in India 1 G R Muhr 1965 Development Mission To india 972 Fabric and Mineral analysis of soils 1 Roy Brewer John Wiley 1964 973 Farm management analysis 1 J A bradford John Wiley 1953 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 974 The Study of Soil in the field 1 P.B.Beckelt Oxford Press 1971 975 Soil and Crop Productivity 1 S.V.Govinda Asia Pub House 1971 976 Farm management crop mannual 1 R.L.adams Oxford Book 1965 977 Laboratory mannua 1 A.Sankaram Asia Publishing House 1966 978 Soil Management India 2 H.R.Arakeri Asia Pub House 1967 979 Soil science and climatology 1 B.M. Pugh Kitabistan 1968 Humic Substances of soils and general theory of 980 1 D S Oriov Oxford & IBH Publishing 1995 humification 981 Textbook of soil science 1 T D Biswas Tata McGraw Hill 1994 982 Alternative uses for agricultural surpluses 1 W F Raymond Elsevier Applied series 1986 983 Plant breeding and genetics in india Vol 1 1 R.H. Richharia Scientific book 1955 984 Seed preservation and longevity 1 L V Barton Leonard Hill 1961 985 Seed preservation and longevity 1 Lela V Barton Leonard Hill 1962 986 Soil Biology 1 A Burges Academic Press 1965 987 Dry farming in India 1 N V Kantikar ICAR 1968 988 principles of plant breeding 1 R.W. Allard Willey International 1960 International Atomic 989 Mutations in Plant Breeding vol 1 1 1966 International Atomic EnergyEnergy International Atomic 990 Mutations in Plant Breeding vol 2 1 1968 International Atomic EnergyEnergy 991 Soil Chemical Analysis 2 Jackson Prentice Hall of India 1967 992 Recent Plant Breeding Research 1 W.M.Myers John Wiley 1963 Mutation breeding for Disease resistance panel 993 1 IAEA / FAO IAEA/ FAO 1971 proceedings series 994 Soil Survey mannual 1 Soil survey Staff Oxford Book 1966 995 Life in the soil 1 R.M.Jackson Edward arnold Pub. 1971 International Atomic 996 Mannual on Mutation Breeding Technology Report 1 I.A.E.A 1970 Energy agency 997 A Text Book soil Chemical analysis 1 P.R.Hesse John murray 1971 998 Practicals in Plant Breeding 1 M.M.Bhandari Oxford Press 1974 999 Elementary principles of Plant Breeding 1 H.K.Chandrani Oxford Press 1971 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1000 Funadamental of agricultural Microbiology 3 K.C.Mahanta Oxford Press 1974 1001 Elementary Principles of Plant Breeding 3 H.K.Chaudhuri Oxford Press 1974 1002 Practicals in Plant Breeding 2 M.M.Bhandari Oxford Press 1974 1003 Fertilizing for Maximum Yield 1 J.W. Cook Lockwood & Son 1972 1004 Principles of Plant Breeding 1 R.W. Allard Wiley Press 1960 1005 Principal of plants breeding 1 Allard, R.W John wiley & Sons 1960 American chemical 1006 Agricultural meterials as renewabe resources 1 Glenn Fuller 1996 society 1007 Soil microbiology 1 N S Subha Rao Oxford & IBH publishing 2001 1008 Humus Chemistry: genesis, composition ,reactions 1 F J Stevenson John Wiley 1994 1009 Fertilizing for maximum yield 1 G W Cook Crosby Lockwood & Son 1972 International Atomic 1010 Manual on mutation breeding 1 energy agency F A O 1970 1011 D T the sythetic Insecticide 1 T E West Chapman & Hall 1942 1012 The chemical testing of plant nutrient solutions 1 G.S.Fawcett The Tintometer 1013 D.D.T and the insect problem 1 J.C.Leary McGraw Hill 1946 1014 D.D.T. and newer persistent insecticides 1 T F west Chapman & hall 1950 1015 Chemistry of Insecticiades and fungicides 1 D E H FRear D Van Nostrand co. 1942 1016 Chemistry and uses of Insecticides 1 E R de Ong Reinhold Publishing 1948 1017 Chemical analysis Vol 6 1 F.A Gunther Interscience publisher 1955 1018 Chemistry and uses of pesticides 1 E.R. deong Rainhold publishing 1956 1019 Crop Production 1 G J Rose Lenard Hill 1963 1020 Chemicals Humus , and the soil 1 D P Hopkins Chemical Publishing 1957 Fertilizer association of 1021 Fertiliser statistics 1969 -1970 1 T.M. Alexander 1970 India International Atomic 1022 Effects of low does.es of radiation on crop plants 1 1966 International Atomic EnergyEnergy 1023 Insects and Insecticides 1 R.C.Reay Oliver & Boyd 1970 Fertiliser Association Fertiliser Association Of 1024 Seminar on recent advances in Fertiliser technology 1 1972 Of India India SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Limiting steps in Ion uptake by Plants from soil 1025 1 IAEA / FAO IAEA/ FAO 1966 technical report 1026 Handbook of Manures and Fertilisers 1 ICAR ICAR 1971 1027 Biological Control of Insect Pests and Weeds 1 P.De Bach Chapman Hall 1971 1028 Diseases in Crop Plants in India 3 G.rangaswami Prentice Hall 1972 1029 Systemic Fungicides 1 Marsh, R.W. Longman 1977 FAI Seminar 1979 on critical areas affecting fertiliser Fertiliser association Fertiliser association of 1030 1 1980 comsumption in india of india india FAI Seminar 1980 on fertilisers in india in the eighties Fertiliser association Fertiliser association of 1031 1 1981 Part 1 of india india FAI Seminar 1980 on fertilisers in india in the eighties Fertiliser association Fertiliser association of 1032 1 1981 Part 2 of india india united Nations 1033 BioGas Fertilizer System 1 UNEP Environmental 1981 Programme Green Pesticides Crop Protection and safety Society of Pesticide 1034 1 N.P Agnihotri 1999 Evaluation Science 1035 The Safe and Effective use of pesticides 1 Patrick J University of Calirnia 2000 A Bibliography on Nitrogen in Indian Agriculture 1961- European Nitrogen 1036 70 1 Service Programme E N S P 1972 1037 Cotton 1 H B Brown McGraw Hill 1949 1038 Jute in Bengal 1 N C Choudhury W Newan 1921 1039 Jute & Substitutes 1 N C Choudhury W Newan 1933 1040 The scientific principles of grain storage 1 T A Oxley Northern Publishing 1947 1041 Forest Products 1 Brown N C John wiley 1951 1042 The Indian jute belt 1 Sengupta, P. Orient Longmans 1959 1043 The Indian Jute atlas 2 I C J C I C J C 1959 Indian Central jute 1044 Jute in India : a monograph 2 B C kundu 1958 Committee Indian Central jute 1045 Jute In India 1 B C Kundu 1961 committee 1046 Vegetable Fibres 1 R H Kirby Lenard Hill 1963 1047 Vegetable Fibres 1 R H Kirby Leonard Hill 1963 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1048 Besswax 1 H H root Chemical publishing 1964 Cashew Export 1049 Cashewnut shell liquid patents vol- 1 U.S Patents 1 United State Patent 1964 Promotion Council Department of State Department of State Agency for 1050 Second International Kenaf Conference 1 Agency for International 1964 International Development Development 1051 Fungicides and advance treatise Vol1 1 D.C. Torgeson Academic Press 1967 1052 Fungicides and advance treatise Vol2 1 D.C. Torgeson Academic Press 1967 1053 Fungicides in Plant Disease control 3 Y.L.Nene Oxford Press 1971 1054 Bees and People 1 Naum Ioyrish MIR Publishers 1977 1055 Principles of Crop Improvement 1 N.W.Simmonds Longman Group 1979 1056 Handbook Of Silk Technolgy 1 Tammanna N Wiley Eastern 1993 1057 World Fiber Crops 1 Ratikanta Maiti Oxford & IBH Publishing 1997 1058 Bamboos of India 1 K K Sethalakshmi Forest research Institute 1998 Bhairah Chandra 1059 Commercial fibre crops and their utilisation 1 ICAR 2008 Mitra Hindustan textile 1060 The cotton textile digest 1 S N Dutt 1942 publications A Merrow monograph phylosophy and hygiene of Merrow Publisher Co 1061 1 E.T. Renbourn 1971 meterials and cloting Ltd. 1062 The Parctice of Management 1 Drucker,P.E. Allied Publisher 1970 1063 Management by System 1 R.F.Neuschel McGraw Hill 1960 National Productivity 1064 Productivity and Economic Growth 1 M.V.V.Raman 1972 Council National Productivity 1065 Organisational methods 1 B.Ananth Krishnan 1970 Council 1066 The Principles and Practice of Management 1 Brech E.F.L Longman 1972 Management : A systems and contingency analysis of 1067 1 Koontz, Harold McGraw Hill 1976 managerial functions 1068 Management : Tasks, Responsibilities, Practices 1 Drucker, Peter .F Allied Publishers 1977 The Process of management : concepts, behavior and 1069 1 Newman, William Prentice Hall 1977 practice SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1070 Occupational health and safety in textile mills 2 Shenai, V.A Sevak publications 1978 Reserch and development management : Concepts 1071 1 Indro Dev Information directory 1977 and techniques 1072 Solving Management Problems 1 Bernard H. Rudwick John Wiley 1979 1073 Improving Total Productivity 1 Paul, Mali John Wiley 1978 Principles of Automation & Automated Production 1074 1 A.Malov Mir Publishers 1976 Processes Harvard Business Review : Managing projects & Harvard Business Harvard Business 1075 1 1971 Programs Review Review Harvard Business Harvard Business 1076 1 1965 Harvard Business Review : R & D management -Part 1 Review Review Harvard Business Harvard Business 1077 1 1969 Harvard Business Review : R & D management -Part 2 Review Review Harvard Business Harvard Business 1078 1 1978 Harvard Business Review : R & D management -Part 3 Review Review Harvard Business Harvard Business 1079 1 1979 Harvard Business Review : Manufacturing Strategy Review Review 1080 Productivity in the indian economoy 2 P.R. Brahmananda Himalaya publishers 1982 1081 Management Research 1 Roger Bennett Dialogue Publications 1983 1082 National self sufficiency 1 IIMA IIMA 1967 1083 National Self Sufficiency 1 IIMA IIMA 1967 On an Application of theory of runs to aproduction 1084 1 V.L.Mote IIMA 1970 problem National Productivity 1085 Indian Informal Sector 1985 1 EFY Enterprises 1985 Council National Productivity 1086 Productivity in the Informal sector 1 Vigyan Bhavan 1985 Council 1087 Elements of productivity 2 R.R.Mukherjee A.Mukherjee & co. 1986 New Horizons in Management with Speial Reference to 1088 1 P.Kumar Print well Publishers 1985 motivation National Productivity 1089 Sharing the Gains Of Productivity 1 NPC 1972 Council National Productivity 1090 In Search of Productivity 1 G.K.Suri 1989 Council SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1091 Fevicol Furniture Book Vol- 1 1 Pidilite Ind. PIDILITE Industries 1995 1092 Fevicol Furniture Book Vol- 2 1 Pidilite Ind. PIDILITE Industries 1994 1093 Fevicol Furniture Book Vol- 3 1 Pidilite Ind. PIDILITE Industries 1995 1094 Fevicol Furniture Book Vol- 5 1 Pidilite Ind. PIDILITE Industries 1995 1095 Management and technical education 1 S.P. Mukherjee IAPQR 1995 1096 Swamt's T.A Rules Made Easy 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1998 1097 Six Sigma for managers 1 Greg Brue McGraw Hill 2002 The John Adair handbook of Management and 1098 1 ViVa Book 2003 Leadership Neil Thomas 1099 managing Change at work 1 Cynthia D Scott Viva Books 2004 1100 managing Change at work 1 Robert Heller Dorling Kindersley 1998 1101 Managing Teams 1 Heller, Robert. , Dorling Kindersley 1999 1102 Six Sigma for Managers 1 Greg Grue Tata McGraw Hill 2002 On an application of theory of runs to a production 1103 problem 1 V L Mote IIM,Ahmedabad 1970 An introduction to the theory and application of motion 1104 1 A G Shaw Harlequin Press 1944 study Conover - mast 1105 Motion and time study manual 1 J.A. Parton 1954 publication 1106 Dynamic motion and time study 1 J J Gillespie Chemical Publishing 1951 1107 Accounts analysis 1 J A Mackinnon Gec & Company 1948 1108 Operations research- methods and problems 1 M Sasieni John Wiley 1959 1109 Management of plants 1 Ed.Surinder S R Muthukrishnan 1967 1110 Unsaturated polyesters: structure and properties 1 Boenig, Herman V Elsevier Publishing 1964 1111 Work study 1 R.M.Currie BIM Publisher 1969 National Productivity 1112 Job Evaluation 1 M.Yoga 1971 Council National Productivity 1113 Cost Control 1 G.R.Sarma 1971 Council National Productivity 1114 Method Study 1 N.V.Krishna 1972 Council SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year National Productivity 1115 Work sampling 1 M.V.V.Raman 1968 Council Principles of operations research with applications to National Productivity 1116 1 H.M.Wagner 1973 managerial decisions Council 1117 Fundamentals of Operations Research 1 R.L.Ackoff John-Wiley 1968 Improving the Effectiveness of Research and 1118 1 R.E. Sciler McGrow Hill 1965 Development Management Accountency including financial 1119 1 Batty, J ELBS and Macdonald 1975 management and control International labour International labour 1120 Work study in the textile industry 1 1972 organisation office 1121 Management oparations, research 1 Enrick, N.L Oxford press 1979 Costing and cost control for textile industry : A marginal 1122 1 Kantawala, D.N Texcoms (n.d) approach 1123 Management development and training handbook 1 Taylor, B McGraw Hill Book 1975 1124 Packaging management 1 Briston, J.H Gower Press 1972 International labour International labour 1125 Job evaluation 1 1980 office office International labour Universal book 1126 Introduction to work study 2 1983 office corporation International labour 1127 Work study in the textile industry 1972 1 International Labour Officeoffice 1128 Time management 1 M.R. Pai M.R. Pai 1984 1129 Time management 1 M.R. Pai M.R. Pai 1984 1130 successful time management methods 1 R.Alec Mackenzie Vision books 1983 1131 Motion & Time Study 1 Benjamin W. Niebel Richard D Irwin 1976 1132 Expert Systems : Theory and Practice 1 Jean-Louis Prentice Hall 1995 1133 Operations research for management 1 G.V. Shenoy Wiley Eastern 1991 Synergy Book 1134 TQM : Quality Training Practices 1 Richard S Johnson 1997 International 1135 Leadership Games 1 Stephen S. Kaagan Response Books 1999 1136 Improving performance through statistical thinking 1 Galen C Britz ASQ Quality Press 2000 1137 Practical Product assurance management 1 John Bieda ASQ Quality Press 1997 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1138 Statistical quality assurance methods for engineers 1 Stephen Vardeman John Wiley 1999 1139 How to manage organisational change 1 D E Hussey Kogan Page 2000 1140 Leadership 1 Philip Sadler Kogan Page 2004 1141 Be Positive : a guide for managers 1 Phil Clements Kogan Page 2004 (A) Book for government officials to master noting and 1142 1 Agarwal, M. K. , Dipa Neogi, Kolkata 2010 drafting 1143 The purpose and pratice of motion study 1 A G Shaw Harlequin Press 1952 1144 The Key of Accounting and costing 1 J A R tainsh Charles Giffin 1959 Value Management value engineering and cost 1145 1 Heller Wesley 1971 reduction 1146 Management Accountancy 1 A.K.Sengupta A P 1971 1147 Production and inventory control handbook 1 J.G. Greene McGraw-Hill 1970 1148 Management Accounting Systems and Records 1 B. Grimsley Gower Press 1974 1149 New Products and diverssification 1 Kraushar, Peter, M Business Books 1977 North - Hollaw 1150 Applied optimal control 1 A. Bensoussan 1978 publishing Theory Z : How american business can meet the 1151 2 William G. Ouchi Avon Books 1982 japanese challenge 1152 Readings in Management 1 Navin Chandra Joshi A.H. 1980 1153 Management Science 1 Lee, J John Wiley 1981 The 22 : Biggest Mistakes Managers Make and How to 1154 1 James K Van Flect D.B.Taraparevala 1981 correct Them Somnath 1155 Managing Organisational Change 1 Oxford & IBH Publishers 1982 Chattopadhyay Happer and Row 1156 In search of excellence 2 Thomas J. Peter 1982 publisher 1157 A passion for excellence the leadership Difference 2 Tom Peters Collins 1985 1158 The Practice of Entrepreneuship 1 Geoffrey, G Dialogue Publications 1983 International Labour 1159 case Study for management development 1 Roger Bennett 1984 Office On an Application of theory of runs to a production 1160 1 V.L.Mote IIMA 1970 problem SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1161 management of Conflit 1 IIMA IIMA 1969 1162 Creating excellence 1 Craig R. Hickman Unwin paper 1986 International Labour 1163 Management Consulting 1 Milan Kubr 1988 office 1164 Introduction to ISO 9000 and Total quality management 1 Sadhan K Ghosh Oxford University Press 1994 1165 Modern Management Accounting 1 S.P.Deshpande New age Internation 1996 1166 The power of Dharmic management 1 Jack Hawley Berretkoehler publisher 1993 Indian Management 1167 Applied Management for Research Institute Vol-1 5 IMA n.d Academy 1168 Business Etiquelte 1 David Robinson Kogan Page 2000 1169 Survival is not enough 1 Seth Godin The Fire Press 2002 1170 managing Radical Change 1 Sumanta Ghoshal Penguin Books 2002 1171 Industrial safety 1 R Blake Prentice Hall 1939 1172 Production control 1 Paul D O'Donnell Prentice Hall 1959 1173 Decision Rules for Inventory Management 1 R.G.Brown Rinehart and Winston 1967 National Productivity 1174 Incentires 1 N.V.Krishna 1972 Council London Irwin-Dorsey 1175 Materials management 1 D.S Ammer 1974 International 1176 The statistical basis of quality control 1 S.K. Ekambaram Asia publisher house 1976 1177 Personnel : The human problems of management 1 George Straues Prentice Hall 1977 1178 Industrial relations : a social psychological approach 1 Stephenson, G.M John wiley 1979 1179 Training and development handbook 1 Craig,Robert McGraw Hill Book 1976 1180 Financial management of Products 1 Lock, Dennis Gower Press 1975 Planning for improved enterprise performance : A guide International labour 1181 1 Abramson, R 1980 for managers and consultant office 1182 Maintenance Management 1 Lewis, Bernard D.B.Taraporevala 1980 1183 Production handbook ED 3 1 Gordon B John Wiley 1972 National Productivity National Productivity 1184 Incentives in Indian Industries Part -3 1 1973 Council Council Harvard Business Harvard Business 1185 1 1965 Harvard Business Review Part -1 Review Review SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Harvard Business Harvard Business 1186 1 1976 Harvard Business Review Part -3 Review Review International labour 1187 Payment by results 2 Oxford publishing 1951 office International labour 1188 Minimum wage fixing and economic development 1970 1 International Labour Officeoffice International labour 1189 Payment by results 1984 1 International Labour Officeoffice OECD Information 1190 Traning policies for computer man power and users 1 Dialogue Publications 1985 Studies OECD Information 1191 The Development of Industrial Relations Systems 1 Dialogue Publications 1985 Studies National Productivity National Productivity 1192 Incentives in Indian Industries part 3 1 1973 Council Council National Productivity 1193 Human Resource Development and Productivity G.K.Suri 1988 1 council Institute of Standards 1194 Guide to Company Standardization 1 ISE 1989 Engineers Institute of Standards 1195 Guide to Company Standardization 1 ISE 1989 Engineers National Productivity 1196 Incentives In Indian Industries Part-2 1 NPC 1974 Council National Productivity 1197 Incentives In Indian Industries Part-3 1 NPC 1973 Council Managing and developing new forms of work International Labour 1198 1 George Kanawaty 1984 organisation office National productivity 1199 Program evaluation review and technique 1 N.K. Paul 1987 council 1200 ISO 9000 Auditing : A practical guide 1 Sadhan K. Ghosh Oxford publishing house 1994 1201 The first book in the world on ISO 14000 auditing 1 Sadhan K. Ghosh Oxford publishing house 1996 1202 Enterprise Resourse planning 1 Vinod Kumar Garg Prentice Hall 1998 1203 Handbook of Materials Management 1 P Gopalakrishan Prentice Hall 1994 1204 Venture Capital 1 I.M.Pandey Prentice Hall 1996 1205 Guide to entre preneurs with 100 case studies 1 ITCOT ITCOT 2001 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1206 Industrial Experiments without statistical pain 1 G Allen Pugh ASQ Quality Press 1990 1207 Building Tomorrow's Company 1 Philip Sadler Kogan Page 2004 1208 Productive maintenance to achieve quality excellence 1 NITRA NITRA 1988 1209 Economic control of quality of manufactured product 1 W A Shewhart D.Van Nostrand 1948 1210 Statistical quality control 1 D H W Allan Reinhold Publishing 1956 1211 Fourth all India conference on quality control 1 S Q C S Q C Division 1967 1212 The fourth all india conference on quality control Vol 1 1 ISI Kolkata ISI Kolkata 1967 1213 The fourth all india conference on quality control Vol 2 1 ISI Kolkata ISI Kolkata 1967 1214 Inventory Management in India 1 R.S.Chadda Allied Publisher 1974 1215 Consultants & Consulting Styles 1 Dharni P. Sinha Visions Books 1979 1216 Marketing management: analysis, planning and control 1 Kolter, Philip Prentice Hall 1979 1217 Introduction to Business Data Processing 1 Lawrence S. Orilia McGraw Hill 1979 1218 A Management Role for quality Control 1 John T.Hagan D.B.Taraporevala 1977 1219 Small Group Performance 1 Thornton B. Roby Rand McNally and co. 1968 Harvard Business Review : Manufacturing Harvard Business Harvard Business 1220 1 1981 Reconsidering old Solutions Review Review Harvard Business Harvard Business 1221 1 1979 Harvard Business Review : Service Management Review Review Harvard Business Harvard Business 1222 1 1972 Harvard Business Review : Inventory Policy Review Review 1223 Total quality control 1 A.V. Feigenbaun McGrow Hill Book 1983 1224 Total Quality Control 1 A.V.Feigeboun McGraw Hill Book 1983 Indian Standard 1225 Handbook of Statistical quality Control 1 ISI , New Delhi 1986 Institution 1226 Marketing Theory 1 Shelby D Hunt Richard D. Irwin 1983 1227 A Guide to ISO 9000 registration 1 P.K. Rao Q.Prod publisher 1993 Practical continuous Improvement for Professional 1228 1 Clive Shearer Tata McGraw Hill 1995 Services 1229 Small business success through TQM 1 Terry Ehresman Tata McGraw Hill 1995 1230 Quality function development 1 Ronald G Day Tata McGraw Hill 1995 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Creating quality : concepts, systems, strategies and 1231 1 William J. Kolarik Tata McGraw Hill 1995 tools Linking quality to profits : quality based cost 1232 1 Hawley atkinson ASQC Quality press 1994 management 1233 The management and control of quality 1 James R. Evans Jaico publishing house 1994 Vanity books 1234 The quality improvement handbook 1 Roger C. Swanson 1997 international The new age 1235 Managing quality concepts and tasks 1 Suddhendu Biswas 1996 international Bureau of Indian 1236 Handbook on statistical quality control 1 BIS 1994 standards 1237 101 good ideas 1 karen Bemowski ASQ Quality Press 1998 1238 SUCCESS THROUGH QUALITY 1 Timothy J Clark ASQ Quality Press 1999 1239 A Beginner's guide to quality in manufacturing 1 Micheal Tedald ASQ Quality Press 1992 1240 The practical guide to people - friendly documentation 1 Adrienne Escoe ASQ Quality Press 2000 Integrating ISO 14001 in to aquality management 1241 1 Marilyn R ASQ Quality Press 1999 system 1242 Root Cause analysis 1 Biorn Anderson ASQ Quality Press 2000 1243 Inorganic chemical technology 1 Badgert baker McGraw Hill Book 1943 1244 Outlines of Industrial Chemistry 1 F H Throp Macmillan 1946 1245 Industrial chemistry 1 E R Riegel Reinhold Pub. 1948 1246 Industrial & manufacturing Chemistry Part-1 1 G Martin Technical Press 1943 1247 The applications of chemical engineering 1 H Mccromacse Chapman & stall 1942 1248 Mannual of chemical technolgy 1 R V Wagnen McGraw Hill Book 1943 1249 Rogers manual of industrial chemistry Vol 1 1 C.C. Furnas D.Van. Nostrand 1945 1250 Rogers manual of industrial chemistry Vol 2 1 C.C. Furnas D.Van. Nostrand 1946 John Wiley and Sons 1251 Industrial chemistry ED 3 1 W.T. Read 1945 Inc. 1252 Roger's manual of industrial chemistry Vol- 1 1 C c Furnas D Van Nostrand 1954 1253 Roger's manual of industrial chemistry Vol- 2 1 C c Furnas D Van Nostrand 1955 1254 application of chemical engineering 1 H.M Cormack D Van Nostrand 1953 1255 A History of Industrial chemistry 1 Heimann ltd 1957 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1256 Principles of chemical engineering 1 W H Walker McGraw Hill Book 1958 1257 Industrial Chemistry 1 W T Reid John Wiley 1958 1258 Industrial chemistry 1 RE R Riegal Reinhold Publishing 1958 National Productivity 1259 Financial Management 1 S.Pravin 1971 Council National Productivity 1260 Work Measurement 1 R.S.gupta 1971 Council National Productivity 1261 Human Relations 1 M.Yoga 1972 Council National Productivity 1262 Industrial Relations 1 D.K.Roy 1972 Council National Productivity 1263 Personnel management 1 M.Yoga 1971 Council National Productivity 1264 Waste Control 1 M.V.V.Raman 1970 Council National Productivity 1265 Discipline In Industry 1 V.K.Calla 1970 Council National Productivity 1266 Inspection and Quality Control 1 M.V.V.Raman 1970 Council National Productivity 1267 Management 1 A.N.Saxena 1970 Council National Productivity 1268 Plant Layout and Materials Handling 1 G.Chandrashekharan 1972 Council National Productivity 1269 Store Keeping 1 B.Ananth Krishnan 1972 Council 1270 Chemical technology 1 Mukhlyonov, I Mir publishers 1974 1271 Chemical technology part 1 1 Mukhlyonov, I Mir publishers 1979 1272 Chemical technology part 2 1 Mukhlyonov, I Mir publishers 1979 Chemical publishing 1273 chemical specialities 1 H Binmett 1936 company 1274 Chemical machinery 1 E.R. Riegel Reinhold Publishing 1946 1275 Chemical engineers handbook 1 Peny J.H McGraw Hill Book 1946 1276 Modern chemical processes vol- 1 1 C S Robinson Reinhold Publishing 1948 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1277 Modern chemical processes vol- 2 1 C S Robinson Reinhold Publishing 1949 1278 An introduction to process control system design 1 A.J. Young Longmans Green 1955 Conover - mast 1279 Short cuts and kinks 1 E.J. clement 1955 publication Chemical and Chemical and 1280 Kinks and short cuts in process industries 1929 1 1929 Metallurgical Metallurgical 1281 Deterioration of materials 1 G A Greathonse Reinhold Publishing 1951 Fertiliser Association Fertiliser Association OF 1282 National Seminar on Fertilisers proceedings 1965 1 1965 OF India India 1283 Chemical reaction engineering 1 O.Levenspiel Wiley Eastern 1284 Chemical process industries 1 R.N Shreve McGrawHill Book 1956 small business small business 1285 Emulsion technology and formulations 1 1977 publication publication 1286 Chemical engineers handbook ed. 5th 1 Perry, R.H McGraw Hill 1973 Experiment Optimization in Chemistry and chemical 1287 1 S.Akhnazarova Mir Publishers 1982 Engineering Cybernetic Methods in Chemistry & Chemical 1288 1 V.Kaparov Mir Publishers 1976 Engineering Indian Chemical 1289 Chemical safety Information sheets 1 ICMA manufactures 1986 Association 1290 Outlines of Chemical Technology 1 M, Gopala East-West 1973 1291 Technology of Solvents 1 Jrdan Leonard Hill 1937 1292 Solvents 1 T H Durrans Ehapman & Stall 1938 1293 Chemical engineering plant Design 1 F E Vilbrandt McGraw Hill Book 1944 1294 Emulsion Technology 1 Bennett H Paul Becher 1955 1295 Chemical Engineers handbook 1 J H Perry McGraw Hill Book 1948 1296 Chemical Analysis vol- 1 1 M jacobs Interscience Publishing 1953 1297 marsden solvents manual 1 C Marsden Clever Hume Press 1951 1298 Organic solvents 1 A.Weissberger Interscience publisher 1955 1299 Water treatment for Industrial and Other uses 1 E Nordell Reinhold Publishing 1960 1300 Chemical processing Nomographs 1 D S Davis Chemical publishing 1963 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1301 Principles of Emulsion Technology 1 P Becher Reinhold Publishind 1958 1302 The behavior of plasticizers 1 I Mellan Pergaman Press 1968 1303 The science and technology of polymer films 1 O.J. Sweeting Wiley Interscience 1971 1304 Introduction to polymer science and technology 1 Kaufman, Herman John Wiley 1977 Tata McGraw Hill 1305 Fundamentals of PolymerScience and Engineering 1 Anil Kumar 1978 Publishers small business 1306 Emulsion technology and formulations 1 Goel, R.K 1980 publication 1307 Catalyst technology 1 Mukhlyonov, I Mir publishers 1976 1308 Plant engineering handbook 1 Staniar, William McGraw Hill Book 1959 International labour 1309 Water treatment technologies 1 HMSO 1979 office 1310 Emulsions and solubilization 1 Kozo Shinoda John wiley 1986 1311 Microemulsions : Structure and dynamics 1 Stig E. Friberg CRC Press 1988 1312 Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering 1 Warren L McGraw Hill 1993 1313 Industrial Drying Equipment 1 C.M.Van't Land Marcel Dekker 1991 1314 Chemistry made easy Vol 4 1 C.Snell D.van.mostraced 1944 1315 Melting& Detergency 1 Rideal, Eric Keightley. A Haivey 1945 Industrial chemistry of colloidal and amorphous 1316 1 W K Lewis Macmilln Co. 1943 materials 1317 Chemicals and Commerce 1 F D Snell Chapman & Hall 1942 Worden Laboratory and 1318 Technology of cellulose ethers Vol 1 1 E.C. Worden 1933 library Worden Laboratory and 1319 Technology of cellulose ethers Vol 2 1 E.C. Worden 1933 library Celluloid - its raw material, manufacture, properties and 1320 1 Fr. Bockmann Scott Greenwood 1907 uses 1321 Detergency evaluation and testing 1 J C Harris Interscience Publishers 1954 1322 Detergency evaluation and testing 1 J.C. Hanis Interscience publisher 1954 1323 Detergency evaluation and Testing 1 J C Harris Interscience Publishers 1954 1324 Detergents 1 D Price Chemical publishing 1952 1325 Quality control handbook 1 J M Juran McGraw Hill Books 1962 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1326 Dryden's Outlines of chemical technology 1 M.G.Rao East-West Press 1973 1327 The Chemistry and Uses of Fire Retardants 1 J.W. Lyon Wiley Interscience 1970 Small Business 1328 Selected Small Scale organic chemical projects 1 Soni, D.G 1978 Publishers SBP board of Small business 1329 Household detergents and industrial surfactants 1 consultant and 1979 publication engineers 1330 Profiles in analysis of chemicals 1 N.F. Desai Gokul Publisher 1983 Department Of Chemical & 1331 Safety in Chemical & Petrochemical Industries 1 Chemicals and 1986 Petrochemical,GOI Petrochemicals 1332 The Analysis of Detergents and Detergent Products 1 G.F.Longman John Wiley 1978 1333 Detergency : Theory and technology 1 W.Gale Cutter Marcel dekker 1987 1334 Detergency Theory and Test Methods Part-1 Vol-5 1 W.G.Cutter Marcel dekker 1972 1335 Detergency Theory and Test Methods Part-2 Vol-5 1 W.G.Cutter Marcel dekker 1975 1336 Detergency Theory and Test Methods Part-3 Vol-5 1 W.G.Cutter Marcel dekker 1981 1337 Essential use of fuel 1 Oakley, F I. H.M.Stationary Office 1936 Copper development 1338 Copper in chemical plant 1 Copper Dev.ass. 1936 ass. Copper development 1339 Copper in cast steel +Iron 1 Copper Dev.ass. 1941 ass. 1340 Applied Chemistry for Engineers 1 Eric S Gyngell Edward Arnold & Co. 1943 1341 Laboratory manual of explosive chemistry 1 John W Greine John wiley 1943 Worden Laboratory and 1342 Technology of cellulose ethers Vol 3 1 E.C. Worden 1933 library Worden Laboratory and 1343 Technology of cellulose ethers Vol 4 1 E.C. Worden 1933 library Worden Laboratory and 1344 Technology of cellulose ethers Vol 5 1 E.C. Worden 1933 library 1345 The Technology of Industrial Explosion Hazards vol- 1 1 R C Smart Chapman and Hall 1947 1346 The Technology of Industrial Explosion Hazards vol- 2 1 R C Smart Chapman and Hall 1947 1347 Fuel testing 1 G W Himns Lonard Hill 1942 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Ministry of Fuel & His Majesty's Stationary 1348 The Efficient use of fuel 1 1944 Power Office Fuel Research Her Majesty's stationary 1349 Fuel Research 1917-1958 1 1958 Organisation office SBP board of SBP board of 1350 Fatty acids and products 1 consultants and consultants and 1976 engineers engineers 1351 Manufacturing in the corporate strategy 1 Wickhan, Skinner John Wiley 1978 The Hydrogenation of oils : catalyzers and catalysst 1352 1 CEllis, arleton Constable 1919 and the generation of hydrogen and oxygen 1353 The Purification of industrial waters 1 Rosenberg, H. R. Paterson Engineering 1926 1354 The chemical background for engine research 1 R.Burk Interscience publisher 1941 1355 Fats and Oils 1 H Kirscherbauer Reinhold Pub. 1944 1356 Commercial waxes 1 H Bennell Chew Pub 1944 1357 soybean Chemistry and Technology 1 K markley Chemical Pub. 1944 1358 The Chemistry and technology of waxes 1 Warth, AlbiH. Reinhold 1947 Water treatment: a comprehensive treatise on 1359 thetreatment of water for all purposes and 1 1940 effluentspurification James, G. V The Technical Press 1360 The Chemistry and technology of waxes 1 Warth, Albi H Reinhold 1947 1361 Coal manual for industry 1 Williams, A. Wyn. Conove Mast 1952 1362 Instrumental methods for the analysis of food additiv 1 Butz, William H. ed. Interscience 1961 1363 Coal: typology-chemistry-physics-constitution 1 VanKrevelen, D. W. Elsevier 1961 Standard methods for the analysis of oils, fats InternationalUnion of 1364 1 Pergamon 1979 andderivatives: Part 1(Section I and II) Pure an. Industrial wastewater control: a textbook and reference 1365 1 Gurnham, C. Fred ed. Academic Pre 1965 work 1366 Physicochemical processes for water quality control 1 Weber, Walter J. Wiley-Interscience 1972 1367 Industrial starch technology: recent developments 1 Johnson, J. C. Noyes Data Corporation 1979 1368 Bailey's industrial oil and fat products: vol.2 1 Swern, Daniel ed. John Wiley 1982 Organic coating technology: vol.1 - Oils, resins, Payne, Henry 1369 1 JohnWiley 1954 varnishes and polymers Fleming. 1370 Methods in industrial microbiology 1 Sikyta, Bohumil. Ellis Horwood 1983 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year National Productivity 1371 Liquid fuels and steam utilization: training manual 1 Darkanath, H. S. 1973 Council 1372 Biogas Technology , Transfer and diffusion 1 M.M.El-Halwagi Elsevier Science 1986 1373 Development in food proteins - 1 1 Hudson, B. J. F.ed. Applied Science 1982 Elsevier Applied 1374 Development in food proteins - Vol.4 1 Hudson, B. J.F. ed. 1986 Science Gums and stabilisers for the food industry 3: 1375 1 Glyn O Phillips Elsevier 1986 proceedings Elsevier Applied 1376 Enzymic hydrolysis of food proteins 1 Nissen, JensAdler. 1986 Science Industrial enzymes - potential and opportunities / 1377 1 ITCOT ITCOT 2001 Industrial and technical consu. : , Oil and Colour Trades 1378 Drying oils and driers 1 London 1934 Journal Vegetable fats and oils: their chemistry, production, 1379 and utilizationfor edible, medicinal and technical 1 Jamieson, George S. Reinhold pusposes 1943 The Examination of Hydrocarbon Oils and of 1380 1 David Holde John Wiley 1947 Saponifiable Fats and Waxes 1381 Drying oils, boiled oil and solid liquid driers 1 L.E. Andes Scott Greenwood 1926 1382 Oils fats and waxes refractive indices 1 J Goldsmith Adaeci Hilger ltd 1921 1383 Industrial oil and fat products 1 A E Bailey Interscience publisher 1945 Animal and vegetable oils, fats, and waxes: Apractical 1384 1 Martin, Geoffrey. CrosbyLockwood 1920 treaties 1385 The Industrial chemistry of the fats and waxes 1 Hilditch, T. P. Bailliere Tindall and Cox 1941 Asphalts and allied substances: their occurrence, 1386 modes of production, uses in the arts and methods 1 Abraham, Herbert. Chapman and Hall 1938 oftesting Technical handbook of oils, fats and waxes: vol.2 - Cambridge University 1387 1 Fryer, Percival J. Practical and analytical Press 1939 Technical handbook of oils, fats and waxes: vol.1 - CambridgeUniversity 1388 1 Fryer, Percival J. 1920 Chemical and general Press 1389 Industrial oil and fat products 1 Bailey, Alton E. Interscience 1951 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Asphalts and allied substances: Vol.1- Raw materials 1390 1 Abraham, Herbert. D. Va Nostrand 1945 and manufactured products Asphalts and allied substances: Vol.2 - Methods of 1391 1 Abraham, Herbert. D. Van Nostrand 1945 testing The Properties of asphaltic bitumen: with referenceto 1392 1 Pfeiffer, J. Ph. ed. Elsevier 1950 its technical applications 1393 Asphalt handbook 1 The Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute 1947 1394 Bailey's industrial oil and fat products: vol.1 1 Swern, Daniel ed. John Wiley 1979 Methods for analysis and testing: Vol. 1 Methods IP 1 The Institute of 1395 1 Heyden 1982 to 230 Petroleum. Methods for analysis and testing: Vol. 2- Methods IP The Institute of 1396 1 Heyden 1982 231 to 359 Petroleum. Treatise on fats, fatty acids and oleochemicals: vol. A Industrial Consultants 1397 1 Narula, O. P. ed. 1994 comprehensive (India) Industrial Consultants 1398 Treatise on fats, fatty acids and oleochemicals: vol. 1 Narula, O. P. ed. 1994 (India) Industrial Consultants 1399 Treatise on fats, fatty acids and oleochemicals: vol. 1 Narula, O. P. ed. 1997 (India) 1400 The manufacture of lakes and precipilated 1 A Harrison Leonard Hill 1949 1401 Printing Luks 1 C Ellis Reinhold Pub. 1938 1402 Inks: their composition and manufacture 1 Mitchell, CAnisworth. Charles Griffin 1937 The Paint laboratory notebook: a handy guide toworks Remington, John 1403 1 Chemical 1942 practice Stewart. Standard methods for testing petroleum and its produc/ 1404 1 Institute of Petroleum Technol. : IPT, 1935 Institute of Petroleum TechnologyInstitute of Petroleum Technology1935 1405 Ancient and medieval dyes 1 Leggett, William F. Chemical Publishing 1944 Reinhold Publishing 1406 Petroleum refinery manual 1 Noel, Henry Martyn. 1959 Corporation The Institute The Institute of 1407 Modern petroleum technology 1 1954 ofPetroleum. Petroleum The Institute The Institute of 1408 Petroleum measurement manual 1 1952 ofPetroleum. Petroleum Petroleum measurement tables: metric units American Society for TheInstitute of 1409 1 1953 ofmeasurement Testing M. Petroleum SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year IP standards for petroleum and its products: Part 1 - The Institute of The Institute of 1410 1 1964 methods for analysis and testing Petroleum. Petroleum Davidson, Robert L. 1411 Water-soluble resins 1 VanNostrand Reinhold 1968 ed. 1412 Chemical technology of petroleum 1 Cruse, William A. McGraw-Hill 1960 1413 The Chemistry of synthetic dyes: vol. 6 - reactivedyes 1 Venkataraman, K. ed. Academic Press 1972 1414 The Analytical chemistry of synthetic dyes 1 Venkataraman, K. ed. John Wiley 1977 SBP Board of Small 1415 Technology of pigments, dyestuffs and dye-intermediat 1 1980 Consultants and E. BusinessPublications 1416 Laboratory handbook for oil and fat analysts 1 Cocks,L. V. Academic Press 1966 1417 Dyestuffs industry in India 1 Doshi, J. H. Sevak 1975 1418 The Chemistry of synthetic dyes and pigments 1 LubsH. A. Robert E. Krieger 1972 1419 Principles of color technology 1 Billmeyer, Fred W. Wiley-Interscience 1981 Organic coating technology: vol.2 - pigments Payne, Henry 1420 1 John Wile 1961 andpigmented coating Fleming. 1421 The Chemical formulary: vol. XX 1 Bennett, H. ed. Chemical Publishing 1977 1422 The Chemistry and application of dyes 1 Waring, David R New York 1994 Colorants and auxiliaries: organic chemistry Society of Dyers and 1423 1 Shore,John ed. 1990 andapplication properties: vol.1 - Colorants Colourists Colorants and auxiliaries: organic chemistry Society of Dyers and 1424 1 Shore,John ed. 1990 andapplication properties: vol.2 - Auxiliaries Colourists Sol-Gel science: the physics and chemistry of Sol-Gel 1425 1 Brinker, C Jeffrey. , Academic press 1990 processing 1426 Adhesives 1 Braude, Felix. Chemical Publishing 1935 1427 Lacquer and synthetic enamel finnishes 1 Martin D.van.mostraced 1944 1428 Glue and gelatine 1 P smith Chapman & Hall 1943 1429 Manufacture of soap: a manual revealing the art 1 Industrialist Industry Publisher 1941 Industrial cold adhesives: A practical handbook forthe 1430 1 Dulag, Roger. Charles Griffin 1943 maker and user 1431 Glycerin: its industrial and commercial applications 1 Leffingwell, Georgia. Chemical Publishing 1945 1432 Varnish constituents 1 Chatfield, H. W. Interscienc 1944 1433 Modern wood adhesives 1 Perry, Thomas D. PitmanPublishing 1944 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1434 The Technology of adhesives 1 Delmonte, John. Reinhold 1947 Seymour, Raymond 1435 Hot organic coatings 1 Reinhold 1959 B. 1436 Textile soaps and oils 1 Hurst, George H. Scott Greenwood 1921 Seymour, Raymond 1437 Hot organic coatings Reinhold Publishing 1959 2 B. 1438 Handbook of adhesives 1 Skeist, Irving ed. Van Nostrand 1977 1439 Formulation of organic coatings 1 Gaynes, Norman I. D. Van Nostrand 1967 SmallBusiness 1440 Industrial adhesives and gums 2 Goel, R. K. 1979 Publications 1441 Handbook of adhesives 1 Skeist, Irving. Van Nostran 1977 1442 Adhesion and bonding: encyclopedia reprints 1 Bikales M. ed. Wiley-Interscience 1971 1443 Analysis and testing of adhesive bonds 1 Anderson, Garron P. Academic Press 1977 Small Business 1444 Industrial adhesives and gums 1 Goel, R. K. 1979 Publishers SBP Board of Small Business 1445 Handbook of adhesives 1 1980 Consultants andE. Publications 1446 Pigment handbook: vol.1 - properties and economics 1 Patton, Temple C. John Wiley 1973 1447 Pigment handbook: vol.2 - applications and markets 1 Patton, Temple C. ed. John Wiley 1973 Pigment handbook: vol.3 - characterization andphysical 1448 1 Patton, Temple C. ed. JohnWiley 1973 relationships 1449 Adhesion and adhesives: Vol.1-Theory 1 Patrick, RoberL. ed. Marcel Dekker 1967 1450 Treatise on adhesion and adhesives: Vol.3 1 Patrick,Robert L. ed. Marcel Dekker 1973 1451 Coatings technology annual: 1978 1 Gillies M T Noyes Data Corporation 1978 1452 Hot melt adhesives 1 Bateman, D. L. Noyes DataCorporation 1978 1453 Water-soluble polymers: developments since 1978 1 Meltzer, Yale L. Noyes Data Corporation 1981 1454 Chemistry of pigments and fillers 1 Solomon, D. H. John Wiley 1983 1455 Synthetic adhesives and sealants 1 Wake, W. C. JohnWiley 1987 Hemingway, Richard American 1456 Adhesives from renewable resources: proceedings 1 1989 W. ed. ChemicalSociety Proceedings of The 1457 Additives for water-based coatings:proceedings 1 The Society 1990 Royal Society. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The Technical analysis of ores and metallurgical 1458 1 Franklin G. Hills Chemical Publishing 1939 products 1459 Technical analysis of ores and mettalurgical products 1 F.C Hills Chemical publishing 1939 Indian Lac Research 1460 (A) Handbook of shellac analysis 1 Rangaswami, M. 1942 Institute Indian Lac Research 1461 Practical applications on recent lac research 1 Sen,H. K. 1940 Institute 1462 Analysis of resins: balsams and gum-resins 1 Dieterich, Karl. Scott Greenwood 1901 Shellac: its production, manufacture, chemistry, 1463 1 Parry, Ernest J. SirIssac Pitman 1935 analysis, commerce and uses 1464 Gums and resins: their occurrence, properties and use 1 Parry, Earnest J. Sir Isaac Pitman 1919 American Technical 1465 Metallurgy 1 Johnson, Carl G 1941 Society Indian Lac Research 1466 Practical applications on recent lac research 1 Sen, H. K. 1940 Institute, 1467 The Technology of natural resins 1 Mantell, C. L. John Wiley 1942 1468 The Technology of natural resins 1 Mantell, C. L. John Wiley 1942 1469 Shellac 1 Angelo Brothers Ltd. Angelo Brothers 1956 1470 Cosmetics: science and technology 1 Sagarin, Edward Interscience 1957 1471 Shellac: its origin and applications 1 Hicks, Edward. Chemical Publishing 1961 1472 The Water-soluble gums 1 Mantell, C. L. Reinhold Publishing 1947 1473 Shellac: its origin and applications 1 Hicks, Edward. Chemical Publishing 1961 Indian Lac Research 1474 Chemistry of LAC 1 Bose, P. K Institute, 1963 Indian Lac Research 1475 Uses of lac 1 Sen, H. K. Institute, 1959 1476 Industrial gums: polysaccharides and their derivative 1 Whistler, Roy L. ed. Academic Press 1973 Metal congress and 1477 Short-time high-temperature testing: proceedings 1 The Society 1958 exposition. Technology and applications of resins: technology Small Business 1478 ofresins and moulding powders including water- 1 Soni, D. G. 1978 Publication solubleresins SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Technology and applications of resins: technology Small Business 1479 ofresins and moulding powders including water- 1 Soni, D. G. 1977 Publication solubleresins 1480 Engineering physical metallurgy 1 Lakhtin, Y. Mir publishers 1977 Theory of metallurgical processes: pyrometallurgical 1481 1 Volsky, A. Mir publishers 1978 processes 1482 Metals properties 1 Hoyt, Samuel L. McGraw 1954 1483 Metals engineering design 1 Horger, Oscar J. ed. McGraw-Hill 1965 1484 Metals engineering processes 1 Bolz, Roger W. ed. McGraw-Hill 1958 1485 Engineering physical metallurgy and heat-treatment 1 Lakhtin, Yu. M. MIR Publishers 1977 1486 Metallic coating for corrosion control 1 Carter, V. E Newnes-Butterworths 1977 1487 Handbook of epoxy resins 1 Lee, Henry. McGraw-Hill 1967 1488 Molybdenum: steels, irons, alloys 1 Archer, R. S. Climax Molybdenum 1970 Proceedingof the 1489 Symposium on high temperature composites 1 Technomic 1989 American So. 1490 Metal spraying 1 Rollason, E. C, Charles Griffin 1939 1491 The making of a chemical : a guide to works practice 1 Lewis, E.I. Ernest Benn Limited 1927 1492 The Metallurgy of the non-ferrous metals 1 Gowland,William. Charles Griffin 1943 1493 Wood chemistry: vol.3 1 Wise, Louis E. ed. Reinhold 1944 1494 Wood chemistry: vol.3 1 Wise, Louis E. ed. Reinhold 1944 Technical Association of Nature and chemical components of wood: Symposium of The 1495 1 the Pulp and Paper 1948 proceedings:proceeding Institute of. Industr 1496 Technique of plywood 1 Norris, Charles B. I. F.Laucks 1943 1497 Chemistry of wood 1 Hagglund, Erik. Academic Press 1951 1498 Wood chemistry: vol.1 1 Wise, Louis E. ed. Reinhold 1952 1499 Wood chemistry: vol.2 1 Wise, Louis E. ed. Reinhold 1952 British 1500 Materials handling industry 1 ElectricalDevelopmen The Association 1955 t. 1501 Decay of timber and its prevention 1 Cartwright, K.St. G. Chemical Publishing 1950 1502 Methods of wood chemistry: vol.1 1 Browing, B. L. Interscience 1967 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1503 Methods of wood chemistry: vol.2 1 Browing, B. L. Interscience 1967 The Mechanical and physical properties of the British 1504 1 Woolman, J. Comp. Pergamon Press 1969 Standards En Steels: Vol.3 (En 40 to En 363) The Mechanical and physical properties of theBritish 1505 1 Woolman, J. Comp. Pergamon Press 1964 Standards En Steels: Vol.1 (En1 to En 20) 1506 Cast iron: physical and engineering properties 1 Angus, H. T. Butterworths 1976 Chemicals from pulp and wood waste: production 1507 1 Maloney, George T. Noyes DataCorporation 1978 andapplications ClimaxMolybdenum 1508 Steel-strengthening mechanism: proceeedings 1 The Company 1969 Company. Climax Molybdenum 1509 Transformation and hardenability in steels: symposium 1 The Company 1977 Company. The Ironand Steel Climax Molybdenum 1510 Toward improved ductility and toughness 1 1972 Institute. DevelopmentCompany 1511 Wood adhesives: chemistry and technology 1 Pizzi, A.ed. Marcel Dekker 1983 1512 Handbook on Indian wood and wood panels 1 Wood, Solid Oxford University Press 1988 1513 Wood preservation 1 Patrick J University of Calirnia 1992 1514 Modern paper and pulp making 1 Wilthan Reinhold Pub 1942 1515 A laboratory handbook pulp and paper 1 J Great Edward Arnold 1942 1516 Paper base laminates 1 Sorrell, S. E. Cleaver-Hume 1950 1517 (A) Text-book of paper-making 1 Cross, C. F. E&F.N. 1916 1518 The Technology of coated and processed papers 1 Mosher, Robert H. Remsen Press 1952 1519 Pulp and paper: vol.1 - pulping and paper making 1 Casey, James P. Interscience 1952 Pulp and paper: chemistry and chemical technology: 1520 1 Casey, James P. Interscience 1952 vol.2 Paper converting and usage: mechanical 1521 1 Day, Frederick T. Trade Journals Ltd. 1954 materialshandling 1522 Mechanical properties of wood and paper 1 Barkas, W.W. North-Holland 1953 1523 Microbiology of pulp and paper 1 Appling, J. W. TAP 1955 1524 Paper the fifth wonder 1 Ainsworth, John H. ThomasPrinting 1959 1525 Textile scouring and bleaching 1 E.R Trotman Griffin 1968 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Wood extractives and their significance to the pulpand 1526 1 Hillis, W. E. Academic Press 1962 paper industry 1527 Chemical modification of papermaking fibers 1 Ward, Kyle Jr. Marcel Dekker 1973 Arora, 1528 Paper pulp and speciality papers 1 The Institute 1982 SurinderMohan. Pulp and paper: chemistry and chemical technology: 1529 1 Casey, James P. Interscience 1983 vol.4 Forest Products 1530 Fireboard manufacturing practices in the United State 1 Suchsland, Otto. 1990 Research Societ 1531 Polymer science: vol.1 1 Bhardwaj, I. S. ed. AlliedPublishers 1994 1532 Polymer science: vol.2 1 Bhardwaj, I. S. ed. AlliedPublishers 1994 Pulp and paper: chemistry and chemical technology: 1533 1 Casey, James P. ed. John Wiley 1980 vol.1 Pulp and paper: chemistry and chemical technology: 1534 1 Casey, James P. Interscience 1980 vol.2 Pulp and paper: vol.3 - chemistry and 1535 1 Casey, Kames P. ed. John Wiley 1981 chemicaltechnology Pulp and paper: chemistry and chemical technology: 1536 1 Casey, James P. ed. Interscience 1983 vol.4 1537 Recent Developments in wood Composites 1 Todd F Shupe Forest products society 2006 Modern particle board & Dry process fibre board 1538 1 Thomas M Forest products society 1993 manufacturing 1539 Principles of high-polymer theory and practice 1 Schmidt, Alois X. McGraw-Hill 1948 Robinson, Howard A. 1540 High-polymer physics: a symposium 1 Remsen Press 1948 ed. Schildknecht, Calvin 1541 Polymer processes: Vol.10 1 Interscience 1956 E. 1542 Textbook of polymer chemistry 1 Billmeyer, Fred W. Interscience 1957 1543 Testing of polymers: Vol.2 1 Schmitz, J. V. ed. Interscience 1966 1544 Block and graft copolymers 1 Ceresa, R. J. Butterworths 1962 1545 New linear polymers 1 Lee, Henry. McGraw-Hill 1967 1546 Advances in polymer science: Vol.16 1 Cantow, H. J.ed. Springer-Verlag 1974 1547 Physical chemistry of polymers 1 Tager, A. Mir publishers 197 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1548 Principles of polymer processing 1 Tadmor, Zehev. Wiley-Interscience 1979 Organic polymer chemistry: an introduction to 1549 1 Saunders, K. J. Chapman & Ha 1973 theorganic chemistry... Rheology of polymers: viscoelasticity and flow 1550 1 Vinogradov, G. V. MIR Publishers 1980 ofpolymers 1551 Low temperature properties of polymers 1 Perepechko,I. Mir Publishers 1980 1552 Macromolecular syntheses: vol.8 1 Pearce, Eli M. ed. John Wiley 1982 1553 The Chemistry and technology of cellulosic copolyme 1 Hebeish, A. Springer-Verlag 1981 1554 Plastics product design engineering handbook 1 Levy,Sidney. Chapman and Hall 1984 1555 The Chemistry and technology of cellulosic copolyme 1 Hebeish, A. Springer-Verlag 1981 Plueddemann E. P. 1556 Interfaces in polymer matrix composites 1 Academic Press 1974 ed. 1557 Mechanics of composite materials 1 Jones, Robert M. Hemisphere 1975 1558 Primer on composite materials analysis 1 Halpin, JohnC. Technomic 1992 1559 Polymer science and technology of plastics and rubber 1 Ghosh, Premamoy. TMH 1990 Properties of polymers: the correlation with chemical 1560 1 Krevelen, Van D. W. Elsevier 1990 structure Advances in polymer technology: conference National Seminar on 1561 1 Allied Publisher 1996 proceeding Polymer Te. 1562 PMC - polymer matrix composites - CSM002 1 FRP Institute FRP Institute 2002 1563 Coated fabrics - CSM018 1 Nair, N. G. FRP Institute 2002 1564 Polymer matrix materials - CSM 100 1 FRP Institute The Institute 2002 1565 Advances in nanoscience & nanotechnology 1 A Sharma NISCAIR 2004 Monona Terraee 9th international conference on wood & Bio fiber 1566 1 Comunity Convention Forest products society 2007 plastics composites Centre Propertises and performance of natural fibre 1567 1 Pickerning Kim L Woodhead pub. 2008 composites Green composites: polymer composites and the 1568 1 Caroline Baillie Woodhead Pub 2007 environment Oil and Colour Trades 1569 An A. B. C. of plasticisers 1 London 1934 Journal SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Polymerization and its applications in the fields 1570 1 Burk, RobertE. Reinhold 1937 ofrubber, synthetic resins and petroleum Modern organic finishes: their application toindustrial 1571 1 Wampler, Rollin H. ChemicalPublishing 1946 products 1572 Rubber and its use 1 Fisher, Harry L. ChemicalPublishing 1941 Elastomers and plastomers: their chemistry, 1573 1 Houwink, R. ed. Elsevier 1950 physicsand technology: Vol.1 Elastomers and plastomers: their chemistry, 1574 1 Houwink, R. ed. Elsevier 1949 physicsand technology Elastomers and plastomers: their chemistry, 1575 1 Houwink, R. ed. Elsevier 1948 physicsand technology 1576 (A) Guide to plastics 1 Redfarn, C. A. ILIFFE 1951 Peebles Jr., Leighton 1577 Molecular weight distributions in polymers / 1 H Interscience, 1971 1578 The Physics of rubber elasticity 1 Treloar, L. R. G Oxford, 1958 Composite materials: Vol.6 - interfaces in Plueddemann, Edwin 1579 1 AcademicPress 1974 polymermatrix composites P. 1580 Structure and properties of oriented polymers 1 Ward,I. M. ed. Applied Science 1975 Seymour, Raymond 1581 Additives for plastics: vol.1 - State of the art 1 Academic Press 1978 B. 1582 Flame retardancy of polymeric materials: vol.4 1 Kuryla, William C. ed. Marcel Dekker 1978 1583 Flame retardancy of polymeric materials: vol.5 1 Kuryla, William C. ed. Marcel Dekker 1979 1584 Thermoplastics: properties and design 1 Ogorkiewicz,R. M. ed. John Wiley 1974 1585 Handbook of thermoplastic elastomers 1 Walker, B. M.ed. Van Nostrand Reinhold 1979 1586 Acoustic methods of investigating polymers 1 Perepechko, I. Mir Publishers 1975 1587 Fire and flame retardant polymers: recent development 1 Yehaskel, Albert. Noyes Data Corporation 1979 1588 Additives for plastics 1 Stepek, J. Springer-Verlag 1983 1589 Flame retardancy of polymeric materials: Vol.1 1 Kuryla, William C. ed. Marcel Dekker 1973 1590 Flame retardancy of polymeric materials: vol.5 1 Kuryla, William C. ed. Marcel Dekker 1979 1591 Flame retardancy of polymeric materials: vol.4 1 Kuryla, William C. ed. Marcel Dekker 1978 1592 Processing and fabrication technology: Vol.3 1 Bader,Michael G. Technomic 1990 1593 Flame retardancy of polymeric materials: Vol.3 1 Kuryla, William C. ed. Marcel Dekker 1975 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1594 Flame-retardant polymeric materials 1 Lewin, Menachemed. Plenum Press 1975 Fibre-reinforced composites: materials, 1595 1 Mallick, P. K. Marcel Dekker 1988 manufacturingand design 1596 Mechanical properties of polymers and composites 1 Nielsen, Lawrence E. Marcel Dekker 1994 Composite materials: introduction and applications - 1597 1 FRP Institute FRP Institute 2003 CSM 001 1598 Cement matrix composites - CSM 005 1 FRP Institute FRP Institute 2002 1599 Nanocomposites - CSM 007 1 FRP Institute FRP Institute 2002 1600 Fillers used for composites - CSM 055 1 FRP Institute The Institute 2001 1601 Plastics for production 1 Smith, Paul I. Chapman an Hall 1944 International feat book 1602 Plastics - Problems and process 1 Mausperger 1942 co. Pitman Publishing 1603 Industrial plastics 1 Simonds, Herbert R. 1939 Corporation 1604 Plastics in industry 1 POlastes Chemical publisher 1941 1605 Plastics applied 1 U E Yarsley The nationa trade Press 1943 1606 Plastics 1 V E Yarsley Penguin Books 1941 1607 Newnes Plastics Manual 1 F J Lamm George Newnes 1945 1608 Rubber latex 1 Stevens, Henry P. The ChemicalPublishing 1940 Memmler, Dipl.-Ing. 1609 The Science of rubber 1 Reinhold 1934 K. ed. 1610 Plastics for production 1 Smith, Paul I. Chapman anHall 1944 1611 Modern plastics 1 Barron, Harry. Chapman and Hall 1946 1612 The New plastics 1 Simonds, Herbert R. D. Van Nostrand 1945 The Science of plastics: Vol.1- a comprehensivesource 1613 1 Mark, H. ed. Interscience 1948 book .... 1614 Experimental plastics for students 1 Redfarn, C. A. ILIFFE 1949 Fibres, plastics and rubbers: a handbook of 1615 1 Roff, W. J. Butterworths Scientific 1956 commonpolymers The National Trade 1616 Plastics applied: being a survey of patent and technical 1 Yarsley, V. E. ed. 1945 Press SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year American Technical 1617 Plastics 1 DuBois, J. H. 1943 Society 1618 Bayer-Plastics 1 Maz Kampmann Farbenfabriken Bayer 1958 Fundamental aspects of fiber reinforced plastic 1619 1 Schwartz, R. T. ed. Interscience 1968 composites Plastics engineering handbook of the society of 1620 1 Frados, Joel ed. VanNostrand Reinhold 1976 thePlastic Industry, Inc. Small Business 1621 Technology of fibre reinforced plastics products 1 SBP 1998 Publications Bo. Small Business 1622 Synthetic resins and their industrial applications 1 SBP Board 1978 Publication Board 1623 Plastics technology: theory, design and manufacture 1 Patton, William J. D. B. Taraporevala 1981 1624 Short fibre reinforced thermoplastics 1 Flokes, M. J. Research Studies Press 1982 1625 Acoustic methods of investigating polymers 1 Perepechko, I. MIR Publishers 1975 1626 Analysis of rubber and rubber-like polymers 1 Wake, WC. Applied Science 1983 SPI handbook of technology and engineering ofplastics 1627 1 Mohr, J. Gilbert ed. RobertE. Krieger 1984 composites National Aeronautical 1628 Fibre reinforced plastics and composites 1 Gopalan, R 1919 Laboratory 1629 Polymers from biobased materials 1 Chum, Helena L. ed Noyes Data Corporation 1991 International 1630 Advances in reinforced plastics: proceedings 1 Allied Publisher 2002 conference NPCS Board of NIIR Project 1631 Phenolic resins technology handbook 1 Consultants 2011 Consultancy Service Engineers 1632 Plastic : Scientific and technological 1 H.R.Fleck English university press 1943 1633 The Chemistry of Synthetic Resins 1 C Ellis Reinhold Pub. 1935 Handbook of engineering plastics: a reference book 1634 1 Brown, D. Warburton. George Newnes 1941 foengineers 1635 The Technology of plastics and resins 1 Mason. J.Philip. D. Van Nostrand 1945 1636 Low-pressure laminating of plastics 1 Hicks, R. J. Reinhold 1947 1637 Low-pressure laminating of plastics 1 Hicks, R. J. Reinhold 1947 1638 SPI handbook 1 Society of the plastic IndustrySPI 1947 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Natural and synthetic high polymers: Vol.4 - atextbook 1639 1 Meyer, Kurt H. Interscience 1942 and reference book for chemists and biologist Phenoplasts: their structure, properties, and 1640 1 Carswell, T. S. Interscience 1947 chemicatechnology 1641 Amino resins 1 Blais, John F. Reinhold 1959 1642 Glass reinforced plastics 1 Morgan, Phillip. ILIFFEBooks 1961 1643 The Chemistry of organic film formers 1 Solomon, D. H. John Wiley 1967 1644 Practical toxicology of plastics 1 Lefaux, Rene. ILIFFE Books 1968 1645 Plastics and natural growth: conference proceedings 1 The Plastics Institute The Plastics Institute 1975 Webber, Thomas G. 1646 Coloring of plastics 1 JohnWiley 1979 ed. Extruding and molding grades: the internationalplastics 1647 1 International Plastics . Cordura Publications 1978 selector: Book-A Extruding and molding grades: the internationalplastics 1648 1 International Plastics . Cordura Publication 1978 selector: Book-B Extruding and molding grades: the internationalplastics 1649 1 International Plastics . Cordura Publication 1979 selector: supplement Seymour, Raymond 1650 Plastics vs Corrosives 1 JohnWiley 1982 B. 1651 FRP technology: fibre reinforced resin systems 1 Weatherhead, R. G. Applied Science 1980 1652 Fundamental principles of polymeric materials 1 Rosen Stephen L. John Wiley 1982 1653 Handbook of pultrusion technology 1 Meyer, Raymond W. Chapman and Hall 1985 1654 Fundamental principles of fiber reinforced composites 1 Ashbee, K. H. G. Technomic 1989 Modern Technology of synthetic resins & Their Asia pacific Businees 1655 1 NIIR Board 2007 application Press 1656 Modern synthetic rubbers 1 Barron, Harry Chapman and Hall 1943 Hutchisons science and 1657 Plastics moulding 1 D.A. Dearle 1942 tech pub 1658 Handbook of plastics 1 Simonds, Herbert R D. Van Nostrand 1943 Plastics for industrial use: An engineering handbookof 1659 1 Sasso, John. McGraw-Hill 1942 materials Technology of synthetic polymers: in its chemical and 1660 1 Houwink, R. Elsevier Publishing 1947 physical aspects SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Fundamentals of synthetic polymer technology: in 1661 1 Houwink, R. ElseviePublishing 1949 itschemical and physical aspects 1662 Copolymerization 1 Alfrey Jr., Turner. Interscience 1952 British plastics yearbook 1954: a classified guide tothe 1663 1 ILIFFE ILIFFE 1954 plastics industry 1664 Polyethylene 1 Rafe, R. A. V. Interscience 1956 1665 Handbook of plastics 1 Simonds, Herbert R. D. Van Nostrand 1943 National Fire Protection 1666 Building Canstruction and Equipment 1 N F P A 1956 Ass. 1667 The Role of additives in plastics 1 Mascia, L. Edward Arnold 1974 1668 PVC technology 1 Penn, W. S. Applied Science 1971 1669 Handbook of plastics and elastomers 1 Harper, CharlesA. ed. McGraw-Hill 1975 Plastics coating and lamination: technology and Small Business 1670 1 Gupta, R. K. 1997 plastics directory Publishers Technology of silicone compounds: technology and Arora, Surendra 1671 1 SBP 1919 applications of sillicones Mohan. 1672 The Development and use of polyurethane products 1 Doyle, E. N. McGraw-Hill 1971 1673 Textile reinforcement of elastomers 1 Wake, William Ced. Applied Science 1982 National Aerospace 1674 Pultrusion in India : a review 1 Gopalan, R. 1999 Laboratory 1675 Nylon plastics handbook 1 Kohan, Melvin I. ed. Hans 1995 1676 Handbook of polymer composites for engineers 1 Hollaway, Leonard. Jaico 1995 1677 Resin transfer moulding 1 Potter, Kevin. Chapman an Hall 1997 1678 Shape memory polymers and textiles 1 Jinlian H U Woodhead Publishing 2007 1679 Synthetic rubber 1 Nanunton, W. J. S. Macmillan 1937 1680 Cellulose plastics 1 Buttrey, D. N. Cleaver-HumePress 1947 1681 Cellulose plastics 1 Buttrey, D. N. Cleaver-HumePress 1947 1682 Fabric reinforced plastics 1 Brown, W. J. Cleaver- Hume 1947 1683 Polyethylene 1 Kresser, Theodore O. JReinhold Publishing 1957 Scientific Instrument British instruments: directory and buyers' guide British 1684 1 Manufacturer United Science Press 1959 instruments: directory. Association SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year ElectricalDevelopmen 1685 Process integration and instrumentation 1 The Association 1959 t Associa. 1686 The Properties and testing of plastics materials 1 Lever, A. E. Chemical publishing 1958 Electrical Electrical Development 1687 Process integration and instrumentation 1 Development 1959 Association Association British Standards 1688 Methods of testing plastics: part 1 to 5 1 B S I 1965 Institution 1689 Instrumentation in Industry 1 Soisson, Harold E. John Wiley 1975 1690 Plastics materials 1 Brydson, J. A. Newnes-Butterworths 1975 1691 Modified cellulosics 1 Rowell, Roger M. ed. AcademiPress 1978 1692 Modified cellulosics 1 Rowell, Roger M. ed. AcademiPress 1978 1693 Instrumentation in process control 1 Wightman, E. J. Butter Worths 1972 1694 Principles of process control 1 Patranabis, D. Tata McGraw-Hill 1981 1695 Instrumentation: devices and systems 1 Rangan, C. S. Tata McGraw-Hill 1983 Phenolic resins: chemistry, applications 1696 1 Knop, A. Springer-Verlag 1985 andperformance 1697 Industrial instruments for measurement and control 1 Rhodes, Thomas J. McGraw-Hill 1941 major instrument of science & their applications to 1698 1 R E Burk Interscience Publishers 1945 chemistry 1699 Industrial instrumentation 1 Eckman, Donald P. WileEastern 1966 1700 The Instrument manual 1 U T B UTB 1953 McCrone Jr.,Walter 1701 Fusion methods in chemical microscopy 1 Interscience 1957 C. 1702 Instrument technology: vol.2- Analysis instruments 1 Jones, E. B. Butterworths Scientific 1956 1703 The Microscope and its use 1 Munoz, Frank T. Chemical Publishing 1943 1704 Principles of industrial instrumentation 1 PatranabisD. TMH 1976 1705 Measurement systems: application and design 1 Doebelin, Ernest O. McGraw-Hill 1975 Instrumentation manual (petroleum processing and 1706 1 Weinberg, I. Mir Publishers 1978 petrchemical industries) 1707 Measuring instruments: design and use 1 Gorodetsky,Yu. MIR Publishers 1976 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Instrument technology: vol.3 - telemetering 1708 1 Jones, E. B. ButterworthsScientific 1957 andautomatic control Instrument technology: vol.1-measurement of pressure, 1709 1 Jones, E. B. Newnes-Butterworths 1976 level, flow and temperature Tradeand Technical Trade and Technical 1710 Handbook of instruments and instrumentation 1 1998 Press Ltd. Press 1711 Industrial instrumentation 1 Eckman, Donald P. Wile Eastern 1966 1712 Industrial instrumentation fundamentals 1 Fibrance, Austin E. Tata McGraw Hill 1975 1713 Mathematical control machines 1 Loskutov, V. Peace Publishers 1978 1714 Measuring instruments: design and use 1 Gorodetsky,Yu. Mir Publishers 1976 The English Language 1715 Engineering measurements 1 Collett, C. V. 1978 Book Society 1716 Measurement systems: application and design 1 Doebelin, Ernest O. McGraw-Hill 1990 1717 Programming computers for business applications 1 Ned Chapin McGraw Hill Books 1961 1718 mICROCOMPUTERS / Micro processors 1 John L. Hilburn Prentice Hall 1976 1719 Microprocessors / Microcomputer/ System Design 1 William D Simpson McGraw Hill 1980 1720 Introduction to microprocessors 1 Aditya P. Mathur Tata McGraw-Hill 1981 1721 Microcomputer Based Design 1 John B.Peatman McGraw Hill 1977 Santa Clara : Literature 1722 Intel component data catalog 1 Intel Corporation department (Intel 1982 corporation) Santa Clara : Literature 1723 Intel systems data catalog 1 Intel Corporation department (Intel 1981 corporation) Santa Clara : Literature 1724 Intel MCS-80/85 TM Family user manual 1 Intel Corporation department (Intel 1979 corporation) Santa Clara : Literature 1725 Intel 8080 / 8085 assembly language programming 1 Intel Corporation department (Intel 1979 corporation) Santa Clara : Literature 1726 Intel 2920 analog signal processor design handbook 1 Intel Corporation department (Intel 1980 corporation) SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Micro computer - analog converter software and USA : Howard W.Sons 1727 1 Jonathan, A. 1978 hardware interfacing & Co USA : Howard W.Sons 1728 8080 / 8085 software design Book 1 1 Christopher, A 1978 & Co USA : Howard W.Sons 1729 8080 / 8085 software design Book 2 1 Christopher, A 1979 & Co USA : Howard W.Sons 1730 Micro computer Math 1 William Barden 1982 & Co USA : Howard W.Sons 1731 Computer programs for machine design 1 Robert J. Wendel 1982 & Co 1732 Computer and commonsense 1 Roger Hunt Prentice Hall 1984 1733 Computer programming in FORTRAN IV ED 2 1 V. Rajaraman Prentice Hall 1984 1734 Computer programming in PASCAL 1 V. Rajaraman Prentice Hall 1983 1735 Computer programming in COBOL 1 V. Rajaraman Prentice Hall 1983 The 8085 mico proccessor fundamentals and 1736 1 Howard Boyet ITM publication 1982 applications 1737 The 8085 / SDK - 85 1 Howard Boyet ITM publication 1981 1738 Intel application notes 8080,8085,8255,8251 1 INTEL Cor. Intel 1984 1739 Development System handbook 1 INTEL Cor. Intel 1985 1740 Introduction to Micro-Computer based Digital system 1 James W.Gault McGraw Hill Book 1982 1741 Microprocessors / Microcomputers- on Introduction 1 Donald D Givone McGraw Hill Book 1980 1742 Information System through COBOL 1 Andreas S. McGraw Hill 1985 1743 The Elektor Junior Computer 1 A. Nachtmaun Elektor Electromics 1986 1744 Introducing Systems analysis and Design vol-1 1 Lee Galgotia Book Source 1982 1745 Introducing Systems analysis and Design vol-2 1 Lee Galgotia Book Source 1982 1746 A Complete text on basic Programming 1 B.J.Holmes Galgotia Book Source 1985 1747 Microprocessors and Interfacing 1 Douglas V.hall McGraw Hill 1986 1748 Data Base Organisation 1 James Martin Mediamatics 1977 Microcomputers / Microprocessors : hardware, 1749 1 John L.Hilburn Prentice hall 1983 Software and application 1750 Programming for Basic 1 N.Subrananian A.H.Wheeler 1986 1751 C Language for programmers 1 Kennth Pugh BPB Publications 1990 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1752 Introduction , computers : Textbook series part 2 1 Subhash Maheta BPB publcation 1990 1753 Introduction , computers : Textbook series part 3 1 Subhash Maheta BPB publcation 1990 1754 The best of the peter norton chronicles 1 Norton Peter Tech publications 1987 1755 understanding CAD / CAM 1 Daniel J BPB publcation 1987 1756 An Introduction to database systems 1 C.J. date Wesley publishing 1990 1757 Computerised Accounts 1 P.H.Bassett BPB Publications 1992 1758 Computer interfacing 1 William H. Rigby Prentice hall 1994 1759 Understanding Barcode 1 James R Plunkett BPB Publications 1995 1760 OCP : Oracle 8i DBA Architecture & administration 1 Doug Stuns BPB Publications 2001 Burroughs 1761 Digital computer principles 1 McGraw Hill Book 1962 Corporation 1762 Understanding digital computers 1 Ronald Benrey John F Rider Publisher 1964 1763 Digital principles and applications T.M.H 1 A.P.Malvino Tata McGraw Hill 1969 1764 The Design of Digital System 1 John B.Peatman McGraw Hill 1972 International ISO standards handbook No 8 : Data processing 1765 1 ISO organization for 1982 hardware standardization International ISO standards handbook No 9 : Data processing 1766 1 ISO organization for 1982 software standardization USA : Howard W.Sons 1767 Introduction to electronic speech systhesis 1 Neil Sclater 1983 & Co The Evaluation of the performance of computer OECD Information 1768 1 Dialogue Publications 1985 systems Studies 1769 Software engineering : Concepts and Techniques 1 Peter naur Petrocelli / Charter 1976 1770 Digital Computer Fundamentals 1 Thomas C. Bartee McGraw Hill Book 1985 1771 Advanced techniques in Dbase 3 1 Alan Simpson B.P.B Publications 1986 Schaum's Outline of theory and problems of 1772 1 Byron S. McGraw Hill Book 1986 programming with basic Microprocessor Training 1773 The 8051 programming,interfacing, applications 1 Howard Boyet 1985 Inc. Schaum's Outline of Theory & Problems of 1774 1 Seymour Lipschutz McGraw Hill Book 1987 programming with FORTRON SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1775 The ABC's of dBASE 4 1 Robert Cowart BPB Publications 1989 1776 The ABC's of dBASE 3 1 Robert Cowart BPB Publications 1986 1777 C Data Base Development 1 Al Stevens BPB Publications 1989 1778 Advanced Techniques in Lotus 1-2-3 1 E.Michael BPB Publications 1989 1779 Introduction , computers : Textbook series part 1 1 Subhash Maheta BPB publcation 1991 1780 The computer virus protection handbook 1 Coling Haynes BPB publcation 1990 1781 The illustrated lotus 1 - 2 - 3 release 2.01 1 Ralph Myilus BPB publcation 1987 1782 Carel Draw 3 1 Gorden Padwick BPB Publications 1993 1783 Vijay Mukhi's Corel Draw 3.0 Under Windows 3.1 1 Biju Ramchandran BPB Publications 1993 1784 Learn Microsoft word for windows 1 Michael Boom Microsoft Press 1993 1785 Fundamentals of Digitals Image Processing 1 Anil K Jain Prentice Hall of India 1995 1786 The compect Guide to Microsoft Office 1 Ron Mansfield BPB Publications 1994 1787 Subhas Mehta's Quick computer Course 1 Subhash Mehta Galgotia Publications 1996 1788 Internet in aNutshell 1 Alexis Leon Leon Tech world 1998 1789 The Complete Guide to Netware 4.11 1 James E. Gaskin BPB Publications 1997 1790 Using ISDN 1 James Y Bryce Prentice Hall 1996 1791 Using ISAPI 1 Stephen Genusa Prentice Hall 1997 Teach yourself Data Base Programming with JBDC in 1792 1 Ashton Hobbes Techmedia 1998 21 days 1793 An Engineering approach to computer networking 1 S.Keshav Addison Wesley 2000 1794 Analog- Digital 1 Daniel H. Analog Devices 1980 1795 Basic programming 1 Hirsch, Seymour Prentice Hall 1983 1796 Computers in the world of textiles 1 The textile Institute The textile Institute 1984 1797 Computers in the world of textiles 1 The Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1984 Lotus development 1798 Lotus 1-2-3 Release 3.1 1 Lotus Cor. 1990 Corporation 1799 Lotus 1-2-3 Release 3.1 : reference 1 Lotus Cor. Lotus development 1990 1800 The ABC's of the IBM pc and compatibles 1 Joan Lasselle BPB publcation 1988 1801 Advanced DOS 1 Michael I BPB publcation 1989 1802 Mastering the NORTON Utilities 5 1 Peter Dyson BPB publcation 1991 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1803 Mastering Word 1 Greg Harvey BPB publcation 1988 1804 DOS instant refermce 1 Greg Harvey BPB publcation 1988 1805 Wordstar instant reference 1 David J Clark BPB publcation 1989 1806 Mastering wordstar release 4 1 Greg Harvey BPB publcation 1988 1807 Learn Windows in a Day 1 Brian J Dooley BPB Publications 1992 1808 Advanced Tools for Windows Development 1 Arthur v. English Tech publications 1993 1809 Digital Image Processing 1 Baxes Gregory John wiley 1994 1810 How windows work 1 kaare Christian Ziff Davis Press 1994 Commercial Application Development Using Oracle 1811 1 BPB Publications 1997 Developer 2000 Ivan Bayross 1812 Windows 95 1 Sharon Crawford BPB Publications 1997 1813 Windows NT server 4 1 Robert Cowart BPB Publications 1997 Laurence 1814 Mastering Java Beans 1 BPB Publications 1997 Vanhelsuwe 1815 Developing Java Servlets 1 James Goodwill Techmedia 1999 1816 Javaserver pages application development 1 Ben Forta Techmedia 2001 Web Enabled commercial applications development 1817 1 Ivan Bayress BPB Publications 2000 using ... Java 2 1818 Prima's Guide to seagate crystal reports 8 1 Jill K Howe BPB Publications 2000 1819 Access 2000 developer's handbook vol-1 1 Paul Litwin BPB Publications 2000 1820 Access 2000 developer's handbook vol-2 1 Paul Litwin BPB Publications 2000 1821 Linux apache web server administration 1 Charles Aulds BPB Publications 2001 1822 Core visual C++ 6 1 Lars Klandex Prentice Hall 2000 1823 Inside servlets 1 Dustin R Addison Wesley 2000 1824 Practical Microsoft windows 2000 professional 1 Ed Bott Prentice Hall 2000 1825 E-Business essentials 1 Matt Haig Kogan Page 2002 International ISO standards handbook No 10 : Data processing 1826 1 ISO organization for 1982 vocabulary, information standardization 1827 CAD/ CAM handbook 1 Eric teirhels McGraw Hill 1985 1828 Understanding Hard disk management on the PC 1 Jonathan Kamin BPB publcation 1989 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1829 Microsoft quick basic 1 Douglas Hergert Microsoftt Press 1988 1830 Lotus 1 - 2 - 3 rel 2.3 1 Marychampbell McGraw Hill 1991 1831 Mastering 1 - 2 - 3 release 3 1 Carolyn Jorgensen BPB publcation 1990 1832 Theory and problems of Data structures 1 Seymour Lipschutz McGrow Hill Book 1986 Computer Science 1833 Fundamentals of Data Structures in Pascal 1 Ellis Horowitz 1994 Press 1834 Mastering Microsoft Office 97 1 Lonnie E Moseloy BPB publications 1996 1835 Microsoft Office 97 1 Gini Courter BPB Publications 1997 1836 Using microsoft access 2000 1 Roger Jennings Prentice Hall 1999 1837 Mastering Java script and JS cript 1 James Jaworski BPB Publications 1999 1838 Sams Teach yourself visual Inter Dev 6 in 21 days 1 L.Michael Van Techmedia 1998 1839 Information Systems analysis and design 1 Ram Basal New Age International 2000 1840 Confirering SAP ERP financials 1 Jones Peter Sysex (Wiley India) 2009 1841 Microsoft Office : training guide 1 Jain, Satish. , BPB Press 2011 1842 First lessons in Tally.ERP 1 L P Editorial board Kolkata Law Point 2011 1843 Mastering Foxpro 1 Charles Siegel BPB publcation 1990 1844 1001 thinks to do with your IBM pc 1 Mark R BPB publcation 1985 1845 Mastering DOS 1 Judd Robbins BPB publcation 1989 1846 Mastering DOS 1 Judd Robbins BPB Publications 1992 1847 Mastering DOS 5 2 Judd Robbins BPB Publications 1992 1848 Mastering DOS 5 1 Judd Robbins BPB Publications 1992 1849 DOS 5 : A to Z 1 Gary Masters BPB Publications 1992 1850 Practical computer vision using C 1 Parker J R John wiley 1994 1851 Mathematical Software Tools in C++ 1 Reverchon, Alain John wiley 1993 Logical Operations 1852 PC Learning Labs 1 Ziff Davis Press 1993 Inc. 1853 Peter Norton's complete guide to windows 95 1 Peter Norton Techmedia 1997 1854 Oracle advanced information systems 1 Techmedia Techmedia 1997 1855 Mastering Database Programming With Visual Basic 6 1 Evangelos Petroutsos BPB Publications 2000 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year SAMS Teach yourself Microsoft front page 2000 in 21 1856 1 Denise Tyler Techmedia 1999 days 1857 Sams teach yourself active server pages 3.0 in 21 days 1 Scott Mitchell Scott Mitchell 2000 1858 Linux 1 Tim Parker Scott Mitchell 1999 1859 Image processing in C 1 Dwayne Phillips BPB Publications 1995 Addison Wesley 1860 Just Java 1.2 1 Peter Van Der Linden 2000 Longman 1861 Oracle : a database developer's guide 1 Ulka Rodgers Prentice Hall 2000 1862 Mastering power point 2000 1 katherine Murray BPB Publications 1999 1863 Modern microscopy 1 M I Cross Bailliere Tindally 1912 1864 The use of the microscope 1 J Belling McGraw Hill Book 1930 1865 Using the Microscope 1 A L E Barron Chapman and Hall 1965 New York John Wiley & 1866 A User's Handbook of D/A and A/D Converters 1 E.R. Hnatek 1976 Sons Analog to digital / Digital to analog conversion 1867 1 D.F. Hoeschele John Wiley 1968 techniques 1868 Magnetic Recording 1 Charles, E McGraw Hill 1972 1869 Analog computation 1 Albert S McGraw Hill 1960 1870 Non-Linear Circuits Handbook 1 Daniel H Analog Devices 1976 1871 Non-Linear Circuits Handbook 1 Daniel H Analog Devices 1976 1872 Programmers guide to EGA / VGA 1 George Sutty BPB publcation 1988 1873 Absolutely essential utilities for the IBM pc 1 Emily Rosenthal Tech publications 1989 1874 IBM at clone : Buyer's guide and handbook 1 Edwin Routsch Tech publications 1989 1875 dBase instant refercen for dBase 3 and 3 plus 1 Alan Simpson BPB publcation 1988 1876 IBM PC at user's handbook 1 WSI Staff BPB publcation N.D. 1877 Illustrated Word Star 6.0 1 Russel A.Stultz BPB Publications 1991 1878 Illustrated Word Star 6.0 1 Russel A.Stultz BPB Publications 1991 1879 Nastering FoxPro 2.6 1 Charles Siegel BPB Publications 1994 DOS : A Developer's Guide - Advanced Programming 1880 1 A I Williams M & T Books 1993 Guide To DOS 1881 Alan Simpson's easy guide to Windows 95 1 Alan Simpson BPB Publications 1995 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1882 DOS 6.0 & 6.2 Instant Reference 1 Robert M Thomas BPB Publications 1994 1883 Windows 3.1 1 Marshall Moseley BPB Publications 1995 1884 Peter Norton's Guide to Visual Basic 6 1 Peter Norton Techmedia 1998 1885 Using Visual Basic 6 1 Bob Reselman Prentice Hall 1999 Management Information Systems : Organization and 1886 1 Kennth C 1996 Technology Prentice Hall 1887 management Information Systems 1 S.sadagopan Prentice Hall 1997 1888 Using Oracle 8 1 William Page Prentice Hall 1999 Snow White 1889 A Practical Guide to Information Technology Act 2000 1 Nitant P 2000 Publications 1890 The waite group's visual basic 6 database 1 Eric Winemilles Techmedia 1999 1891 Sams teach yourself PHP 4 in 24 hours 1 Matt Zandstra Techmedia 2000 1892 Informationa Technology 1 Steve Sleight Dorling Kindersley 2000 1893 Martine building construction 1 Mee, A. J. Chemical Publishing 1926 1894 Solid and fibrous plastering 1 W N Verrall Chemical Publishing 1931 1895 Building science 1 A.Geeson English university press 1940 Blue Print reading and shop sketcling for the metal 1896 1 H Livens John Wiley 1924 trades Copper development 1897 Copper pipe line services in building 1 Copper Dev.ass. 1938 ass. 1898 Testing of bituminous miktures 1 D C Broome Edward Arnold 1934 Technical college building : Their planning and Association of the 1899 1 1935 equipment Association of the technicaltechnical institute institute 1900 Controlled humidity in industry 1 M.C. Marsh Charles Griffin 1935 Blueprint reading for the machineshop and related 1901 1 J Brahdy McGraw Hill 1929 trades 1902 Testing of bituminos meterials 1 D.C. Broome Edward Arnold 1949 1903 Testing of Building Materials and Structures 1 M.Novgorodsky Mir Publishers 1973 1904 Materials of Construction 1 R.C.Smith McGraw Hill 1979 1905 Working Drawings Handbook 1 Keith Styles The Architectural Press 1986 1906 Building Drawing 1 M.G.Shah Tata McGraw Hill 1986 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1907 Construction cost Estimating 1 Jay R Van Kempen Reston Publishity 1983 1908 In the journey of craft development 1 D.N. Saraf Sampark Publication 1991 1909 The apparel industry in india 1 ila kantilal 1990 1910 The technology of clothing manufacture 1 Harold Carr Oxford Press 1991 1911 The encyclopedia of sewing techniques 1 Jan Eaton Barreris 1986 1912 Pattern making for fashion design 1 Helen Joseph Harper Colling publisher 1987 An introduction to quality control for the apparel 1913 1 Pradip V Maheta Marcel Dekker 1974 industry 1914 Fevicol Furniture Book Vol- 4 1 Pidilite Ind. PIDILITE Industries 1995 1915 Designer's guide to color 1 James Stockton Chronicle Books 1984 Sewing threads: technology, stitches, seams, 1916 2 NITRA NITRA 2006 problems, needles 1917 Fabric sourcing directory of northern region 2 NITRA NITRA 2000 (A) Guide to manufacture garments using delicate 1918 2 Singh, Vandana. NITRA 2011 fabrics 1919 TABlets (Set of booklets) 2 NITRA NITRA 2011 1920 SMS (Set of Booklets) 2 NITRA NITRA 2011 Verlag Melliand 1921 Fehler in textilien, ihre erkennung and untersuchung 1 Herzog, Alois. 1938 Textilberichte 1922 Introduction to textiles 1 Lewis, A E. Sir Isaac Pitman 1928 Textile educator: a comprehensive practical 1923 andauthoritative guide for all engaged in the 1 Mills, L J ,ed. Sir Isaac Pitman 1927 textileindustries Textile educator: a comprehensive practical 1924 andauthoritative guide for all engaged in the 2 Mills, L J ,ed. Sir Isaac Pitman 1927 textileindustri-es 1925 Textiles 1 A F Barker Constable & Co. 1922 1926 Textiles 1 Dooley D C Health & co. 1943 Bureau of Economic 1927 Handbook of textile industry:1948 1 Padampat Singhania 1948 Research 1928 Textile science: an introductory manual 1 Marsh, J T. Chapman & Hall 1948 The National Trade 1929 The Standard handbook of textiles 1 Hall, A. J. 1950 Press SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1930 Applied textiles: raw materials to finished fabrics 1 Linton, George E. Lifetime Editions 1951 Textile educator: a comprehensive practical 1931 andauthoritative guide for all engaged in the 2 A J Mills Sir Isaac Pitman 1927 textileindustries 1932 The Standard handbook of textiles 1 Hall, A. J. National Trade Press 1950 1933 British textiles 1 Lewis, F. The Dolphin Press 1956 1934 Technical developments in textile industry 1 MECT TheTextile Association 1954 1935 Elementary textiles 1 Lee, Julia Southard. Prentice Hall 1953 1936 Textile terms and definitions 1 The TextileInstitute. The Institute 1963 1937 Textile science: an introductory manual 1 Marsh, J T. Chapman & Hall 1949 1938 Applied basic textiles 1 Linton, George E. Duell Sloan and Pearce 1966 Ahmedabad Textile 1939 Modernisation and renovation in textile industry 1 ATIRA 1977 Industry's R. 1940 Design of textiles for industrial applications 2 P W Harrison TheTextile Institute 1977 Textile terms & 1941 Textile terms and definitions: 1 The Textile Institute 1975 definitions committee 1942 Textile mechanics:volume 1 1 Slater, K. The Textile Institute 1977 1943 An introduction to textile mechanism 1 Grosberg, P Ernest Benn 1968 1944 An introduction to textile technology 1 Ishida, T Osaka senken ltd 1979 Ahmedabad Textile 1945 Modernisation and renovation in textile industry 1 ATIRA 1977 Industry's R. Contemporary textile engineering: Academic Press, 1946 1 F Happey Academic Press 1982 198 1947 World textiles:investment innovation invention 1 The Textile Institute The textile institute 1985 1948 Textile terms and definitions 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1991 The South India Textile 1949 Blend estimation techniques made easy 1 Sivakumaran,S. 1992 Research Association The South India Textile 1950 Application of statistical methods in textile industry 1 Somasundar, S. 1998 Research Association 1951 Eco-friendly textiles: the German ban 1 NITRA NITRA 1996 Workshop on conservation of electrical energy in textile 1952 1 NITRA NITRA 1988 mills SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Handbooks of textile technology: mechanics part1- 1953 1 Hanton, W A. The TextileInstitute 1940 thestudy of movement Woolman, Mary The Macmillan 1954 Textiles: a handbook for the student and the consumer 1 1945 Schenck. Company 1955 Textile mechanics 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blackie 1921 1956 Textile mathematics:part I 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blackie 1920 1957 Textile mathematics:part II 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blackie 1920 1958 Textile mechanics 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blackie 1921 Textile student's manual:an outline of all 1959 textileprocesses, from the origin of the fibre to 1 Welford, T. Sir Isaac Pitm 1950 thefinished cloth-a handb 1960 Fundamentals of textiles: a workbook 1 Jacobsen, EdaA. John Wiley 1941 Management control manual for the textile industry: RayonPublishing 1961 ahandbook of mill-tested methods and procedures 2 Enrick, Norbert Lloyd. 1964 Corporation forenhanced operat Butterworths, Scientific 1962 Friction in textiles 1 Howell, H G. 1959 Publications Wellington Sears 1963 Wellington sears handbook of industrial textiles 1 Kaswell, Ernest R. 1966 Company 1964 Experiments in textile and fibre chemistry 1 Earland,Christopher. Butterworths 1971 Ahmedabad Textile 1965 Heat economy in textile mills 1 Prabhu, M.Ratna. Industry's Research 1974 Association Handbooks of textile technology: mechanics part1- The 1966 2 Hanton, W A. The Textile Institute 1940 study of movement 1967 Textile mathematics:part I 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blackie 1920 1968 Textile mathematics:part II 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blackie 1921 1969 Selective bibliography of textile engineering 1 Martindale, J. G. The Textile Institute 1973 1970 New ways to produce textiles 1 The Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1972 Contributions of science to the development of the Textile Institute 1971 1 The Textile Institute 1975 textile industry Conference 1972 Textile industry and modernisation 1 Mohota, R. D. Current Book House 1976 1973 Textile mechanics 1 Taggart, WM Scott. Indo Overseas Trading 1959 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Woodhouse, J. 1974 Science for textile designers 1 Elek Science 1976 Michael United Nations 1975 Appropriate industrial technology for textiles 1 United Nations 1979 Industrial Deve. 1976 Textiles 1 Hollen, Norma. Macmillan Publishing 1979 Water supplies and the treatment and disposal 1977 1 Little, A. H. The Textile Institute 1975 ofeffluents Energy conservation in textile mills:based on work ofK. 1978 1 UNIDO UNIDO 1979 Subramanyam, J. S. Parajia and N. Chandran 1979 Water & Effluents in Textile Mills 1 P.B.Jhala ATIRA 1981 The South India Textile 1980 25 Years of research: a silver jubilee publication: 1 K Sreenivasan 1981 Research Association 1981 Textile terms and definitions: 1 The Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1988 Aachner textiltagung: aachen textile conference: 1982 Deutsches Wollforschugsinstitut ander RWTH aachen 1 DWI DWI 1996 ev. Textile quality: physical methods of product and 1983 1 Bona, Mario. Texilia 1994 process control Environmental issues technology options for textile Department of Textile Indian Institute of 1984 1 1998 industry Technology Technology Technology 1985 Automated production in textile industries 1 TIFAC 2000 Information, Forecast. 1986 Handbook of technical textiles 1 A R Horrocks Woodhead Publishing 2000 1987 Understanding Textiles 1 Billie J Prentice Hall 2001 Best management practices for popullution prevention Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 1988 1 1997 in the textile industry / India. Ministry of Textile. govt. of India of India 1989 Textile guide for retail distributors 1 Halstead, W. W Ernest Benn 1929 1990 Introduction to textile chemistry 1 Hartsuch, Bruce E John Wiley 1950 1991 Textile chemistry in the laboratory 1 Hartsuch, BruceE. John Wiley 1950 1992 Guide to textiles 1 Evans, Mary. John Wiley 1947 Textile electrification: a treatise on the applicationof 1993 1 Stiel, Wilhelm. George Routledge 1933 electricity in textile factories SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Textile & Allied 1994 Material handling in textile mills 1 B B Joshi Industries Research 1962 Organisation 1995 Textile air conditioning 1 Parks Cramer Co. Cramer Company 1962 1996 Time study manual for the textile industry 1 N L Enrick Textile Book Publishers 1960 1997 Textile air conditioning 1 Parks Cramer Co. Cramer Company 1962 1998 Practical textile chemistry 1 Bell, J W. Chemical Publishing 1956 Duell , Sloan and 1999 Natural and Man made textile fibers 1 George E Linton 1966 Pearce Ahmedabad Textile 2000 Cost accounting in textile mills 1 Bhave, P V. Industry's Research 1974 Association Ahmedabad Textile 2001 Air-conditioning in textile mills 1 Patel, S P. Industry's Research 1974 Association 2002 Textile Fibers and Their Use 1 K.P. Hess JB Lippincott & Co 1941 Modern developments in weaving machinery: a Columbine Press 2003 1 V Duxbury 1962 symposium (Publishers) Proceedings of the 2004 National textile seminar on export of textiles 1 The Association 1977 national te. Proceedings of the 2005 National textile seminar on export of textiles 1 The Association 1977 national te. 2006 Management of textile production 1 Ormerod, A. Newnes-Butterworths 1979 Manual on instrumentation and quality control in United Nations 2007 1 United Nations 1978 thetextile industry Industrial Deve. 2008 Management of textile production 1 Ormerod, A. Newnes-Butterworths 1979 American Chemical 2009 Energy conservation in textile and polymer processsin 1 ATIRA 1979 Society Institution of The Institute of 2010 All India seminar on application of computers intextiles 1 1983 Engineers Engineers (India) NationalCouncil of 2011 Rationalisation of textiles distribution: 1 NCAER Applied Economic 1978 Research, International Labour 2012 Textile wages: an international study 1952 1 International Labour OfficeOffice SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Ahmedabad Textile 2013 Industrial sickness: the challenge in Indian textiles: 2 V Padaki Industry's Research 1984 Association Ahmedabad Textile 2014 Two-day seminar on energy conservation in textile mills 1 ATIRA Industry's Research 1980 Association Ahmedabad Textile 2015 Heat economy in textile mills 1 Prabhu, M Ratna. Industry's Research 1985 Association 2016 Textiles: product design and marketing 1 Textile Institute The TextileInstitute 1987 Instrumental colour measurements and computer 2017 1 Shah, H. S. MahajanBook 1990 aidedcolour matching for textiles 2018 SITRA Electronic Stiffness Meter 1 A.R.Kalynaraman SITRA 1987 The South India Textile 2019 Economics of modernisation and sickness and revival 1 Ratnam, T V. 1992 ResearchAssociation Co-operation: paper presentation at the World 2020 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute conference May 21-24, 1995 Istanbul, Turkey 1996 Symposium on defence textiles: part 1: The Silk and Directorate General of 2021 1 Sasmira 1994 Art Art-Silk Mills' Research Association Quality Assurance Symposium on defence textiles: part 2: The Silk and Directorate General of 2022 1 Sasmira 1994 Art Art-Silk Mills' Research Association Quality Assurance Textile manufacturing: profitability through Textile Current Technical 2023 1 2000 manufacturing Kulkarni, M G. Literature Eco-friendly textiles: challenges to the textile industry / Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 2024 1 2000 India. Min. of Textiles govt. of India of India India. Ministry of 2025 Census of textile power processing industry in India 1 Textile Committe 2001 Textile. Sustainable Textiles : life cycle and environmental 2026 1 R S Bleckbern Woodhead Publishing 2009 impact Textile fibres under the microscope: Imperial Chemical 2027 1 I C I I C I 1930 Industries Schwarz, Edward 2028 Textiles and the microscope 1 1934 Robinson. McGraw Hill Book 2029 Identification of textile materials 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1951 2030 Fiber microscopy: a textbook and laboratory manual 1 Heyn, A N J. Interscience Publishers 1954 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Identification of textile fibres: qualitative and 2031 1 Luniak, Bruno Sir Isaac Pitman 1953 quantitative analysis of fibre blends Textile fibers: their physical, microscopial, andchemical 2032 1 Matthews, J. Merritt. JohnWiley 1947 properties Practical textile chemistry: with special reference tthe The National Trade 2033 1 Bell, J W. 1955 structure, properties and processing of wool Press Practical textile chemistry: with special reference the The National Trade 2034 1 Bell, J. W. 1955 structure, properties and processing of wool Press 2035 Fundamentals of clothing and textiles 1 Evans, Mary. Prentice-Hall 1949 H. R. Carter 2036 Textile organisation and production 1 Clifford, A. E. 1951 Publications 2037 Identification of textile materials 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1958 The Textile Institute 2038 Moisture in textiles: 1 J W S Hearle &Butterworths Scientific 1960 Publications 2039 Identification of textile materials 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1958 The British-Continental 2040 Textile calculations 1 Gee, N. C. 1954 Trade Press 2041 Industrial engineering manual for the textile industr 1 Enrick, Norbert Lloyd. Textile Book Publishers 1962 2042 Time study manual for the textile industry 1 Enrick,Norbert Lloyd. Textile Book Publishers 1960 2043 Identification of textile materials 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1958 Textile chemistry & dyeing: part 1 chemical technology 2044 1 Olney, Louis A. 1942 of the fibres Lowell, Mass 2045 Textile chemistry in the laboratory 1 Hartsuch, Bruce E. John Wiley 1950 Textile chemistry: volume II - impurities in fibres: ElsevierPublishing 2046 1 Peters, R H. 1967 purification of fibres Company Identification of textile fibres: qualitative and 2047 1 quantitative analysis of fibre blends Luniak, Bruno Sir Isaac Pitman, 1953 Ignition andburning properties of textiles: a study otest Chalmers 2048 1 Bernskiold, Arnold. 1970 methods TekniskHogskola American Association of 2049 Analytical methods for a textile laboratory 1 AATCC Textile Chemists and 1968 Colorists SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Technology of textiles processing: volume VII-synthetic 2050 1 Shenai, V. A. Sevak Publications 1980 organic textile chemicals 2051 Water conservation in the textile industry 1 UNIDO UNIDO 1979 2052 Cumulative index to the journal of the textile institute 1 P.W.harrison The Textile Institute 1971 2053 Identification of textile materials 1 The Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1975 Managing technological change: paper presented at 2054 1 Asheville NC USA The Textile Institute 1980 the 64th Annual Conference October 12-15 1980 2055 Wira textile data book: 1 WIRA Wira 1973 The South India Sreenivasan, 2056 India's textile industry : a socio-economic analysis 1 TextileResearch 1984 Kasthuri. Association 2057 Quality in staple fibre spinning: practical example 1 Hattenschwiler, Peter. Melliand 1987 2058 Identification of textile materials 1 The Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1985 The South India Textile 2059 Practical guide on fibre testing 1 Padmanabhan, A R. 1993 Research Association South India Textile 2060 25 Years of research: a silver jubilee publication 1 K Sreenivasan 1981 Research Association National Information 2061 Decentralised sector of the Indian textile industry 1 Gandhi, R S. Centre forTextile and 1992 Allied Subjects National Information 2062 Decentralised sector of the Indian textile industry 1 Gandhi, R S. Centre forTextile and 1992 Allied Subjects 2063 Management of textile research 1 Wiseman, L. A. The Institute 1988 Awareness programme on eco-textiles: Ichalkaranji th Bombay Textile Bombay Textile 2064 1 1998 Aug, Research Associ. , Research Associ. , 2065 Textile microscopy 1 Lawrie, L G. Ernest Benn 1928 Textile Research Textile Research 2066 Textile microscopy in Germany 1 1945 Institute Institute 2067 Textile fibers ED 4 1 G.M. Matthews John Willey & Sons 1936 2068 Textile analysis 1 E R trotman Charles Griffin 1948 2069 Textile analysis 1 Trotman, S. R. Charles Griffin 1932 2070 Fibre microscopy: its technique and application 1 Stoves, J. L. National Trade Press 1957 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2071 Fibre microscopy: its technique and application 1 Stoves, J. L. National Trade Press 1957 Principles of textile testng: an introduction tophysical 2072 1 Booth, J. E. National Trade Press 1961 methods of testing textile fibres, yarns andfabrics Methods of test for textiles:excluding colour fastnes British Srandards 2073 1 B S I 1963 tests Institution 2074 Principles of textile testing 1 J E Booth Chemical Publishing 1961 Identification of textile fibres: qualitative andquantitative 2075 1 Luniak, Bruno Sir Isaac Pitman 1953 analysis of fibre blends Methods of test for textiles:excluding colour fastnes British Srandards 2076 1 B S I 1963 tests Institution 2077 Identification of textile materials 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1965 Textile laboratory manual: volume 1- American Elsevier 2078 1 Garner, W. 1966 qualitativemethods Publishing American Elsevier 2079 Textile laboratory manual: volume 2- resins andfinishes 1 Garner, W. 1966 Publishing American Elsevier 2080 Textile laboratory manual: volume3- detergents 1 Garner, W. 1967 Publishing American Elsevier 2081 Textile laboratory manual: volume 5 -dyestuffs 1 Garner, W. 1967 Publishing American Elsevier 2082 Textile laboratory manual: volume 6- additional metho 1 Garner, W. 1967 Publishing Structural mechanics of fibers, yarns, and fabrics: 2083 1 Hearle, J W S. Wiley- Interscience 1969 volume 1 American Elsevier 2084 Textile laboratory manual: volume 5- fibres 1 Garner,W. 1967 Publishing Principles of textile testing: an introduction to physical 2085 1 methods of testing textile fibres, yarns and fabrics Booth, J E. Butterworths, 1970 2086 Textile mathematics:volume 1 1 Booth, J. E. The Textile Institute 1975 2087 Textile mathematics:volume 3 1 Booth, J. E. The Textile Institute 1977 2088 Textile mathematics:volume 2 1 Booth, J E. TheTextile Institute 1975 Technology of textiles processing: volume VII-synthetic 2089 1 Shenai, V. A. Sevak Publications 1980 organic textile chemicals Principles of textile testing: an introduction to physical 2090 1 1983 methods of testing textile fibres, yarns and fabrics Booth, J E Butterworths SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year AmericanAssociation of 2091 Analytical methods for a textile laboratory 1 J William Weaver Textile Chemists and 1984 Colorists 2092 Comfort Properties of Textiles vol 9 no. 4 1 Slater K The Textile Institute 1977 2093 Computer colour analysis: textile applications 1 Sule A. D. New Age International 1997 2094 Textile testing systems and procedures : part (General) 2 NITRA NITRA 1997 2095 Textile testing systems and procedures: part - (fibre) 2 NITRA NITRA 1997 2096 Textile testing system and procedures: part - (yarn) 2 NITRA NITRA 1995 2097 Textile testing system and procedures (chemical) 2 NITRA NITRA 1995 Quality evaluation of fabric and sewing thread for 2098 2 NITRA NITRA 1990 export garments 2099 Textile texting : physical chemical and microscopical 1 J H Shinkle Macmillan 1940 The analysis of dyestuffs and their identification in dyed 2100 1 Green, Arthur G Charles Griffin 1920 and coloured materials, like pigments, foodstuff etc. 2101 Technical testing of yarns and textile fabrics 1 Herzfeld, J Scott, Greenwood 1920 Notes on sampling and testing: the handbook of 2102 theManchester Chamber of Commerce testing house 1 Marsden Marsden & co 1913 andlaboratory: Marsden Testing of yarns and fabrics: for manufacturing, 2103 warehousemen and operatives, also for drapers, 1 Curtis, Harry P. SirIsaac Pitman 1948 laundrymen and clothiers 2104 Textile testing 1 Lomax, James Longmans, Green 1939 British Srandards 2105 Methods of test for textiles 1 BSI 1946 Institution, British Srandards 2106 Methods of test for textiles 1 BSI 1946 Institution The Society of Textile 2107 Analysis and testing of textiles 1 Vashist, Shankar D 1938 Technologists 2108 Textile calculation simplified 1 Strong, John H. ThNational Trade Press 1954 British Srandards 2109 Methods of test for textiles 2 B S I 1956 Institution 2110 Textile testing 1 Lomax, James. Longmans Green 1949 The British Continental 2111 Textile calculations 1 Gee, N. C. 1954 Trade Press SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year British 2112 Methods of test for textiles 1 B S I 1956 SrandardsInstitution 2113 Physical methods of investigating textiles 1 R Meredith Textile Book Publishers 1959 2114 Handbook of textile testing and quality control 1 Grover, Elliot B. Textile Book Publishers 1960 2115 Microscopic and chemical testing of textiles 1 Koch,P. A. Chapman and Hall 1963 2116 Handbook of textile testing and quality control 1 Grover, Elliot B. Textile Book Publishers 1960 2117 Textile testing 1 Lomax, James. Longmans 1956 The National Trade 2118 Textile laboratory manual 1 Garner, Walter. 1949 Press Govt. of Specification 2119 1 1958 Schedule of methods of testing textiles Board Specifications Board National research 2120 1 1958 Schedule of methods of testing textiles Govt. of Specification BoardCouncil National research 2121 The rot proofing of textiles and related materials 1 M W Weatherburn 1961 Council Standard methods for the determination of the The Society of The Society of Dyerand 2122 1 1983 colourfastness of textiles and leather Dyerand colourists colourists Principles of textile testing: an introduction to physical 2123 1 Booth, J E. Butterworths Scientific 1983 methods of testing textile fibres, yarns and fabrics Standard methods for the determinationof the The Society of Dyerand 2124 1 1983 colourfastness of textiles and leather The Society of Dyerandcolourists colourists Handbook of textile testing:part 4 identification Bureau of Indian 2125 andtesting of dyestuffs and their colour fastness 1 BIS 1989 Standards ontextie materials North India Textile 2126 Textile testing systems & procedures: part-I (general 1 A K Singh 1995 Research Association North India Textile 2127 Textile testing systems & procedures: part-III (yarn) 1 A K Singh 1997 Research Association Macroma Commercial Indian Industries 2128 Indian Industries Section 1 1 1988 Corporation publication Macroma Commercial Indian Industries 2129 Indian Industries Section 1 1 1988 Corporation publication Central Pollution Control 2130 Pollution Control Acts, Rules and Notifications Issued 1 CPC Board 1992 Board SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Pennsylvania : Chitton 2131 Instrument engineer's handbook : process control 1 Bela G. Liptak 1995 Book Instrument engineer's handbook : process Pennsylvania : Chitton 2132 1 Bela G. Liptak 1995 measurement and analysis Book Indian industries : reference book and directory of Indian industries 2133 1 1996 industries in india Vol 1 Indian industries publicationpublication Indian industries : reference book and directory of Indian industries 2134 1 1996 industries in india Vol 2 Indian industries publicationpublication United nations Ecodesign : promising approach to sustainable environment program 2135 1 1997 production and consumption industry and United nations environmentenvironment program industry and environment Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 2136 1 1936 20 Industry Industry 2137 The Encyclopedia of the Biological Sciences 1 P Gray Reinhold Publishing 1961 Department Of Department Of Science 2138 Research and Development Statistics 1 Science and and Technology, New 1976 Technology Delhi 2139 book of the car 1 Drive Publications Govt. Of India 1979 Ministry Of 2140 Basic Statistical Naterial on Foreign trade 1 Ministry Of Commerce 1981 Commerce 2141 Current research Projects in C>S.I.R. Laboratares 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1983 2142 Dyestuffs, intermediates and ouxiliaries directory 1 J. Markus Sevak publication 1983 2143 Encyclopedia of textile fibers, and non woven fabrics 1 Martin grayson John wiley 1984 British Textile 2144 BTMA Directory 1 Machinaery BTMA 1986 Association 2145 National Science Day 1 CSIR CSIR 1987 2146 Sixth Five year Plan 1980-85 1 Govt. Of India Planning Commission 1980 2147 Sixth Five year Plan 1980-85 1 Govt. Of India Planning Commission 1980 2148 Sixth Five year Plan 1980-85 Mid term Appraisal 1 Govt. Of India Planning Commission 1980 2149 Sixth Five year Plan 1980-85 Mid term Appraisal 1 Govt. Of India Planning Commission 1980 2150 Seventh Five year plan 1985-90 vol-2 1 Government of India Planning Commission 1985 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year GOI, Planning GOI, Planning 2151 Seventh Five Year Plan 1985-90 vol- 1 1 1985 Commission Commission GOI, Planning GOI, Planning 2152 Seventh Five Year Plan 1985-90 vol- 2 1 1985 Commission Commission GOI, Planning GOI, Planning 2153 Seventh Five Year Plan 1985-90 vol- 2 1 1985 Commission Commission 2154 1988 Annual World conference , sydney Australia 1 The textile Institute The textile Institute 1988 2155 Italian Textile machinery Directory 1 ACIMIT ACIMIT 1988 International Geotextile 2156 3rd International conference on Geotextiles vol-3 1 IGS 1986 Society International Geotextile 2157 3rd International conference on Geotextiles vol-4 1 IGS 1986 Society 2158 Dyestuffs Directory 1988 1 R.Raghavan Sevak Publication 1989 Directory of Industries based on Indigenous Dept. of Scientific & Ministry Of Science and 2159 1 1990 Technology Industrial Research Taechnolgy Directory of recognised scientific and industrial Ministry of science and 2160 1 1991 research organisations Ministry of science and technology World science news : compilation of R&D institutions 2161 1 World Science World science news 1994 and organisation World science news : suppliment to compilation of R&D 2162 1 World Science World science news 1991 institution and organisations 2163 New perspectives in organization research 1 W W Cooper John Wiley 1964 Addison - wesley 2164 Communicating technical information 1 R B Rathbone 1967 Publishing Directory of industrial information services and system Industrial information Industrial information 2165 1 1981 in developing countries section section Centre for the study of 2166 Rural development and technology 1 P.R. Bose science technology 1980 department Calcutta Patent office 2167 Decisions on patents and designs Vol 3 1 1965 Patent office technical societytechnical society The University Book 2168 The Indian Draftsman vol-1 1 Hargopal 1986 Agency The University Book 2169 The Indian Draftsman vol-2 1 Hargopal 1986 Agency SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Pollulatio comtrol 2170 Pollution Control Handbook 1986 1 Utility publications 1986 board W.B U.S Dept. of 2171 Energy Conservation Handbook 1 Utility Publishing 1988 Commerce The Textile Institute : Yarncom'89- Spinning into the 2172 1 The Textile Institute 1989 Future Textile Institute 2173 Encyclopedia Of PVC vol-1 1 Leanardi Nass Marcel Dekker 1986 2174 Encyclopedia Of PVC vol-2 1 Leanardi Nass Marcel Dekker 1988 2175 The Wiley Encyclopedia of Packaging Technology 1 Marilyn Bakker John wiley 1986 2176 Textiles Fashioning the Future 1 The Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1990 2177 Directory of scientific Research Institutes in India vol-1 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1989 2178 Directory of scientific Research Institutes in India vol-2 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1989 2179 Directory of scientific Research Institutes in India vol-3 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1989 2180 Directory of scientific Research Institutes in India vol-4 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1989 2181 Directory of scientific Research Institutes in India vol-5 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1989 2182 Directory of scientific Research Institutes in India vol-6 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1989 2183 ATI Directory the Textile Red Book 1 Billion Pub. Billion Publishing 1990 2184 Industrial safety and pollution control - handbook 1 J.Nagaraj National safety council 1991 The development 2185 Development associates : resource manual 1 J.P. Mallik 1995 associates West bengal pollution West bengal pollution 2186 Pollution control directory 1 1996 control board control board 2187 Cims Jan-March 1999 1 CIMS Bio-gard Pvt. Ltd 1999 2188 Bhraman Sanghi 1 Gita Dutta Asia Publishing 2001 The Dyestuffs 2189 Member's Directory 2000-2001 1 Manufacturer Dyestuffs manufactures 2000 Association India Physical and chemical examination point varnishes, Henry A Gardner 2190 1 H.A.Gardner 1946 lacquers, colors laboratory 2191 Guide Book of Electronic Circuits 1 J. Markus McGraw Hill 1974 2192 Kothari's Year book on Business and Industry 1988 1 B.S.Seiram Kothari and Kothari 1988 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Kothari and Kothari 2193 Kothari's Year Book 1 1990 Kothari and Kothari Publications Ministry of science & Ministry of science & 2194 Profile on Scientific Research Institutions 1 1991 Technology Technology McGraw Hill Dictionary of Scientific and technical 2195 1 Sybil P. Parker McGraw Hill 1994 Terms Encyclopaedia 2196 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 1 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2197 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 2 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2198 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 3 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2199 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 4 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2200 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 5 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2201 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 6 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2202 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 7 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2203 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 8 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2204 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 9 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. Encyclopaedia 2205 Britannica : ready reference encyclopedia vol- 10 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 2005 Britannica Inc. 2206 Thapar's Indian Industrial Directory 1 Thapar TILIS 1980 2207 The times of india directory and year book 1 Girilal, Jain Times of india 1983 2208 Davison's Textile blue Book 1 Davison's Davison Publishing 1989 Research and Ministry of Information 2209 India 1993: A Reference 1 1994 Reference Division and Broadcasting West Bengal Public 2210 Schedule of rates for building works, materials & labour 1 Labour Office 1999 Works Dept. Schedule of rates for building plumbing works, sanitary West Bengal Public 2211 1 Labour Office 1999 and Drainage works Works Dept. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2212 Mangalam's directory of paper Industry 1 Mangalam Consultants Mangalam Consultants 2001 2213 Indian Textile Annual & Directory 2002-03 1 Maly Chakraborty Eastland Publications 2003 2214 Encyclopedia of textile 1 William C.Segal Prentice-Hall 1973 2215 Trade marks and passing off ED 3 1 P.Narayanan Eastern law house 1981 2216 Directory of Organisations in Rural development vol- 2 1 Madhu S. Mishra IIMC 1985 2217 Stateman's yearbook 1991-1992 1 Brian Hunter Macmillan Press 1991 2218 Vision of science of india - R&D and CSIR 1 R.D. Kuchhal World science news 1995 Building & Technology 2219 Building Materials in India 1 T.N.Gupta 1998 promotion council 2220 The wealth of India : raw materials vol- 1 1 C S I R C S I R 1948 2221 The wealth of India : Industrial Products 1 C S I R C S I R 1948 2222 The wealth of India : Industrial products vol-2 1 C S I R C S I R 1951 2223 The Wealth of India : Raw material vol-2 1 C S I R C S I R 1950 Council of scientific & 2224 The wealth of India : raw materials vol- 3 1 1952 C S I R Industrial Research 2225 The wealth of india : industrial product Part 3 1 C S I R CSIR 1953 2226 Textile Machinery Index 1 John Worrall John Worrall ltd 1953 2227 The Wealth of India: Raw Materials vol-4 1 C S I R C S I R 1956 British Electronic 2228 Electric Resistance Heating 1 (no.author) Development 1957 association British Electronic 2229 Introduction and Dielectric Heating 1 (no.author) Development 1956 association 2230 The Wealth of India vol-4 1 C S I R C S I R 1957 2231 The Wealth of India vol-5 1 C S I R C S I R 1958 2232 The wealth of India vol-6 1 C S I R C S I R 1962 2233 Textile Machinery Index 1 No Author John Worrall Ltd 1963 2234 The wealth of India 1 C S I R C S I R 1965 2235 The wealth of India vol-7 1 C S I R C S I R 1966 2236 The Wealth of India vol-8 1 C S I R C S I R 1969 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2237 The Wealth of Indian Industrial products 1 C.S.I.R. C.S.I.R. 1971 2238 The wealth Of India Raw Materials 1 CSIR CSIR 1972 2239 The Wealth of India Industrial Products 1 C S I R C S I R 1973 Publications & Publications & 2240 The Wealth of India Raw Materials , Vol-1: A 1 Information 1985 Information Directorate Directorate Publications & Publications & 2241 The Wealth of India Raw Materials , Vol-2 : B 1 Information 1988 Information Directorate Directorate 2242 Hackk's chemical dictionary 1 J Grant J A Churchill 1944 2243 Torchbearers of chemistry 1 H M Smith Academic Press 1949 Crucibles : the lives and achievements of the great 2244 1 B Jaffe Jassolds 1952 chemists Signs of the times 2245 Photographic screen process printing 1 A.Kosloff 1962 publication Cassell's New French-English English _ French 2246 1 D.Girard Lassell 1971 Distionary 2247 The Condensed Chemical Directory 1 J.J. Harley Renhold co. 1971 2248 The concise oxford dictionary of current english 1 H.W. Fowler Oxford university press 1974 2249 The condensed chemical dictionary 1 Howley, Gessner Van nostrand reinhold 1977 2250 Webster's Seventh new collegiate Dictionary 1 Merriam Webster, A G & C Merriam co. 1971 Addison Wesley 2251 Principles of Technical writing 1 Hays, Robert 1965 Publishing Birendramohan Calcutta Sahitya 2252 Samsad English-Bengali Dictionary 1 1983 Dasgupta Samsad Birendramohan Calcutta Sahitya 2253 Samsad English Bengali Dictionary 1 1983 Dasgupta Samsad 2254 The sun at Noon: an anatomy of modern japan 1 Dick Wilson Hanish Hamilton 1986 Indian Academy of 2255 Journey into Light : Life science of C.V.Roman G.Venkataraman 1988 1 Sciences Birendramohan Calcutta Sahitya 2256 samsad English Bengali Dictionary 1 1993 dasgupta Samsad 2257 Reporting technical Information 1 Kenneth W Houp Glencoe Pub. 1977 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2258 Condensed chemical dictionary 1 A Rose Reinhold publishing 1956 Calcutta Sahitya 2259 Samsad English Bengali Dictionary 1 S, Biswas 1980 Samsad 2260 Dictionary of Organic Compounds vol-1 1 J Buckingham ed. Chapman & Hall 1982 2261 Dictionary of Organic Compounds vol-2 1 J Buckingham ed. Chapman & Hall 1982 2262 Dictionary of Organic Compounds vol-3 1 J Buckingham ed. Chapman & Hall 1982 2263 Dictionary of Organic Compounds vol-4 1 J Buckingham ed. Chapman & Hall 1982 2264 Dictionary of Organic Compounds vol-5 1 J Buckingham ed. Chapman & Hall 1982 2265 Dictionary of Organic Compounds vol-6 1 J Buckingham ed. Chapman & Hall 1982 2266 Dictionary of Organic Compounds (Name Index) 1 J Buckingham ed. Chapman & Hall 1982 2267 Dictionary of organic components ED 5 1 Chapman & Hall Chapman & Hall 1983 Birendramohan Calcutta Sahitya 2268 Samsad English- Bengali Dictionary 1 1994 Dasgupta samsad Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2269 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 1 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2270 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 2 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2271 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 3 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2272 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 4 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2273 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 5 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2274 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 6 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2275 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 7 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2276 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 8 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2277 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 9 Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2278 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 10 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Encyclopedia of Technology and Applied sciences vol- 2279 1 Brian E Brooker ed. Marshall Cavendish 2000 11 2280 Encyclopedic dictionary of science & war 1 C M Beadnell C A Walts 1943 2281 The Condensed Chemical Dictionary 1 A Rose Reinhold Publishing 1956 2282 Chamber's twentieth century dictionary 1 (Title page missing) W & R Chambers 1963 2283 Purchasing handbook 2nd ed. 1 G.W.Aljian McGraw Hill 1966 2284 Maintainance engineering handbook 1 Higgins, Lindey McGraw Hill Book 1977 2285 The concise oxford dictionary 1 J.B.Sykes Oxford university press 1981 2286 The concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English 1 J.B.Sykes Oxford University Press 1985 Calcutta Sahitya 2287 Samsad English Bengali Dictionary 1 Sailendra Biswas 1980 Samsad Oxford advanced Learneer's Dictionary of Current 2288 1 A.S.Hornby Oxford University Press 1989 English 2289 Sevak's Dictionary of Textile 1 Shenai V.A Seval publication 1991 2290 Biochemical engineering and bio technology handbook 1 Bernard Atkinson Stockton press 1991 2291 The Pesticide Manual 1 C D S Tomlin Crop Protection Council 1998 2292 The oxford compendium of english : 3 3 Julia Elliot Oxford University Press 2009 2293 The concise oxford dictionary ED5 1 H.W Fowler Oxford university press 1968 Purchasing And materials Management Text and 2294 1 L.Lee Tata McGraw Hill 1974 Cases 2295 The Shorter Oxford English Dictionary Vol 1 1 H.W. Fowler Oxford University Press 1973 2296 The Shorter Oxford English Dictionary Vol 2 1 H.W. Fowler Oxford University Press 1973 Students favourite dictionary (english to bengali and 2297 1 Ashutosh Dev Dev sahityo kuthir 1985 english) Student's favourite Dictionary (English to Bengali & 2298 1 Ashutosh dev Dev Sahitya Kutir 1985 english) 2299 Chember's 20th Century Dictionary 1 E.M.Kirkpaticll Allied Publishers 1985 2300 The New collins concise Dictionary of English language 1 Patrick Hanks Rupa & co. 1985 2301 Oxford advanced learner's dictionary of current english 1 A.S. Hornby Oxford university press 1991 Research and Ministry of information 2302 India 1991 : A reference annual 1 1992 reference division and broadcasting 2303 The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English 1 Della Thompson Oxford University Press 1995 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2304 The oxford compendium of english : 1 3 Janathan LAw Oxford University Press 2009 2305 The oxford compendium of english : 2 3 Susan Ratcliffe Oxford University Press 2009 2306 The concise oxford dictionary of current english 1 J.B. Sykes Oxford university press 1975 2307 The Concise oxford Dictionary of current english 1 J B Sykes Oxford University press 1975 2308 Collins Deutsch English-German Dictionary 1 J M Clark Collins pub 1969 2309 The concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English 1 H.W.Fowler Wiley easter 1971 2310 The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English 1 H.W. Fowler Oxford university Press 1974 2311 Chambers twentieth century directory 1 A.M. Macdowald Allied Publishers 1977 2312 Chambers twentieth century directory 1 A.M. Macdowald Allied Publishers 1977 2313 The Concise Oxford dictionary of current english 2 J.B.Syker Oxford university Press 1977 2314 The Concise Oxford Dictionary Of Current English 1 J.B.SYkers Oxford University Press 1977 2315 The Concise Oxford dictionary of Current English 1 J.B.Skyes Oxford University Press 1977 Calcutta Sahitya 2316 Samsad English Bengali Dictionary 1 Biswas, S 1980 samsad Dictionary of Science and Technology German - 2317 1 A.F.Darian Elsevier Science 1978 english Oxford and IBH 2318 Webster's new world dictionary David B. 1975 1 publishing Birendra Mohan Calcutta Sahitya 2319 Samsad Bengali English Dictionary 1 1988 Dasgupta Samsad 2320 Dictionary of British scientific Instruments 1 BOIMA London Constable 1921 2321 Dictionary of Physics 1 H J Gray Longmans green 1958 2322 A Dictionary of science 1 E B Uvarov Penguine Books 1962 2323 The Concise oxford Dictionary of Current English 1 H W Fowler Oxford Clarender Press 1964 2324 dictionary Of agricultural chemistry 1 A.Sankaram Oxford Press 1969 2325 Dictionary For Agricultural Chemistry 1 A.Sankaram Oxford Press 1969 2326 Polymer handbok ED 2 1 Brandrup, J John Wiley 1975 2327 French-English Science and Technology Dictionary 1 Louis Devries McGraw Hill 1976 2328 Students' Favourite Dictionary 1 ashutosh Dev Dev sahitya kutir 1987 2329 Dictionary of applied Physics vol- 2 Electricity 1 Richard Glazebrook Peter Smaith 1950 2330 Dictionary of applied Physics vol-3 Microbiology 1 Richard Glazebrook Peter Smaith 1950 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Dictionary of applied Physics vol- 4 Light Sound, 2331 1 Richard Glazebrook Peter Smaith 1950 Radiology Dictionary of applied Physics vol- 5 Aeronautics 2332 1 Richard Glazebrook Peter Smaith 1950 Metallurgy & General Index 2333 Hello Kolkat : Important Telephone Nimbers 2003 1 Anish Ghosh Model publishing House 2003 The Research International printing ink 2334 Three monographs on color Vol 1 to 3 1 1935 Laboratories corporation 2335 Carter's flax, hemp and jute year book and directory 1 W Carter H.R. Carter Publication 1949 Modern Packaging 2336 Modern Packaging Encyclopedia 1959 1 Executive & Editorial Modern Packaging Corp 1959 Office Sir James Farmer James Farmer Norton & 2337 Bleaching, Dyeing, Printing and Finishing machinery 1 1956 Norton co 2338 The Merck Index 1 Martha Windholz Merck & co. 1977 2339 CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics 1 Weast, Robert CRC Press 1978 2340 Book of Papers 1974 1 A.A.T.C.C A.A.T.C.C 1974 2341 Book of Papers 1975 1 A.A.T.C.C A.A.T.C.C 1975 2342 Book of Papers 1976 1 A.A.T.C.C A.A.T.C.C 1976 2343 Book of Papers 1977 1 A.A.T.C.C A.A.T.C.C 1977 2344 Book of Papers 1979 1 A.A.T.C.C A.A.T.C.C 1979 2345 Book of Papers 1981 1 A.A.T.C.C A.A.T.C.C 1981 2346 Book of Papers 1982 1 A.A.T.C.C A.A.T.C.C 1982 2347 Russian-English and English-Russian Dictionary 1 W.Harrison Routledge 1981 2348 The Merck Index 1 Susan Budavari Merck & Co. 1989 2349 Reference Library methods 1 John Warner Crafton 1943 2350 The Dynamics of research and development 1 Roberts, Edward B. Harper & Row 1964 Law & Management 2351 Garg's Income Tax Ready Reckoner 1968-69 1 D C Garg 1969 House Preservation of library meterials, archives and 2352 1 B.B. Mukherjee The world press 1973 documents The Library 2353 Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules 1 The Library Association 1976 Association SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2354 Information Retrieval System 1 F.Wilfrid lancaster Wiley International 1979 Quantitative Methods for Library and Information 2355 1 I.K.Ravichandra Rao Wiley eastern 1983 Science 2356 Reference Work and its Tools 1 A.K.Mukherjee The World Press 1975 2357 Documentation and Information 1 B.Guha The World Press 1983 International 2358 ISO standards handbook No 1 : Information transfer 1 ISO organization for 1982 standardization Acronyms Initialisms and abbreviations in Library and Bhubanesawar 2359 1 The world press 1983 Information Science Chakrabarti Benoyendra 2360 Library, Library science and librarianship 1 The world press 1981 Sengupta 2361 Indexing : Principles, processes and products 1 A.R. Chakrabrtty The world press 1984 Guide to selected reference tools and indological 2362 A.K Mukherjee The world press 1979 source meterial 2363 Handbook of data processing for libraries 1 Robert M. Hayes Wiley interscience 1970 2364 Bibliography in theory and practice 1 M.L Chakraborty World Press 1975 2365 Library administration theory and practice 1 R.L Mittal Metropoliton book 1984 Piyushkanti 2366 The Computer in Library Services 1 The world Press 1985 Mahapatra Bhubaneswar 2367 fundamentals of Reference Service 1 The world Press 1985 Chakrabarti 2368 An Introduction to computer based library systems 1 Lucy A. Tedd John wiley 1984 Meckler Publishing 2369 Essential Guide to DBase III + in Libraries 1 karl Beiser 1987 Corporaion Mukhopadhyay, 2370 Granthagar Sangrakshan 1 Roys Publishing 1987 Kalyan Kumar. Proceedings of the 2371 Biogas technology, transfer and diffusion: proceeding Elsevier AppliedScience 1986 1 Internation. Documentation Information Science and Automation in 2372 C.K.Sharma Y.K.Publisher 1988 Libraries 1 2373 Information Retrieval Techniques 1 R.S.Saxena Y.K.Publisher 1987 2374 Advances in library and information science 1 C.D. Sharma Scientific publishers 1992 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2375 Library networks an indian experience 1 H.K. Kaul Virgo publication 1992 2376 Preservation in Libraries 1 Ross Harvey Bowker Saur 1993 2377 Adavances in Library & Information vol-1 1 D.C.Ojha Scientific Publishers 1995 The new age 2378 Digital libraries 1 N.M. Malwad 1996 international 2379 Vision Of Future library and Information Systems 1 T Ashok Babu Viva Books 2000 Chandri's compilation of the civil service regulations Vol 2380 1 S.L. Singh Chandri S. Lakshi Singh Chandri 1970 1, ED7 2381 Income tax rules 1962 1 Central Law Agency Central Law Agency 1971 2382 Swamy's Handbook for Central Govt. servents 1983 1 P.Muthuswamy Swamy Publisher 1983 The west bengal sales tax manual : as amended by the 2383 1 Parag Kothari Venus books distributors 1997 west bengal finanace act, 1997 2384 Firth pay commision acceptance orders, 1997 1 Nabhi's Nabhi publication 1997 2385 Swamy's compilation of Medical attendance Rules 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1998 2386 Swamy's Compilation of the fundamental rules 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 2387 Swamy's compilation of the medical attendence rules 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1998 2388 The India Conveyancer 1 P.C.Mogha Eastern Law House 1997 2389 The Trade Unions Act 1926 1 R.N.Chakraborty Venus Book 1999 2390 Swamy's compilation of the medical attendance Rules 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 2391 Taxmann's Income tax Rules 2000 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publications 2000 Taxmann Allied 2392 The West Bengal Societies Registration act 1961 1 T N Shukla 2002 Services Swamy's compilation of fundamental rules and 2393 1 P.Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 2011 supplementary rules: Part I - General rules 2394 Customes law manual: - 1 Jain, R. K. , Centax 2011 2395 Taxmann's Imcome tax Rules 1 U.K.Bhargava taxmann Publications 1991 2396 Handbook of Central Sales Tax 1 Justice M.R.Mallick Kamal Law House 1994 2397 Income tac act 1996 1 Taxmann Taxmann publication 1996 2398 Swamy's compilation on reservation and concessions 1 Muthuswamy Swamy publishers 1996 Garg's income tax ready reckoner 1997-1998 and Law and management 2399 1 D.C. Gang 1997 1998-1999 house SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2400 Income tax act 1 U.K. bhargava Taxmann publications 1997 2401 Income tax rules 1 U.K. bhargava Taxmann publications 1997 2402 Taxmann's master guide to incometax act 1 Pradeep S. Sha Taxmann publications 1997 Swamy's complete manual on establishment and 2403 1 1999 administration for Central Govt. offices Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2404 Taxmann's Income Tax Act 1999 1 Taxmann Taxmann's Publications 1999 2405 Taxmann's Income Tax Rules 1 Taxmann Taxmann's Publications 1999 2406 Taxmann's Direct Taxes ready reckoner 1 Vinod K Singhania Taxmann's Publications 1999 2407 Taxmann's Direct Taxes Ready Reckoner 2000-01 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publications 2000 Taxmann's Accounting Standard and Coporate 2408 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publications 2000 Accounting Practice 2409 Taxmann's Master Guide to income Tax rules 2003 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publication 2003 2410 V.G.Mehta's Income Tax Ready Reckoner 2003-04 1 N V Mehta Kuber Publishing House 2003 2411 Taxmann's master guide to Income Tax act 1 Pradeeps S Shah Taxmann Publication 2003 2412 Bharat' s Law practice & procedure of service tax 1 J K Mittal Bharat Law House 2003 2413 Taxmann's income tax act 2004 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publication 2004 2414 Bharat's Direct taxes ready reckoner 2007-2008 1 Girish Ahuja Bharat Law House 2007 2415 Taxmann's Service tax ready reckoner 1 Datey, V. S. , Taxmann Publisher 2012 Calcutta Book 2416 A Guide to Employees Provident Fund 1 A.Mukhopadhyay 1990 corporation 2417 Swamy's Treatise on Employees' Provident Funds 1 Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 1995 Swamy's compilation of central civil services Leave 2418 1 1995 Travel Concession Rules Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 2419 Income tax rules 1996 1 Taxmann Taxmann publication 1996 Dr. Vinod Kr. 2420 Direct taxes ready reckoner 1 Taxmann publication 1996 Singhania Book corporation , 2421 Guide to employees provident fund law 1996 1 (No Author) 1996 Calcutta 2422 Direct taxes ready reckoner 1 Vinod Kr. Singhania Taxmann publications 1997 Book corporation, 2423 The industrial disputes act , 1947 1 1995 (No Author) calcutta SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The institute of 2424 AS 3 : changes in financial position H 11 217 16 1 I C A of India chartered accountants 1995 of india Shri Kuber publishing 2425 Income tax ready reckoner 1 N.V. Maheta 1997 house 2426 Swamy's compilation of central civil services 1 Muthuswamy Swamy publishers 1997 2427 Report of the 5th central pay commision Vol 1 1 Creative arts Pvt. Creative arts Pvt. 1998 2428 Report of the 5th central pay commision Vol 2 1 Creative arts Pvt. Creative arts Pvt. 1998 2429 Report of the 5th central pay commision Vol 3 1 Creative arts Pvt. Creative arts Pvt. 1998 2430 Report of the 5th central pay commision Vol 4 1 Creative arts Pvt. Creative arts Pvt. 1998 2431 V.G.Mehta's Income TAx Ready Reckoner 1 N.V.Mehta Shri Kuber Publishing 1997 2432 Swamy's Compilation of General Financial Rules 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 Swamy's Compilation of central civil services LTC 2433 1 1998 Rules Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2434 Drug Today vol-6 1 L Mishra Lorina Publications 1999 2435 V.G.Mehta's Income Tax Teady Reckner 1999-2000 1 N.V.Mehta Shri Kuber Publishing 1999 Swamy's Compilation of Central civil Services Leave 2436 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 travel Concession Rules Sri kuber Publishing 2437 V.G.Mehta's Income Tax Ready reckoner 1 N.V.Mehta 2000 House 2438 Taxmann's Income tax Act 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publications 2000 2439 Taxmann's Indian Evidence Act 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publications 2000 Shri Kuber Publishing 2440 V.G. Mehta's Income Tax ready reckoner 1 N.V.Mehta 2001 House Ministry of Finance 2441 Economic survey 2001-2002 1 Ministry of Finance 2002 economic division 2442 The payment of the bonus act, 1965 1 L.N.Dutta The book Depository 2000 V.G.Mehta's Income Tax ready Reckoner assessment 2443 1 N.V.Mehta Shri Kuber Publishing 2002 year 2002-03 2444 Swamy's handbook 2003 1 Muthuswamy Swamy publishers 2002 2445 Survey of Indian Industry 2003 1 N Ravi National Press 2003 2446 Taxmann's Income Tax act 2003 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publication 2003 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2447 Bharat's law, practice & procedure of service tax 1 J K Mittal Bharat Law House 2004 2448 Nabhi's income tax guidelines and mini ready reckoner 1 Nabhi Nabhi Publication 2004 2449 Swamy's handbook 2005 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2004 Nabhi's income tax guidelines and mini ready reckoner 2450 1 Nabhi Nabhi Publication 2006 along with wealth tax 2006-07,2007-08 2451 Swamy's handbook 2007 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2007 2452 Swamy's handbook 2008: for central govt staff 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2008 India. Ministry of Ministry of Commerce & 2453 Handbook of procedure -: vol. 1 2010 Commerce a. , Industry Taxmann's Direct taxes ready reckoner: as amended 2454 1 Singhania, Vinod K. Taxmann Publisher 2012 by finance act, NABHI's Income Tax Guidelines and mini ready 2455 reckoner Reference along with tax planning and 1 Nabhi Kumar Jain Nabhi Publication 2013 reference 2013-14, 2014-15 2456 Indian textile Annual and Directory 1 J R Dutta Eastland Press 1971 2457 Indian Textile Annual & Directory's 1 J.R.Dutta Eastlaw Publications 1982 2458 Indian Textile Annual and Directory 1 J.R.Dutta Eastland Publications 1982 2459 Indian textile Annual & Directory 1984-85 1 J R Dutta Eastland Publications 1984 2460 Indian Textile Annual & Directory 1985-86 1 J R Dutta Eastland Publications 1985 2461 All India Textile Directory 1986-87 1 Sisir Dutta Business Press 1986 2462 Indian Textile annual & Directory 1 J.R.Dutta Eastland Publications 1987 The Indian Textile Journal : all India Textiles Directory 2463 1 J R Dutta Business Press 1988 1988 2464 Indian Textile annual & directory 1 J R Dutta Eastland Publication 1989 2465 Swamy's compilation Of The Medical Attendance Rules 1 P.Mathuswamy Swamy Publisher 1990 2466 All India Textile Directory 1990 1 Amritlakshmi All India Textile directory 1990 2467 Indian Textile Annual and Directory 1 J.R.Dutta Eastland Publications 1999 2468 Swamy's compilation of the general financial rules 1 Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 1994 2469 Swamy's Compilation of the General Financial Rules 1 Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 1995 2470 Swamy's list of Medicines 1 Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 1995 2471 Swamy's compilation of House Building Advance Rules 1 Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 1995 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2472 Payment of Wages Act With Rules 1 K K Lodha kamal Law House 1981 2473 Indian textitles annual and directory 1994-1995 1 Ritex Eastland publications 1995 2474 Indian textile annual and directory 1 J.R. Dutta Eastland publication 1996 Swamy's compilation on central civil services leave 2475 1 Muthuswamy Swamy publishers 1998 travel concession rules Board of Eminent 2476 Bahri's Handbook 1998 1 Bahri Brothers 1998 Authors 2477 Swamy's handbook 1999 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 2478 Swamy's Handboo 1999 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 Swamy's Compilation of House Building Advance 2479 1 1999 Rules Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2480 Indian Textile Annual & Directory 1998-99 1 J.R.Dutta Eastland Publications 1999 Swamy's compilation of fundamental rules and 2481 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 supplementary rules Part -3 Leave Rules 2482 All India Directory of Woollen Silk & Textile Industries 1 Rikash Balaji Media Agency 1998 2483 Reference Book for Disciplinary proceedings 1 Daljits Nirman Select Publishers 1999 2484 Taxmann's Indian Patents Law 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publications 1999 2485 Swamy's Handbook 2001 foe Central Govt Servants 1 Taxmann Taxmann Publications 2001 2486 Indian Textile Annual & Directory 2000-2001 1 Malay Chakrabarti Eastland Publications 2001 Taxmann Allied 2487 Taxmann's the budget 2002-2003 1 Taxmann 2002 Services 2488 indian textile annual & Directory 2001-02 1 J R Dutta Eastland Publications 2002 2489 Economic survey 2002-03 1 Ministry Of Finance Ministry of Finance, GOI 2002 2490 Intellectual property law 1 P Narayanan Eastern Law House 2002 Nabhi's income tax guidelines and mini ready reckoner 2491 1 Nabhi Nabhi Publication 2008 along with wealth tax 2008-09,2009-10 Swamy's compilation of general financial rules 2492 1 Muthuswamy. , Swamy Publishers 2012 incorporating compendium of rules of advances NABHI's Income Tax Guidelines and mini ready 2493 1 Nabhi Nabhi Pub. 2012 reckoner Reference along with wealth tax Ministry of Law 2494 Justice and company The Constitution of India 1 affairs Govt. of India 1975 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2495 Science in mordern life Part 1 1 J.R.A.davis Greslaw publishing 1936 2496 Spon's workshop receipts vol- 1 1 Spon E D F N Spon 1926 2497 Spon's workshop receipts vol- 2 1 Spon E D F N Spon 1932 2498 Spon's workshop receipts vol- 3 1 Spon E D F N Spon 1926 2499 Spon's workshop receipts vol- 4 1 Spon E D F N Spon 1932 2500 Spon's workshop receipts suppliment 1 Spon E D F N Spon 1930 2501 Textile recorder year book 1938 1 Alfred Tayler harlequin Press 1938 2502 Textile recorder year book 1941 1 Alfred Tayler harlequin Press 1941 2503 Textile recorder year book 1942 1 Alfred Tayler harlequin Press 1942 2504 The textile recoder yearbook 1946 - 1947 1 Alfred Tayler Harlequin Press 1947 2505 The textile recorder yearbook 1946-1947 1 Alfred tayler Harlequin Press Co Ltd. 1947 2506 D.A.T.A Book : Microprocessor 1 D.A.T.A, Inc D.A.T.A, Inc 1981 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 27 Book California : A cordura 2507 1 Data, Inc. 1983 36 company 2508 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 4 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2509 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 17 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2510 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 20 2511 Thyristors 1977 Vol 1 1 D.A.T.A, Inc D.A.T.A, Inc 1977 2512 D.A.T.A Book : Electronic information series 1 D.A.T.A, Inc D.A.T.A, Inc 1981 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 27 Book California : A cordura 2513 1 Data, Inc. 1983 35 company 2514 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 1 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 2515 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 5 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2516 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 16 2517 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 6 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2518 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 10 2519 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 3 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2520 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 27 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2521 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 12 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2522 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 11 2523 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 7 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2524 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 15 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2525 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 23 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2526 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 24 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2527 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 14 2528 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 8 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2529 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 28 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2530 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 19 2531 Digital Integrated Circuits 1 D.A.T.A D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2532 Interface Integrated Circuits vol-28 Book 39 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2533 Linear Integrated Circuits vol- 28 Book 34 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2534 Microprocessor: Integrated Citcuits vol- 28 Book 29 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2535 Microcomputer Systems Vol-28 Book 30 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2536 Memory integrated circuits Vol 28 Book 26 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2537 Mirco processor software Vol 28 Book 37 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2538 Power semiconductors Vol 28 Book 44 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2539 Application note reference Vol 28 Book 35 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 2540 Microwave Vol 28 Book 21 1 D.A.T.A Inc. D.A.T.A Inc. 1983 D.A.T.A Book Electronic Information Series : Digital 2541 1 D.A.T.A D.A.T.A. Inc. 1987 Circuits vol-32, book-14 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 1987- D.A.T.A Book electronic Information Series vol- 2542 1 D.A.T.A D.A.T.A Inc. 1987 32 book 15 2543 Annual Review of Microbiology Vol-1 1 Clifton C E Annual review 1947 2544 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry vol- 3 1 W W Pigman Academic Press 1948 2545 Advances in Carbohydrate chemistry vol-6 1 Hudson C S Academic Press 1951 2546 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry and Biochemistry 1 R.Stuart Academic Press 1977 2547 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry Vol 1 1 R.W. Pigman Academic press 1945 2548 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry Vol 2 1 R.W. Pigman Academic press 1946 2549 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry vol-3 1 W W Pigman Academic Press 1948 2550 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry vol- 4 1 W W Pigman Academic Press 1945 2551 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry vol- 5 1 Hudson C s Academic Press 1950 2552 Advances in Carbohydrate chemistry vol- 4 1 W W Pigman Academic press 1949 2553 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry vol-8 1 C S Hudson Academic Press 1953 2554 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry 1 M.L. Wolfrom Academic press 1954 2555 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry vol- 10 1 M L Wolfrom Academic press 1955 2556 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry Vol 11 1 M.L. Wolfrom Academic press 1956 2557 Advances in carbohydrate chemistry vol-7 1 C S Hudson Academic Press 1952 2558 Methods in enzymology Vol 1 1 S.P. Colowick Academic press 1955 2559 Methods in enzymology Vol XVII A 1 Harbert Tabor Academic press 1970 2560 Methods in Enzymology Vol 70 Part A 1 Helen, Van Academic press 1980 2561 Methods In Enzymology vol-6 1 Sidney P.Colowick Academic Press 1963 2562 Methods in Enzymology vol-2 1 Sidney P. Cdowick Academic Press 1955 2563 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-32 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1963 2564 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-14 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1963 2565 Methods in Enzymology vol-68 1 Ray, W K Academic Press 1979 2566 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-10 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1959 2567 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-18 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1967 2568 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-8 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1957 2569 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-12 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1961 2570 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-32 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1952 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2571 Annual Review of physical chemistry vol- 15 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1964 2572 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-16 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1965 2573 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-13 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1962 2574 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-31 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1962 2575 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-17 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1966 2576 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-9 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1958 2577 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-11 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1960 2578 Annual Review of physical chemistry v-5 1 H Eyring Annual Review 1954 2579 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-35 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1966 2580 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-28 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1959 2581 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-20 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1954 2582 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-24 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1955 2583 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-27 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1958 2584 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-33 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1964 2585 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-34 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1965 2586 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-29 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1960 2587 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-35 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1966 2588 Annual review of Biochemistry vol-36 1 J M Luck Annual Review 1967 2589 Organic synthesis collective vol- 2 1 A H Blatt John Wiley 1944 2590 Organic synthesis collective vol- 1 1 A H Blatt John Wiley 1941 2591 Strategic Materials in Hemisphere defence 1 M S Hessel Hastings House 1942 The institution of civil 2592 The civil engineer in war Vol 1 1 Docks and Harbours 1948 engineers The institution of civil 2593 The civil engineer in war Vol 2 1 Docks and Harbours 1948 engineers 2594 Colonial and Indian Exhibition 1 H T Wood William Clowes 1887 2595 Modern chemistry : Pure and Appiled vol- 1 1 A J Hale Virtue & Co. 1948 2596 Modern chemistry : Pure and Appiled vol- 2 1 A J Hale Virtue & Co. 1949 2597 Modern chemistry : Pure and Appiled vol- 3 1 A J Hale Virtue & Co. 1950 2598 Modern chemistry : Pure and Appiled vol- 4 1 A J Hale Virtue & Co. 1951 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2599 Modern chemistry : Pure and Appiled vol- 5 1 A J Hale Virtue & Co. 1952 2600 Modern chemistry : Pure and Appiled vol- 6 1 A J Hale Virtue & Co. 1953 2601 The history of unilever vol- 2 1 Charles wilson Cassell & co. 1954 2602 Materials buying manual 1 H.A. Knight Conover Mast publisher 1951 Textile Technological 2603 Fibre to Finish vol-2 1958 1 S P Govel 1958 association 2604 The Dartnell office manager's hand book 1 J C Aspley Dartnell Corporation 1965 2605 Organic syntheses collective vol-4 1 N Rabjohn John Wiley 1963 2606 Biometrical Genentics 1 K.Mathur Champman and Hall 1971 Indian Institute of Indian Institute of 2607 Indian Packaging Directory 1972 1 packaging Packaging, Bombay 1972 2608 Law and procedure of departmental enquires Vol- 1 1 B.R.Ghaiya Eastern Book Company 1990 2609 Law and procedure of departmental enquires Vol- 2 1 B.R.Ghaiya Eastern Book Company 1990 2610 The Law of Industrial Disputes vol- 1 1 O.P.Malhotra Universal law Publishing 1998 2611 The Law of Industrial Disputes vol- 2 1 O.P.Malhotra Universal law Publishing 1998 Wadhwa and Company 2612 Chaturvedi & Pithisaria Income tax law vol- 1 1 K.Chaturvedi 1998 law publishers Dr.Gurban Singh's supreme Court on service laws vol- 2613 1 R G Chaturvedi Bharat law Publications 2008 1 Dr.Gurban Singh's supreme Court on service laws vol- 2614 1 R G Chaturvedi Bharat law Publications 2008 2 Dr.Gurban Singh's supreme Court on service laws vol- 2615 1 R G Chaturvedi Bharat law Publications 2008 3 Dr.Gurban Singh's supreme Court on service laws vol- 2616 1 R G Chaturvedi Bharat law Publications 2008 4 2617 Bharat's manual of companies act & Corporate laws 1 1 Puliami Ravi Bharat Law home 2010 2618 Bharat's manual of companies act & Corporate laws 2 1 Puliami Ravi Bharat Law home 2010 Bhagabati Prosad 2619 Writ Remedises 1 Wadhwa 1998 Banerjee Swamy's Manual on disciplinary proceedings for central 2620 1 1997 Govt Servants Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2621 The law relating to public service 1 Samaraditya Pal Eastern Law House 1998 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Swamy's compilation of fundamental rules and 2622 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 supplementary rules Part -1 General rules Swamy's compilation of fundamental rules and 2623 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 supplementary rules Part -2 T.A Rules Swamy's compilation of fundamental rules and 2624 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 supplementary rules Part -4 D.A Rules Swamy's compilation of fundamental rules and 2625 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 1999 supplementary rules Part -5 HRA & CCA 2626 Swamy's compilation of F.R & S.R - 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2000 Wadhwa and Company 2627 18 year's labour law journal Digest vol- 1 A-H 1 LLJ Editorial Board 1999 law publishers Wadhwa and Company 2628 18 year's labour law journal Digest vol- 2 I-P 1 LLJ Editorial Board 1999 law publishers 2629 R.R.De's Employee's provident funds 1 S R Roy Kamal LAw House 2000 2630 Service Law 1 Samaraditya Pal Wadhwa 2004 2631 Law of public premises in India, act 1971 1 S C Mitra Orient Publishing 2008 2632 The Right to Information Act, 2005 1 S K Awasthi Dwivedi law Agency 2008 2633 Information technology law & practice 1 Gupta Premier Pub. 2009 Commercial law Commercial law 2634 Commercial's the Indian partnership act 1932 1 2009 publishers publishers Commercial law Commercial law 2635 Commercial the limited liability partnership act 1 2009 publishers publishers The Payment of gratuity act, : along with the payment 2636 1 S D Pui Snow White 2010 of gratuity (central ) rules Nabhi's income tax guidelines and mini ready reckoner 2637 1 Nabhi NABHI Publication 2014 2014-15,2015-16 2638 The Transfer of Property act, 1882 1 B B Mitra Kamal Law House 2014 NABHI's Income Tax Guidelines and mini ready 2639 reckoner Reference along with wealth 2015-16, 2016- 1 Nabhi Kumar Jain Nabhi Publication 2015 17 2640 Corporate Laws 1 Taxmann M K Bhargava 1991 2641 Shorter constitution of India 1 Durga Das Bsu Prentice Hall 1996 Iyer's Law of Contempt of courts with parliament, state 2642 1 S.K.Mookerji Eastern Law House 1998 assemblies SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2643 Prevention of Food Adulteration Act. 1 J.P.Bhatnagar Ashoka Law House 2000 2644 The Constitution Of India vol- 1 1 D J De Asia Law house 2005 2645 The Constitution Of India vol- 2 1 D J De Asia Law house 2005 2646 The central civil services rules 1 S K Awasthi Dwivedi Law Agency 2008 basu's criminal court handbook cantaining criminal The Publishers 2647 1 Orient Publishing 2008 major acts Editorial Board 2648 R R De's West Bengal service rules Part-1 & 2 1 Asutosh Mukherjee Kamal law 2008 2649 Commentaries of payment of Gratuity Act, 1 V R Kharbandra Law Publishing House 2011 The Society of Textile 2650 Analysis and testing of textiles 1 Vashist, Shankar D 1938 Technologists The National Trade 2651 Textile laboratory manual 1 Garner, Walter. 1949 Press Fabric defects: case histories of imperfections inwoven McGraw-Hill Book 2652 1 Goldberg, J B. 1950 cotton and rayon fabrics Company 2653 Textile testing: physical, chemical and microscopical 1 Shinkle, John H. ed. Chemical Publishing 1940 Textile on test: a study for distributor and consumerof 2654 the wearing and washing properties of fabrics 1 Williams, J. Guilfoyle. Chapman and Hall 1931 andgarments U S A General 2655 Textile test methods: federal specification 1 Service Business Service Center 1951 Administration 2656 Physical textile testing at westpoint pepperell 1 West Point Pepper Textile Industries 1968 Dept. of Textile 2657 Chemical testing of textiles: a laboratory manual 1 Hall, David M. Engineering Auburn 1977 University 2658 The thermal behaviour of textiles 1 K.Slater The textile institute 1976 2659 Cloth geometry: a classic textile reprint 1 Peirce, FT. The Textile Institute 1978 Indian Standards Indian Standards 2660 ISI Handbook of textile testing: 2 1982 Institute Institute British Standards 2661 BS Handbook 11:1974 - Methods of test for textiles 1 BSI 1974 Institution. The South India Textile 2662 Control of count and count variation 1 Ratnam, T. V. n.d Research Association 2663 Principal of fabric structure: part -I 1 Banerji, A M Scientific Book Agency 1953 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2664 Physical testing and quality control 1 Slater, K. The Textile Institute 1993 The South India Textile 2665 Practical guide on yarn testing 1 Padmanabhan, A R. 1994 Research Association The South India Textile 2666 Practical guide on yarn testing 1 Padmanabhan, A R. 1994 Research Association Progress in textiles: science & technology, volume-I 2667 1 Kothari V.K IAFL Publication 1999 testing and quality management, Textile Association, 2668 Drawframes: spinning tablet III 2 Grover, J. M. 2011 Mumbai 2669 Decoration of fibrous plants / Carter, H R. : John Ba 1 Carter, H. R. John bale & Son 1941 2670 Advances in textile processing: volume1 1 Lynn, J.Edward, ed. Textile Book Publishers 1961 The Bombay Textile 2671 Norms for mechanical processing 1 BTRA 1976 Research Association 2672 Non-Oil stain damage in textile processing 1 UNIDO UNIDO 1979 2673 Oil-stain damage in textile processing: 1 UNIDO UNIDO 1979 The South India Textile 2674 Ambient conditions in textile processing 1 Pillay, KR. n.d Research Association Textile processing and properties: preparation,dyeing, 2675 1 Vigo, Tyrone L. Elsevier 1994 finishing and performance 2676 Textile processing with enzymes: 1 A.CAVACOPAULO Woodhead Publishing 2003 2677 Surface modification of textiles 1 Q Wei Woodhead Pub 2009 Control of hard waste and rejections to reduce losses 2678 1 NITRA NITRA 2002 in spinning 2679 Friction in textile materials 1 Gupta, B.S (ed.). Woodhead Publishing 2008 Automation in Textile Machinery : instrumentation 2680 1 Kumar, L. Ashok. CRC Press 2018 andcontrol system design principles Chemistry and practice of sizing: a practical treatison 2681 the sizing of cotton yarns, practical size mixing,tape 1 Bean, Percy. Hutton , Hartley 1921 sizing Warping and slashing: beam warping-fancy InternationalTextbook 2682 1 Staff, I C S. 1949 warpingcotton slashing Company W. R. C. 2683 Warp sizing 2 Seydel, Paul V. SmithPublishing 1958 Company SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2684 Theory and practice of textile slashing 1 ATOEC Auburn University 1972 2685 Blended textiles 1 M L Gulrajan The Textile Association 1981 2686 Introduction to Winding & Warping 1 Talukdar, M. K. V. J. Technical Institute 1980 2687 Sizing: material, methods & machines 1 Ajgaonkar, D. B. Textile Trade Press 1982 2688 Weaving Tablet 1 : Winding 2 Paliwal, M. C. The Textile Association 2000 The Textile 2689 Weaving Tablet 2 : Warping 2 Kimothi, P D. AssociationEducation 1983 System The Textile 2690 Weaving Tablet 3 : Sizing 2 Modi, J R. AssociationEducation 1983 System The Textile Association 2691 Modern production technologies 1 Gulraja M L 1983 India Technology of warp sizing: a symposium: Columbine 2692 1 Smith J B Columbia Press 1964 Pre 2693 Sizing: material, methods & machines 1 Ajgaonkar, D.B. Textile Trade Press 1982 Textile Association, 2694 Blowroom: spinning tablet 2 Plawat, Vivek. 2011 Mumbai Textile Association, 2695 Combing:spinning tablet IV 2 Shah, Piyush H. , 2011 Mumbai Textile Association, 2696 Sizing: weaving tablet III 2 Modi, J. R. , 2011 Mumbai Textile Association, 2697 Warping: weaving tablet II 2 Kimothi, P. D. , 2011 Mumbai Textile Association, 2698 Winding 2 Paliwal, M C. , 1984 Mumbai 2699 Elementary textile design and fabric structure 1 Read John. Edward Arnold 1931 2700 Textile design and colour 1 William Watson Longmans 1946 2701 Advanced Textile Design 1 W Watson Longmans Green 1964 2702 Grammar of textile Design 1 H Nisbet D B Taraporevala Sons 1961 International Labour 2703 Introduction to Work Study 1 I L O 1971 office 2704 Technology of textile processing: volume 6 1 Shenai, V.A Sevak publications 1977 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2705 History of textile design 1 Shenai, V. A. SevakPublications 1977 2706 Handbook of fiber science and technology Vol 1 1 Menachem lewim Marcel Dekker Inc. 1983 2707 Handbook of Fiber Science & Technology Vol-1 Part B 1 Stephen B Marcel Dekker 1984 2708 Handbook of Fiber Science & Technology Vol-1 Part A 1 Stephen B Marcel Dekker 1983 Textile wet process: volume 1- preparation of fibersand 2709 1 Olson, Edward S. Noyes Publications 1983 fabrics 2710 Handbook of Fiber Science and Technology vol-2 1 Mehachem Lewin Marcel Dekker 1983 2711 Handbook of Fiber science and Technology vol-2 1 Menochem Lewin Marcel Dekker 1984 2712 Handbook of Fiber Science and Technology vol-1 1 Menachem Lewin Marcel Dekker 1984 Indian Proceedings of the lecture series on recent advancesin 2713 1 ICMA ChemicalManufacturers 1982 textile processing chemicals Association 2714 World review of textile design:1991 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1991 COMPTEC, IIT 2715 Reinforcement fibres: CMS 010: COMPTEC 1 FRP Institute 2003 Madras Traditional Indian motif's: for weaving and textile 2716 1 Prakash, K. The Design Point, 1995 printing Textile design: 200 years of patterns for printed fabrics 2717 1 Meller, Susan. Thames and Hudson 1998 arranged by motif, colour, period and design Report of the expert committee on technical textiles: India. Ministry of Textiles Committee, 2718 1 2004 vol. I and vol. II Textiles, T. , Mumbai India. Ministry of Textiles Committee, 2719 Compendium of natural dyes 1 1900 Textiles. T. , Mumbai Handbook of textile and industrial dyeing: volume : 2720 1 M Clark Woodhead Pub 2011 principles, processes and types of dyes Handbook of textile and industrial dyeing: volume : 2721 1 M Clark Woodhead Pub 2011 applications of dyes 2722 Colour in dyehouse effluent 1 P Cooper SDC 1995 2723 Norms for the textile industry: chemical processing 2 NITRA NITRA 2000 2724 Seminar on "Technical Textiles": book of papers 2 NITRA NITRA 2001 Textile Association, 2725 Fundamentals of designing for textiles 2 Prachure, J. W. , 2009 Mumbai 2726 Environmental aspects of textile dyeing 1 Christie, R. M. ed. , Woodhead Publisher 2007 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Natural Dyes for Textiles and their Eco-Friendly 2727 1 Niyati Bhattacharyya IAFL Publications 2010 applications The Complete Technology Book on Textile processing Asia Pacific Business 2728 1 NIIR-Board 2004 with effectives treatment Press Asia Pacific Business 2729 The Complete Book On natural dyes and Pigments 1 NIIR-Board 2005 Press Anthology of speciality chemicals for textiles colour C N Sivarama 2730 1 Colour Publication 2009 technology Krishnan 2731 Colour technology : tools, techniques & applications 1 V C gupta Colour Publication 2008 Handbook of Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of Muthu, Subramanian 2732 1 Woodhouse Publishing 2015 textilesand clothing Senthilkann. 2733 Modern textile auxiliaries: 1 Thomas Skinner 1952 Reinhold 2734 Textile chemicals and auxiliaries 1 H C Speal 1952 PublishinCorporation The National Trade 2735 Basic chemistry of textile preparation 1 Cockett, S.R. 1955 Press Auxiliary products for the textile and allied industries: Imperial Chemical Imperial Chemical 2736 1 1940 Imperial Chemical Industries, Industries Industries 2737 Auxiliary products for the textile industry: CIBA 1 CIBA CIBA (India) Ltd 1943 2738 Clothing: comfort and function 1 Fourt, Lyman. Marcel Dekker 1970 Technology of textile processing: volume -Vchemistry 2739 1 Shenai, V A. Sevak Publications 1976 of textile auxiliaries Ahmedabad Textile 2740 Textiles auxiliaries and finishing chemicals 1 VaidyaA A. Industry's 1975 ResearchAssociation Ahmedabad Textile 2741 Textiles auxiliaries and finishing chemicals 1 Vaidya A. A. Industry's Research 1975 Association Technology of textile processing: volume -Vchemistry 2742 1 Shenai, V. A. Sevak Publications 1976 of textile auxiliaries Small Business 2743 Manufacture of textile auxiliaries & chemicals 1 SBP Board 1982 Publications 2744 High performance lubricants for textile mills 1 NITRA NITRA 1994 2745 Lubrication management in textile mills 1 NITRA NITRA 1987 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2746 Textile machine drawing 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blackie 1921 2747 Textile machine drawing 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Blacki 1921 Proceedings of the symposium on modern The Institution of 2748 1 1962 mechanisms intextile machinery The Institution of MechanicalMechanical Engineers Engineers (An) Introduction to the study of spinning: with 2749 1 Morton, W. E. Longmans 1962 illustrations and diagram Break spinning: The Cotton Silk and Man-Made Fibres 2750 1 Shirley Development 1968 Research Association Shirley Development 2751 Spinning in the '70s 1 P R Lord Merrow Publication 1970 Ahmedabad Textile 2752 End breaks in ring spinning 1 Subramanian, T A. Industry's Research 1974 Association ElsevierScientific 2753 Open-end spinning 1 Rohlena, Vaclav. 1975 Publishing Elsevier Scientific 2754 Open-end spinning 1 Rohlena, Vaclav. 1975 Publishing The South India Textile 2755 Maintenance management in spinning 1 Ratnam, T V. 1977 Research Association Ahmedabad Textile 2756 End breaks in ring spinning 1 Subramanian, T. A. Industry's Research 1974 Association Textile mill technical data book: technical features, 2757 1 Jagannathan, R. Balaji Publications 1976 standards, tables & calculations Spinning weaving & processsing Textile & AlliedIndustries 2758 1 Joshi, B. B. 1971 machinerymaintenance itextile mills Research Organisation Ahmedabad Textile 2759 Modernisation: management perspectives: 1 ATIRA Industry's Research 1980 Association The South India Textile 2760 Norms for spinning: quality and waste 1 Ratam, T V. 1980 Research Association The South India Textile 2761 Manual on quality control in spinning 1 Ratnam, T. V. 1980 Research Association Spinning weaving & processsing Textile & AlliedIndustries 2762 1 Joshi, B. B. 1971 machinerymaintenance itextile mills Research Organisation 2763 How to of carding and spinning quality control 1 Guggenheim, Gus. Gus Guggenheim 1968 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2764 Refresh your spinning 1 D B A Ajgarkar The Textile Institute 1980 Spinning,extruding and processing of fibers: Spinning,extruding 2765 1 NoyesData Corporation 1980 recentadvances and process. Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive norms for Ahmedabad Textile 2766 textile units cotton type machinery, Part 1 norms for 4 ATIRA Industry's Research 1982 quality an Association Rotor spinning comparisons: spinning, weaving, 2767 chemical processing and over view: ATIRA, BATRA, 1 SITRA SITRA 1986 and SITRA, Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive normsfor Ahmedabad Textile 2768 textile units cotton type machinery, Part 1 normsfor 1 ATIRA Industry's Research 1982 quality an: Association The South India Textile 2769 How to assess your productivity? 1 Rajamanickam, R. 1985 Research Association The South India 2770 Labour and machine productivity in spinning 1 Doraiswamy, Indra. TextileResearch 1983 Association The South India Textile 2771 How to assess your productivity? 1 Rajamanickam, R. 1985 Research Association The South India Textile 2772 Maintenance management in spinning 1 Ratnam, T V. 1983 Research Association The South India Textile 2773 Energy conservation in spinning mills 1 Kalyanaraman,A R. 1986 Research Association The SoutIndia Textile 2774 Quality control in spinning 1 Ratnam, T V. 1987 Research Association Diagnosis and prevention of sickness and The South India Textile 2775 1 Ratnam, T.V. n.d factorscontributing to health in spinning mills Research Association Labour & machine productivity in spinning: jointsurvey The Bombay Textile 2776 1 Grade, A. R. 1985 by SITRA, NITRA & BTRA Research Association The South India Textile 2777 Studies to reduce roller lapping at ring frames 1 Hariharan, R. 1986 ResearchAssociation The South India Textile 2778 Energy conservation in spinning mills 1 Kalyanaraman,A R. 1986 Research Association The South India Textile 2779 Maintenance management in spinning 1 Ratnam, T V. 1983 Research Association SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Technology of short-staple spinning: manual of 2780 1 Klein, W. The Textile Institute (n.d) textiltechnology 2781 A practical guide to opening and carding 1 Klein, W. The Textile Institute 1987 2782 A practical guide to combing and drawing 1 Klein, W. The Textile Institute 1987 Practical guide to ring spinning: manual of 2783 1 Klein, W. The Textile Institute 1987 textiletechnology 2784 New spinning systems: manual of textile technology 1 Klein, W The Textile Institute 1993 Measures to improve machine productivity in spinning The South India Textile 2785 1 Ratnam, T V. 1992 mills Research Association Shanmuganandam, The South India Textile 2786 Survey of store in spinning 1 1993 D,. Research Association Diagnosis and prevention of sickness and The South India Textile 2787 1 Ratnam, TV. 1991 factorscontributing to health in spinning mills Research Association The South India Textile 2788 How to assess your productivity 1 Doraiswamy, Indra. 1993 Research Association The South India 2789 Labour and machine productivity in spinning 1 Doraiswamy, Indra. TextileResearch 1993 Association The South India Textile 2790 Maintenance management in spinning 1 Ratnam, T V. 1992 Research Association The South India Textile 2791 Cost control and costing in spinning mills 1 Ratnam,V. 1992 Research Association The South India Study on 'cotton to yarn conversion cost' in 2792 1 Seshadri, S. TextileResearch 1994 spinningmills Association NationalInformation Rotor spinning: its advantages, limitations 2793 1 Salhotra, K R. Centre for Textile and 1995 andprospects in India Allied Subjects The South India Textile 2794 Statistical techniques in spinning mills 1 Ratnam, TV. 1995 Research Association 2795 Handbook of textile processing machinery 1 Bhagwat, RS. Colour Publications 1983 2796 Technical handbook on jute ring spinning 6 Aditya, R. N. , Ratna Aditya, Kolkata 2009 Gowda, R. V. 2797 New spinning systems 2 NCUTE 2006 Mahendra. 2798 Norms for the textile industry: spinning 2 NITRA NITRA 2000 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Maintenance schedules and practies in spinning for 2799 1 NITRA NITRA 1993 mills engaged in cotton yarn and fabric exports Comprehensive handbook on spinning maintenance: Textile Association, 2800 1 Nijhawan, Neeraj. 2006 part - maintenance management Mumbai Comprehensive handbook on spinning maintenance: Textile Association, 2801 2 Nijhawan, Neeraj. 2006 part - spinning accessories Mumbai Comprehensive handbook on spinning maintenance: Textile Association, 2802 1 Nijhawan, Neeraj. 2006 part - general engineering Mumbai Paper and Board Wrappers, bags and containers B S 2803 1133 1 B I S British Standards Institution 1964 2804 Teach yourself German 1 The English UniversitiesDavid Press Mckay co. 1969 2805 The Techniques of communication in Business 1 C S Deverell Gee & Co. 1964 2806 Guide to Indian-Indonisian trade 1 The Embassy of India The Embassy of India 1952 2807 Bibliography of paper making and U S Ptents 1 J Weiner Tappi N .Y 1954 Appendix to pests of crops in warm climates and their 2808 control 1 R Wyniger Vulag Furrecht 1962 2809 Physical techniques in biological research vol-3 1 G Oster Academic Press 1956 2810 Essays in Biochemistry vol-2 1 Campbell P N Academic Press 1966 2811 Art of weaving 1 W Leggatt William kidd & sons (n.d) 2812 Practical weaving course 1 Jarvis, P. R. HarlequinPress 1951 2813 Introduction to automatic weaving 1 Bennett, G. A. Harlequin Press 1948 2814 Practical weaving course 1 Jarvis, P. R. HarlequinPress 1951 Textile Finishing Machinery for cotton & rayon piece 2815 1 H kay H M Stationary office 1964 goods AhmedabaTextile 2816 Process control in weaving 1 Paliwal, M C. Industry's Research 1974 Association 2817 Principals of weaving 1 Marks, R. The TextileInstitute 1976 2818 Automatic weaving 1 Aitken, J. B. Columbine Press 1964 Universal 2819 Mechanism of weaving 1 Fox, Thomas W. 1977 BooCorporation 2820 Principals of weaving 1 Marks, R. The TextileInstitute 1976 2821 Technology of synthetic weaving 1 Singal, S. L. Mahajan Brothers 1977 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2822 Polyester blends weaving: volume -II 1 Jagannathan, R Balaji Publications 1975 Universal 2823 Mechanism of weaving 1 Fox, Thomas W. 1977 BooCorporation Watson-Guptill 2824 Four-harness weaving 1 Bowen, Kernochan. 1978 Publications Watson-Guptill 2825 Beyond weaving 1 Chamberlain, Marcia. 1974 Publications Elsevier Scientific 2826 Shuttleless weaving machines 1 Talavasek, Oldrich 1981 Publishing 2827 Mechanism of weaving mechanics: part- I 1 ChakravortyJ. L. B. Chakravorty 1982 2828 Mechanism of weaving mechanics: part- I 1 ChakravortyJ. L. B. Chakravorty 1982 2829 Mechanism of weaving mechanics: part- II 1 Chakravorty, J. L. B. Chakravorty 1982 2830 Mechanism of weaving mechanics: part- II 1 Chakravorty, J. L. B. Chakravorty 1982 2831 Modern preparation and weaving machinery 1 Ormerod, A Butterworths 1983 International International 2832 Textile Machinery: 1 Organization for organization for 1983 Standardization standardization International 2833 Textile Machinery 2 ISO Organization 1983 forStandardization 2834 Technology of synthetic weaving 1 Singal, S L. Mahajan Brothers 1977 2835 Weaving Tablet 4 :Non-automatic looms 2 Talukdar, M K. The TextileAssociation 1983 The TextileAssociation 2836 Weaving Tablet 5 :Automatic looms 2 Vidyarathi, S P. 1985 India The South India Textile 2837 Labour and machine productivity in weaving 1 Ranganathan, K. 1986 ResearchAssociation Book of papers of workshop on techno-economics The Textile TheTextile Association 2838 1 1983 ofmodern methods of weaving in Indian conditions association India India 2839 Plain weaving motions 1 Aswani, K. T. Textile TradePress 1986 2840 Weaver's workbook 1 Chetwynd, Hilary. B.T. Batsford 1988 2841 Shuttleless looms 1 Vincent, J J. The TextileInstitute 1980 2842 Narrow fabric weaving 1 Hans Walter Kipp Sauerland 1989 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Mahajan Boo 2843 Fancy weaving mechanisms 1 Aswani, K T. 1990 Distributors 2844 Weaving: technology and operations 1 Ormerod, Allan. The Textile Institute 1995 2845 Weaving: mechines, mechanisms, management 1 Talukdar, M. K. Mahajan Publishers 1998 Nodal Centre for Course material for use with CBT on woven fabric 2846 1 NCUTE Upgradation of Textile 2002 production- II Education 2847 Manufactured fibre technology 1 V.B. Gupta Champman & Hall 1997 Machinery maintenance in textile mills (spinning and 2848 1 NITRA NITRA 1978 weaving) Textile Association, 2849 Automatic looms 2 Vidyarathi, S P. 1985 Mumbai 2850 Guide to young weavers 1 Yates, J. H. Harlequin Pre 1952 2851 Guide to young weavers 1 Yates, J. H. Harlequin Pre 1952 Institutionof 2852 Noise in weaving machinery: proceedings 1 IME 1963 Mechanical Engi. Wesleyan University 2853 On weaving 1 Albers, Anni. 1966 Pres 2854 Weaving: control of fabric structure 1 Greenwood, K. Merrow Publishing 1975 2855 Positive let of motions 1 R. Foster W.I.R.A 1961 2856 Weaving mechanism 1 Banerjee, N N. T Banerjee 1974 The TextileAssociation 2857 Automatic looms 1 Vidyarathi, S P. 1985 India Modern developments in weaving machinery: a 2858 1 Duxbury V Columbine Press 1971 symposium 2859 Modern weaving: theory and practice 1 Ishida, T. Osaka Senken 1979 2860 Refresh your weaving 1 D B A Ajgarkar The Textile Institute 1980 2861 Weaving mechanism: volume I 1 Banerjee, N. N. Textile Book House 1982 2862 Weaving mechanism: volume I 1 Banerjee, N. N. Textile Book House 1982 2863 Weaving mechanism: volume II 1 Banerjee, N. N. Textile Book House 1982 2864 Weaving mechanism: volume II 1 Banerjee, N. N. Textile Book House 1982 2865 Weaving: conversion of yarn to fabric 1 Lord, P. R. Merrow Publishing 1976 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Ahmedabad Textile Ahmedabad Textile Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive norms for 2866 Industry's Research Industry's Research 1982 textile units using cotton type machinery 4 Association Association Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive norms for 2867 textile units cotton type machinery, Part 2 norms for 4 ATIRA ATIRA 1982 quality Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive norms for textile units cotton type machinery, Part 3 norms for 2868 3 ATIRA ATIRA 1982 quality an: Ahmedabad Textile Industry's Research Association Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive norms for 2869 textile units cotton type machinery, Part 4 norms for 4 ATIRA ATIRA 1982 quality Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive normsfor Ahmedabad Textile 2870 textile units cotton type machinery, Part 2 normsfor 1 ATIRA Industry's Research 1982 quality an Association Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive normsfor Ahmedabad Textile 2871 textile units cotton type machinery, Part 3 normsfor 1 ATIRA Industry's Research 1982 quality an: Association Norms for the textile industry: comprehensive normsfor Ahmedabad Textile 2872 textile units cotton type machinery, Part 4 normsfor mill 1 ATIRA Industry's Research 1982 engin: Association Loomshed: The Bombay Textile Research Association, Bombey Textile 2873 1 BTRA 1986 19 Research association S S M Institute of Textile 2874 Fabric forming 1987 2 Hasmukhrai, B. Technology, 2875 Knitting Technology 1 David J Spencer Pergaman Press 1989 2876 Knitting technology 1 Spencer, David J. Pergamon Press 1989 Four centuries of machine knitting: 2877 1 John T Millington Knitting International 1989 KnittingInternational, 1989 2878 Flat knitting 1 Raz, Samuel. Meisenbach 1991 Verlag Melliand 2879 Warp knitting production 1 Raz, S. 1987 Textilberichte GmbH Survey report on the quality level of powerloom fabrics 2880 1 Textile Committee Textile Committe GOI 1999 in Ichalkaranji / India. Min. of Textiles 2881 Quality evaluation of textile 2 NITRA NITRA 2001 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Measurement and control of uster un-evenness, yarn 2882 2 NITRA NITRA 2001 faults and hairiness Profitability through energy conservation and fuel 2883 1 NITRA NITRA 2002 substitution in textile mills Quality and process control: chemical processing tablet Textile Association, 2884 2 Shah, H. A. , 2011 IX Mumbai International Labour International Labour 2885 Work study in the textile industry 1 Organisation office 1972 2886 Automatic Looms 1 TAIRO TAIRO 1974 2887 Yarn diameters and cloth structure: theory and practi 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Macmillan 1932 2888 Mechanical fabrics 1 Haven John Wiley 1932 2889 America's Fabrics 1 Z Bendure Macmillan & co 1946 2890 Yarn and cloth calculations 1 Jackson, Lloyd H. Textile Book Publishers 1947 2891 Your preparation vol-1 1 R Sengupta Popular prakashan 1963 2892 Nonwoven fabrics 1 Buresh, Francis M. ReinholdPublishing 1962 European Productivity 2893 Marketing and distribution problems of textile articl 1 1959 Turin Conference Agency 2894 Nonwoven textiles 1 Krcma, Radko. SNTL 1962 2895 A Merrow Monograph Twistless yarns 1 H.J.Selling Merrow Pub. 1971 2896 Textile yarns: technology, structure, and application 1 Goswami, B C. John Wiley 1977 2897 Process Control in Cotton Spinning 1 Garde, A.R.R A T I R A 1978 2898 Needle-felted fabrics 1 Peter, Lennoxkerr Textile Trade Press 1972 2899 Woven Cloth Construction 1 A.T.C.Robinson The Textile Institute 1982 2900 Textile yarns: technology, structure, and application 2 Goswami, B C. John Wiley 1977 Management of decentralised sector: case of 2901 Khurana, Rakesh. Oxford & IBH Publishing N.D. handlooms 1 2902 Spun yarn technology 1 Oxtoby, Eric. Butterworths 1987 Strength and elongation testing of single and ply yarns: 2903 1 Furter, R. The Textile Institute 1998 experience with USTER tensile testing installations 2904 Non-Woven Bonded Fabrics 1 J.Lunensch Ellis Horwood 1985 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Yarn revolution: new developments in the production 2905 ospun and textured yarns and their exploitation infabric 1 The Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1976 form Ahmedabad Textile 2906 New wave in garment exports garment processing 1 R M Mittal Industry's Research 1990 Association 2907 Nonwovens: The Textile Institute, 1992 1 M L Gulrajani The Textile Institute 1992 Sewing threads: quality parameters, supply & demand North India Textile 2908 1 Prakash, Jai. 1994 projection Research Association 2909 Needle - Felted fabrics 1 Peter Lennox-kerr Textile trade press 1972 2910 Non Wovens' 1971 1 Peter Lennox-kerr Textile trade press 1971 The South India Textile 2911 Changes in yarn quality over the years 1 Basu, Arindam 1997 Research Association Nodal Centre for Course material for use with CBT on woven fabric 2912 1 NCUTE Upgradation of Textile 2002 production- I :dobby, the plain power loom: Education Handbook of yarn production: technology, science and 2913 1 Lord, Peter R. , Woodhead Publishing 2003 economics 2914 handbook of fibre rope technology 1 McKenna, H A. , Woodhead Publishing 2004 Specialist yarn and fabric structures: developments and 2915 1 R H Gong Woodhead Pub 2011 applications (An) Evaluation of yarn quality for spinning mills with 2916 2 NITRA NITRA 2002 TRA's norms and uster statistics Control of unevenness (U%), imperfections and yarn 2917 1 NITRA NITRA 1995 fault Textile Association, 2918 Ringframes: spinning tablet IV 2 Sood, M. C. , 2011 Mumbai 2919 Textile fibres and their use 1 K.P. Hess J.B. Lippincott 1931 Monographs on the process of research in holland 2920 1 P.H. Hermans Elsevier 1942 during the war 2921 Bleaching and Dyeing of vegetable fibrous materials 1 J Hubuer Constable & co. 1912 2922 Fibre science 1 J M Preston textile Institute 1949 2923 Fibre Science 1 J M Preston Textile Institute 1949 2924 Handbook of textile fibres 1 J G Cook Merrow Publishing 1959 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2925 Hand book of textile fibres 1 J G Cook Menow Publishing 1960 2926 Fundamentals of Fibre structure 1 W T Astburg Oxford university press 1933 2927 Handbook of textile fibres 1 J G Cook Merrow Publishing 1959 Burlington Industries 2928 Textile fibers and their properties 1 Burlington Ind 1963 Inc. 2929 Handbook of textile fibres - 1-Natural Fibres 1 J.G.Cook Marrow Publisher 1968 2930 Textile Fibres and Meterials 1 R. Hunlich Thomas Skinner 1939 2931 Physical properties and textiles fibres 1 W.E Morton London textitles institute 1975 2932 Chemical technology of fibrous materials 1 Sadov, F. Mir Publishers 1978 2933 Chemical technology of fibrous materials 1 Sadov, F. Mir Publishers 1973 The Textile Association 2934 Textile fibres: The Textile Association, 1980 1 M S Dave 1980 India 2935 Future of natural fibres: 1 Shirley Institute Shirley Institute, 1978 2936 Identification of vegetable fibres 1 Catling, Dorothy Chapman and Hall 1982 2937 Handbook of Textile Fibres,Dyres and Finishes 1 Howard L.Needles Garland STPM Prees 1975 2938 Fibre structure (Textile progress) Vol 2 Number 4 1 J.W.S. Hearle Textile institute 1970 Textile progress Vol 2 - The finishing of textile fabrics 2939 1 A Newton The textile institute 1970 non-woven fabrics 2940 Mechanics of flexible fibre assemblies 1 Harle, JohnW. S. ed. Sijthoff and Noordhoff 1980 2941 Absorbency 1 Pronoy K Chatterjee Elsevier 1985 2942 Handbook of fiber finish technology 1 Slade, Philip E Marcel Dekker 1998 2943 Biodegradable and sustainable fibres 1 Blackburn Black Woodhead Pub. 2005 Industrial applications of natural fibres: structure, 2944 1 Jorg Mussig Wiley Press 2010 properties and technical applications Handbook of natural fibers: vol. - processing and Kozlowski, Ryszard 2945 1 Woodhead Publisher 2012 applications M. ed. , Handbook of natural fibres: Vol.- types, properties and Koztowski, Ryszard 2946 1 Woodhead Publisher 2012 factors affecting breeding and cultivation M. ed. , Handbook of tensile properties of textile and technical 2947 1 Bunsell, A. R. ed. , Woodhead Publisher 2009 fibres 2948 Physical properties of textile fibres 1 Morton, W. E. , Woodhead Publisher 2008 2949 Long vegetable fibres 1 Oakley, F I. E Benn ltd 1928 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Long vegetable fibers: Manila, Sisal, Jute, Flax and Columbia University 2950 1 Weindling, Ludwig. 1947 related fibers of commerce Press 2951 The Fibrogram 1 Stig Lofgren Gothenburg 1950 2952 The Structure of textile fibres: an introductory stud 1 Urquhart, A. R. ed. The Textile Institute 1953 2953 Textile fibers yarns and fabrics 1 E.R. Kaswell Reinhold publishing 1953 2954 The Mechanical properties of textile fibres 1 Meredith, R. North Holland 1956 2955 Physics of fibres: an introductory survey 1 Woods, H.J. The Institute of Physics 1955 2956 The story of linen 1 W.F. Legget Chemical publishing 1945 2957 Memorandum on fibres other than cotton and jute 1 Sircar, J. K.. ICAR 1948 2958 Technology of textile processing: Vol.1 Textile Fibre 1 Shenai, V. A. Sevak 1977 2959 Applied Fibre Science vol 1 1 Happey, F Academic Press 1978 2960 Applied Fibre Science vol 2 1 Happey, F Academic Press 1978 2961 Technology of textile processing: Vol.1 Textile Fibre 1 Shenai, V. A. Sevak Publications 1977 2962 Fibre structure 1 Hearle, J. W. S. The TextileInstitute 1970 2963 The Structure and properties of fibres 1 Meredith, R. The Textile Institute 1975 2964 Fibre structure and properties 1 White, J. L. ed. John Wiley 1978 2965 Surface characteristics of fibers and textiles: part 1 M J Schick Marcel Dekker 1975 2966 Fibres and fabrics: teacher's guide 1 Booth, Barbara. Hutchinson 1983 2967 Fibres and fabrics 1 Booth, Barbara. Hutchinson 1983 2968 Textile Science : an explanation of fibre properties 1 E.P.G.Gohl Longman 1983 2969 Fiber chemistry 1 Menachem Lewin Marcel Dekker 1985 2970 Surface characteristics of fibers and textiles: part 1 M J Schick Marcel Dekker 1977 2971 Fibre failure and wear of materials 1 J.W.S. Hearley John Wiley 1989 Handbook of textile testing: Part 1-testing andgrading Bureau of 2972 1 BIS 1990 of testile fibres IndianStandards. 2973 The World fibres book 1 Lennox-Kerr, Peter. Textile Trade Press 1972 2974 Textile fibres: developments and innovations, 1 Kothari V.K IAFL Publication 2000 2975 Applied fibre science vol-3 1 Happey F Academic Press 1979 2976 Jute-Fibre to yarn 1 R R Atkinson Heywood Book 1964 2977 Jute - Fibre to Yarn 1 R.R. Atkinson Heywood book 1964 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 2978 Handbook on jute: Volume I 1 Ranjan, T C. Oxford &IBH Publishing 1973 2979 Handbook on jute: Volume 2 1 Ranjan, T C. Oxford &IBH Publishing 1973 2980 Handbook on jute: Volume 3 1 Ranjan, T C. Oxford &IBH Publishing 1973 2981 Handbook on jute: Volume 3 1 Ranjan, T C Oxford & IBH Publishing 1973 2982 Jute: fibre to yarn 1 Atkinson, R R. Chemical Publishing 1965 2983 Jute: fibre to yarn 1 Atkinson, R R. ChemicalPublishing 1965 2984 Jute : Fibre to Yarn 1 R.R.Atkinson Chemical Publishing 1965 2985 Ready reckoner of jute goods 1 Debnath, C. R. Prasanna 1979 2986 Fifty years of research 1939-89 1 S.N.Pandey JTRL 1990 Ashish Publishing 2987 Ecofriendly Development with jute 1 G.K.Ghosh 1994 House 2988 Jute weaving 7 Neogi, Samir Kumar Dipa Neogi, Kolkata 2009 Bhattacharyya, 2989 Advances in jute agronomy, processing and marketing 1 PHI Learning 2013 Buddhadeb. , 2990 The International Jute Commodity System 1 Chhabilendra Roul Northern Book Centre 2009 2991 Jute: fibre to yarn 1 R R Atkinson Chemical Publishing 1965 2992 Handbook for chemical patents 1 E. Thomas Chemical publishing 1942 2993 Practical cotton mill management vol-1 1 Benyamin Thacker & Co. 1937 The common Commercial timbers of India and their 2994 1 H Trolter manager & publications 1940 uses 2995 Organisation and administration of Industry 1 F Lloyd Pitman 1943 2996 Methods of Remuneration 1 Robert Wilson Issac pitman Pub. 1938 National Fire Protection 2997 Transportation 1 N F P A 1956 Ass. 2998 Patent law in the Research Laboratory 1 J K Wise Reinhold Publishing 1957 Federation of British 2999 Industry and Research 1 Issac Pitman & sons 1958 Industries Organisation for 3000 The Organisation of applied research in Europe 1 ( No Author ) European Economic Co 1959 Operation 3001 The challenge of employee share holding 1 G Copeman Business Publication 1956 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Conover mast 3002 Profiting From Industrial standardization 1 B Melnitsky 1964 Publications British Standards 3003 British Standard packaging code 1 B S I 1943 Institute 3004 Auxiliary products Index 1 I C I I CI 1956 3005 Contracts of employment 1 N.C. Lahiri Eastern Book House 1970 3006 Internal Auditing 1 W.W.Bigg HFL 1965 3007 An Introduction to jute weaving 1 T Woodhouse William Kidd 1922 A practical treatise on jute cultivation and jute spinning 3008 1 S K Pal Messrs Das Gupta & co. part - 1 3009 A comprehensive study of jute 1 P K Deb Das Gupta & co. 1954 3010 An Introduction to jute spinning 1 S N Kar Book Society calcutta 1951 A practical treatise on jute cultivation and spinning Part 3011 1 S K pal Das Gupta 1957 -2 3012 The jute Fibre 1 S N Kar Book society 1954 A handbook of quality control and its techniques(Jute): 3013 1 Mital, S. C. Tara 1919 Vol.1 3014 Jute industry: problems and prospects 2 Hajra, S. Vidya Vahini 1978 3015 Engineer's handbook on jute industry: volume 1 1 Bindal, S. N. Sanjeev Bindal 1980 3016 Studies in jute processing and out of it 1 Ranjan, TC. Oxford & IBH 1979 3017 Engineer's handbook on jute industry: volume 2 2 Bindal, S. N. D.Bindal 1980 Production process and cost control on jute industry vol 3018 D.Bindal 1980 3 2 Bindal, S. N. 3019 Engineer's handbook on jute industry: volume 1 1 Bindal, S N. Sanjeev Bindal 1980 3020 Jute industry in India 3 E S R A E S R A 1982 3021 Promise of jute 3 Mekani, N. C. Kailash 1985 3022 Handbook on jute 3 Ghosh, T FAO 1983 Preshipment inspection and quality control manual: jute India Export Export Inspection 3023 2 1986 products Inspection Agency Council 3024 Jute in India: an economic analysis 1 Sarkar, Goutam K Oxford University Press, 1989 3025 Jute - the golden fibre: a media for craftsman 1 Ranjan, T. C. Oxford and IBH 1980 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3026 New horizons for jute 1 Ranganathan, S. R. NICTAS 1993 Minimal national standards (MINAS): Jute processing Central pollution control 3027 1 CPC Board 1991 industry board Handbook on 100% export oriented jute & jute products National Institute of 3028 1 Chattopadhyay, P K. 1996 eco friendly projects Industrial Research Contact 3029 Indian jute: vision of the future 5 Saptharishi, L. V 1996 Communications 3030 The Jute crisis 1 Bhatter, B. D. Thacker, Spink 1936 Indian Jute Mill 3031 The moisture relationships of Jute 1 IJMA 1939 Association 3032 The jute year book & directory 1941 1 D R Wallace W Thacker 1941 3033 Heart Damage in baled jute 1 Finlow, R. S. , 1917 3034 The theory of Flax spinning 1 A V Pringle Carter Publications 1949 3035 Jute substitute fibres 1 Haarer, A. E. Wheatland Journals 1952 Practical treatise on jute cultivation and jute spinning: 3036 1 Pal, S K. Das Gupta 1952 part I 3037 Jute spinning and weaving calculations 1 Kar, S. N. Book Society of India 1961 IndianJute Mills 3038 Handbook and directory of the jute industry 1 IJMA 1967 Association. A handbook of quality control and its techniques (Jute): 3039 1 Vol.2 Mital, S. C Tara, 1919 3040 Breeding procedures for jute 1 Roy, Basudev ICAR 1968 3041 Jute spinning calculations 1 Smith, Andrew. Pitman 1935 3042 Directory of world Jute industry 1 Debnath, S. C Prasanna 1975 Increase in productivity through input 3043 1 Agarwal, R. C J K Jute Mills 1982 capacityutilisation: case study Jute industry Chemical proccessing of fabrics for decorative end 3044 1 IJIRA IJIRA 1983 uses Measurement and control of unevenness in jute Banerjee, Brojendra 3045 1 Firma Klm 1984 sliverand yarn Lal. Measurement and control of unevenness in jute Banerjee, Brojendra 3046 1 Firma Klm 1984 sliverand yarn Lal. 3047 Directory of world Jute industry 1 Debnath, S. C. Prasanna 1975 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3048 Jute in India: an economic analysis 1 Sarkar, Goutam K Oxford University Press, 1989 India Jute Mills India Jute Mills 3049 Metric conversion tables for the jute industry: 1989 2 Association Association 3050 Manual of Textile Technology 1 H.P.Stout The Textile Institute 1988 Central pollution control 3051 Retting of jute fibre-its impact on environment 1 CPC Board 1994 board Tata Economic 3052 Study on Jute economy and bulk packaging in India 1 TECS 1997 Consultancy Serv. 3053 Data Book Jute 1 B.C.Mitra NIRJAFT 1999 3054 The Jute industry : from seed to finished cloth 1 Peter, Kilgour. Hardpress 2016 3055 Flax & its products no-8 1 H R Carter John Bale sons P.Missing National research 3056 Industrial research laboratories of the united states 1 NRC 1944 council 3057 Cotton Slasling 1 P V Seydel W R C Publishing 1949 American cotton handbook: a practical text American 3058 1 Merrill, G. R. 1949 andreference book... CottonHandbook Co. 3059 The Mechanics of flax spinning vol-1 1 A V Pringle H R carter Publications 1951 3060 Physico-chemical methods: volume III 1 Reilly, Joseph D. Van Nostrand 1943 Manual of cotton spinning: vol.4 part 1-The principle of 3061 1 Foster, G. A. R. The Textile Institute 1958 roller drafting and the irregularity of drafted materials An (Economic) survey of the Sisal industry of 3062 1 Guillebaud James Nisbet 1958 Tanganyika 3063 A century's progress in Jute manufacture: 1833-1933 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. David Winter 1934 3064 A handbook on Cotton Warp sizing 1 E F Houghton E F Houghton & co. 1938 American cotton handbook: a practical text and 3065 1 Merrill, G. R. Textile Book 1949 reference book 3066 Coarse fibres 1 Slack, E. B. Wheatland Journals 1945 3067 Manual of cotton spinning: Vol.3-Carding 1 Byerley, WG. The Textile Institute 1965 Manual of cotton spinning: Vol.5-The principles 3068 1 Barr, A. E. De. TheTextile Institute 1965 andtheory of ring spinning Manual of cotton spinning: Vol.2 Part 1- 3069 1 Lord, E. TextileBook Publishers 1961 Thecharacteristics of raw cotton SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Manual of cotton spinning: Vol.4 Part 2 - Drawframes, 3070 1 Charnley, Frank. TheTextile Institute 1964 Combers, and Speedframes Merrow Publisher Co 3071 Cotton modification with oxiranes (Epoxides) 1 McKelvey, John B. 1971 Ltd. (A) Review of the literature on the effect of The Cotton Silk 3072 CausticSoda and other swelling agents on the fine 1 Warwicker, J. O. andMan-made fibers 1966 structureof cotton Research Association 3073 Process Control in Cotton Spinning 1 A.R.garde ATIRA 1974 Textile Association of 3074 Cotton Yarn Weaving 1 P.R. Roy 1976 India The fine structure of cutton - An atlas of cotton 3075 1 R.T.O Connor Marcel Dekker 1973 microscopy fibre science series 3076 Practical cost accounting for cotton mills 1 Srinivasan, M.S Popular book depot 1960 Universal book 3077 Cotton spinning Vol 1 1 Taggart, William 1977 corporation 3078 Principles of Cotton Priting 1 Kale, D.G Mahajan Brothers 1976 3079 Cotton carding 1 Merrill, Gilbert R. GRM Associates 1955 Manual of cotton spinning: vol.4 part 1 - Theprinciples 3080 1 Foster, G. A. R. The TextileInstitute 1958 of roller drafting and the irregularity ofdrafted materials 3081 Textiles: properties and behaviour in clothing use 1 Miller, Edward. B T Batsford 1992 Econometric Modelling of the Indian Cotton Textile 3082 1 Gopal naik Oxford & IBH Publishing 2001 Industry A report on techno economic study of cotton ginning Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 3083 1 1996 and pressing factories govt. of India of India 3084 Finishing process for cotton fabrics 1 D G Norton Issac Farmer Norton 1935 3085 The Principles of bleaching and finishing of cotton 1 Trotman, S. R. Charles Griffin 1927 3086 A study of wool fibre 1 Barker S.G H M S Offices 1929 3087 The work of the woolman 1 Harry Haigh E& F N Spon 1952 Microbial decomposition of cellulose: with 3088 1 Siu, R. G. H. Reinho 1951 specialreference to cotton textiles Microbial decomposition of cellulose: with 3089 1 Siu, R. G. H. Reinho 1951 specialreference to cotton textiles 3090 Egyptian cotton 1 Brown, C. H. Leonard Hill 1953 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The Textile Association 3091 The Cotton mills of India: 1854 to 1954 1 Mehta, S. D 1954 (India) Wool Industrial 3092 The microscopy of animal textiles fibres 1 A B Wildman 1954 Research association 3093 Wool research Vol 3 1 WIRA WIRA 1955 Japan Cotton Spinners' 3094 Japan's cotton industry (1955) / Pearse, Arno S. : Al 1 A S Pearsc 1955 Association The wool Industrial research association collected Wool Industries 3095 1 W I R A 1959 practical problems Research Ass. Research in the cotton industry: a review of the work of 3096 1 Arthur Williiam Shirley Institute 1927 the British Cotton Industry Research association 3097 Cotton Slashing 1 P V Seydel Textile Institute 1949 Wool Industries 3098 Wool Industries Collected Problems 1 WIRA 1959 Research ass. Wool Industries 3099 Wool Research vol- 2 1 WIRA 1955 Research ass. Wool Industries 3100 Wool Research vol- 3 1 WIRA 1955 Research ass. Manual of cotton spinning: Vol.1 - Raw 3101 1 Textile Institute The Textile Institute 1964 cottonproduction and marketing Merrow Publisher Co 3102 A Merrow monograph elastomeric fibres 1 R.Meredith 1971 Ltd. 3103 Cotton spinning 1 K Ganesh The Textile Association 1975 3104 Wool Research 1 W I R A WIRA 1955 Manual of cotton spinning: Vol.2.Pt.2 - opening 3105 1 Shrigley, C. The Textile Institute 1973 andcleaning 3106 Mordern drafting in cotton spinning 1 Noguera, J Trinety puiblishing 1959 Universal Book 3107 Cotton spinning calculations 1 Taggart, William Scot. 1977 Corporation 3108 Cotton opening and picking 1 Merrill, Gilbert R. GRAssociates 1954 3109 Cotton ring spinning 1 Merrill, Gilbert R. GRMAssociates 1959 3110 Cotton drawing and roving 1 Merrill, Gilbert R. GRMAssociates 1956 3111 Cotton combing 1 Merrill, Gilbert R. GRM Associates 1955 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3112 Flame resistant cotton 1 Reeves, Wilson A. Merrow 1971 3113 Wool spinning: vol.1 1 Lipenkov, Ya. Mir Publishers 1983 3114 Wool spinning: vol.2 1 Lipenkov, Ya. Mir Publishers 1983 3115 Handbook of cotton weaving: vol.1 1 E. Onikov Mir publisher 1981 3116 Handbook of cotton weaving: Vol2 1 E. Onikov Mir publisher 1981 3117 Wool spinning: vol.1 1 Lipenkov, Ya. Mir Publishers 1983 3118 Wool spinning: vol.2 1 Lipenkov, Ya. Mir Publishers 1983 WIRA collected papers combing, gilling and semi- 3119 1 WIRA WIRA 1982 worsted Machinary Society of Dyers and 3120 The Theory and practice of wool Dyeing 1 C.L.Bird 1986 Colourist A Practical Introduction to The dyeing and Finishing of The society of Dyers 3121 1 Ian Bearpark 1986 Wool Fabrics and Colourists Wool research 3122 Woolscouring And Allied Technology 1 Stewart, R.G 1988 Organization Recent advances in chemistry and technology: The Bombay Textile 3123 1 BTRA 1993 processing of cotton and man-made textiles Research Association Recent advances in chemistry and technology: The Bombay Textile 3124 1 BTRA 1993 processing of cotton and man-made textiles Research Association SITRA check cotton programme - concept and 3125 1 Padmanabhan, A. R. SITRA 1991 applicatio Majesty's Stationery 3126 Wool quality 1 Barker, S G. 1931 Office 3127 Artificial silk handbook: 1 John Heywood F Nasmith 1935 Textile Research 3128 Synthetic fiber developments in Germany 1 L H Smith 194 Institute Rayon Publishing 3129 Practical rayon sizing / : 1 Sussmuth, J J. 1932 Company 3130 Physics and chemistry of cellulose fibres 1 Hermans, H. Elsevier Publishing 1949 Technical service manual for the spinning trades: 3131 1 (No Author) British Nylon Spinners 1953 British Nylon Spinners Reinhold Publishing 3132 Flameproofing textile fabrics 1 Little, Robert W. 1947 Corporation SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3133 Artificial fibres 1 Moncrieff, R W. National Trade Press 1950 Imperial Chemical 3134 Textile fibres under the X-ray 1 Astbury, W T. 1962 Industries 3135 Man-made fibres 1 Moncrieff, R W. Heywood Books 1966 Elsevier Publishing 3136 Fireproofing: chemistry, technology and applications 1 Goundry, J H. 1970 Company 3137 Handbook of textile fibres 1 Cook, J Gordon. MerrowPublishing 1968 3138 Man-made fibres 1 Moncrieff, R W. Newnes-Butterwort 1975 3139 Fiber forming polymers: recent advances 1 Robinson, JS, ed. Noyes Data Corporation 1980 3140 Man-made fibres 1 Moncrieff, R W. Newnes-Butterwort 1975 Metallic card clothing and its use in high 3141 1 WIRA WIRA,U.K 1970 productioncarding: Wira Woollen ring spinning- assessments of two modern 3142 1 WIRA WIRA,U.K 1972 fram: Wira Fundamentals of fibre formation: the science of fibre 3143 1 Ziabicki, Andrzej. John Wiley 1976 spinning and drawing Ahmedabad Textile 3144 Chemical processing of polyester - cellulosic blends 1 Mittal, R M. Industry'sResearch 1983 Association WIRA collection papers production of quality 3145 1 WIRA WIRA 1962 woollenyarn: Leeds Wira collected papers combing, gilling and semi- 3146 1 WIRA Wira 1982 worsted machinery: Handbook of fiber science and technology: Volume III: 3147 1 Mehachem lewin Marcel Dekker 1989 high technology fibres: part A Handbook of fiber science and technology: Volume III: 3148 1 Menachem Lewin Marcel Dekker 1996 high technology fibres: part D 3149 Textiles: fiber to fabric 1 Corbman, Bernard P. McGraw-Hill Book 1983 Survey report on the quality level of manmade Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 3150 1 2001 powerloom fabrics in Surat govt. of India of India 3151 Artificial silks 1 Trotman, S R. C Griffin Co. 1931 Waterproofing textile fabrics: The Chemical 3152 1 H P Pearson The Chemical Catalog 1924 CatalogCompany 3153 New fibers 1 Sherman, Joseph V. D Van Nostrand 1946 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3154 The British rayon manual: Harlequin Press, 1947 1 W palmer Harleguin Press 1947 3155 Fibro manual 1 C M Whittaker Sylvan Press 1949 3156 Rayon staple fibre spinning 1 Caldwell, S A G. Emmo 1953 3157 Fibres from synthetic polymers 1 R Hill Elsevier Publishing 1953 3158 British rayon and synthetic fibres manual 1 A S Carpenter Harlequin Press 1954 3159 The Romance of rayon 1 Hard, Arnold Henry. Whittake& Robinson 1933 3160 Development of some man made fibres 1 Urquhart, A R. Textile Institute 1952 3161 Unsaturated polyesters: structure and properties 1 Boenig, Herman V Elsevier Publishing 1964 Ahmedabad Textile 3162 Modification of cellulose and other polysaccharides 1 Mehta, P C. Industry's Research 1794 Association 3163 Essential fiber chemistry 1 Carter, Mary E. Marcel Dekker 1971 Instrumental analysis of cotton cellulose and 3164 1 Marcel Dekker, Marcel Dekker 1972 modifiecotton cellulose 3165 Man made fibres 1 Moncrieff, R W. Heywood Books 1975 Gordon and Breach 3166 Formation of synthetic fibers 1 Jbigniew K Walczak. 1977 Science Publishers Crystic Research 3167 Polyester handbook 1 Crystic Research Centre 1977 Centre 3168 Processing of man made fibres 1 Usenko, V. MIR Publishers 1979 Van Nostrand 3169 Fiber glass 1 Mohr, J Gilbert. 1978 ReinholCompany Flame retardant finishing of textiles: the state ofart in The Bombay Textile 3170 1 BTRA 1982 India Research Association 3171 Processing of man made fibres 1 Usenko, V. MIR Publishers 1979 Elsevier Scientific 3172 Polypropylene fibers: science and technology / 1 Ahmed, M. 1982 Publishing Elsevier Scientific 3173 Production and applications of polypropylene textiles 1 Pajgrt, Oldrich. 1983 Publishing Textile 3174 Symposium on man-made fibres 1 B L Deopura 1983 TechnologyDepartment SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Ahmedabad Textile 3175 Modification of cellulose and other polysaccharides 1 Mehta, P C. Industry's 1794 ResearcAssociation Elsevier Scientific 3176 Processing of polyester fibres 1 Pajgrt, Oldrich. 1979 Publishing 3177 A Century of carpet making: 1839-1939 1 Young, Fred H Collins 1943 Textile bleaching, dyeing, printing and finishing 3178 1 Hall, A J. Ernest Benn Ltd 1926 machinery 3179 Principles of dyeing 1 Fraps, G S. Macmillan 1926 Hints on sizing, finishing and printing: W AScholten's 3180 1 D Prashad W A Scholtents 1942 Chemische Fabrieken Viscose: the dyeing of viscose rayon with directcotton 3181 1 Chatfield, H. W. Courtaulds 1931 dyestuffs Manual for the dyeing of jute, coir, straw, bast,linen, 3182 1 Nicol, Hugh. I G Farbenindustrie 1936 hemp, piassava 3183 Foundations of fabric structure 1 Strong, John H. National Trade Press 1946 Manual for the dyeing of jute, coir, straw, bast, linen, 3184 1 Nicol Hugh I G Farbenindustrie 1936 hemp, piassava 3185 Dyeing and cleaning: a practical handbook 1 Farrell,Frank J. Charles Griffin 1929 3186 The practical ropemaker 1 Lawrie, George. H. R.Carter Publications 1948 The Bleaching, dyeing and finishing of flax, hemp 3187 1 H R Carter John Bale 1911 andjute yarns and fabrics 3188 Nets: how to make, mend and preserve them 1 Steven, GA. Routledge & Kegan Paul 1952 3189 Electricity in textile industries 1 Swale, W. E. ThNational Trade Press 1956 3190 The technology of cordage fibres and rope 1 Himmelfarb, David. Leonard Hill 1957 The National Trade 3191 Basic chemistry of textile colouring and finishing 1 Cockett, S R. 1955 Press Greman furnishing: fabric industry: BritishIntelligence British intelligence 3192 1 W T Marshall 1970 Obectives Sub-Committee objective Sub committee German carpet industry: British IntelligenceObjectives British intelligence 3193 1 P W Robinson 1971 Sub-Committee objective Sub committee 3194 Fabric principles: school of textile N C State College 1 Whittier, B L. Watauga Book Store 1961 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The Carpet annual 1969: year-book and directory of British Comtinental trade 3195 the world's carpet industries and trade: British - 1 H F Tysser 1969 press Continental Trade Press 3196 Dyeing and printing 1 Cockett, S R. Sir Isaac Pitma 1964 3197 Dyeing and chemical technology of textile fibres 1 Trotman, E R. Charles Griffin 1970 3198 Handbook of polyolefin fibres 1 Cook, J Gordon. Merrow Publishing 1967 Merrow Publisher Co 3199 Elastomeric fibres 1 Meredith, R 1971 Ltd. 3200 Foundations of fabric structure 1 Strong, John H. National Trade Press 1946 Technology of textile processing: Volume- II:chemistry 3201 1 Shenai, VA. Sevak Publications 1977 of dyes and principles of dying Technology of textile processing: Volume IV- 3202 1 Shenai, V A. SevakPublications 1976 technology of printing Wool Industries 3203 WIRA collected papers: carpets: WIRA, 1971 1 WIRA 1971 Research Association Studies in modern fabrics: paper of the diamond jubilee 3204 1 TheTextile Institute 1970 conference of the Textile Institute TheTextile Institute 3205 Textile fabric flammability 1 Backer, S. The MITPress 1976 3206 Wira collection papers: carpet testing: Wira 1 WIRA WIRA 1968 Technology of textile processing: volume- VIII: 3207 1 Shenai, V A. Sevak Publications 1980 evaluation of textile chemicals 3208 WIRA collected papers: carpets: 1 WIRA WIRA 1971 Textile Dyeing operations: chemistry, equipment, 3209 1 Kulkarni, S V. Noyes Publications 1986 procedures and environmental aspects 3210 Textile finishing: BASF 1 BASF BASF Aktiengesells n.d 3211 Carpet surfaces 1 H Pointon The Textile Trade Press 1975 3212 Carpet substrates 1 H Pointon The Textile Trade Press 1973 Handbook of synthetic dyers and pigments: volume II- 3213 1 Shah, K M. Multi-Tech Publishing 1994 pigments 3214 GaPS (Set of booklets) 2 NITRA NITRA 2011 Laundry washing and bleaching / Laundry washing and 3215 1 I C I I C I 1927 bleaching. : [The Kynoch Press] SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The Synthetic dyestuffs and the intermediate products 3216 1 Thorpe, Jocelyn Fifld. C Griffin & co. 1933 from which they are derived A Manual of dyeing: for the use of practicaldyers, 3217 manufacturers, students, and all interested in the art of 1 Knecht, Edmund. 1941 dyeing: vol Charles Griffin 3218 A manual of dyeing 1 Knecht, Edmund. C Griffin Co. 1941 Application of dyestuffs to textiles, paper, leatherand 3219 1 Matthews, J. Merritt. JohnWiley 1920 other materials Textile colour mixing: a manual intended for the useof 3220 1 Paterson, David. Ernest Benn 1927 dyers, calico printers and colour chemists The Dyestuffs of the Society of Chemical Industry Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 3221 1 1930 inBasle and their application: garment dyeing: Industry Industry 3222 Chemistry of dyeing 1 Wood, John K. Gurney & Jackso 1926 3223 Bibliography of dyeing and textile printing 1 Lawrie,L G. Chapman & Hall 1949 3224 The chemistry of synthetic dyes: volume I 1 Venkataraman, K. Academic Press 1952 3225 Principles of textile converting 1 Teplitz, Irving. Textile Book Publishers 1947 3226 The chemistry of synthetic dyes: volume II 1 Venkataraman, K. Academic Press 1952 Identification of dyes on tetile fibres and detection of The Society of Dyers 3227 1 Clayton, Ellis. 1953 metals in fibrous materials, dyes, and organic pigments and Colourists Application of dyestuffs to textiles, paper, leatherand 3228 1 Matthews, J. Merritt. JohnWiley 1920 other materials 3229 Dyeing and chemical technology of textile fibres 1 Trotman, E R. Charles Griffin 1964 3230 Textile printing 1 Miles, L W C. Merrow Publishing 1971 Chemical processing of cotton and polyester-cotton 3231 1 J R Modi The Textile Association 1975 blends Technology of textile processing: Volume- III: 3232 1 Shenai, V. A. SevakPublications 1976 technology of bleaching Textile chemistry: volume III - the physical chemistrof Elsevier Publishing 3233 1 Peters, R H. 1975 dyeing Compan The Society of Dyers 3234 A Practical introduction to yarn dyeing 1 Park, J. 1981 and Colourists 3235 Dyeing and chemical technology of textile fibres 1 Trotman, E R. Charles Griffin 1984 3236 The Thames and Hudson manual of dyes and fabrics 1 Storey, Joyce. Thames and Hudson 1985 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The Society of Dyers 3237 A Practical introduction to yarn dyeing 1 Park, J. 1981 and Colourists World Textile 3238 International carpet yearbook:1995 1 Ward, Derek ,ed 1995 Publications 3239 Textile dyes and Dyeing 1 N N Mahapatra A P H publishing 2015 3240 Textiles and Environment 1 N N Mahapatra Woodhead Publishing 2015 3241 Ecotextile 1 M Miraftab Woodhouse Publishing 2015 3242 Handbook of sustainable textile production 1 Marion I Woodhouse Publishing 2016 Assessing the environmenatal impact of textiles and 3243 1 S S Muthu Woodhouse Publishing 2014 the clothing supplier chain 3244 Sustainability in the textile industry 1 S S Muthu Springer 2017 3245 Textile and clothing sustainability 1 S S Muthu Springer 2017 New product development in textiles innvation & 3246 1 Horne Woodhouse Publishing 2016 ProductionHorne 3247 Process control in textile manufacturing 1 A Majumder Woodhouse Publishing 2013 3248 Technical textile yarns industrial & Medical Application 1 Alagirusamy & Das C RC 2010 3249 Dry-cleaning with'triklone': Imperial Chemical Industries 1 I C I I C I 1940 Dyeing: the dyeing and bleaching of wool, silk, cotton, 3250 1 Sansone, Antonio. A Heywood & son 1888 flax, hemp, china grass 3251 Dyeing with coal-tar dyestuffs 1 Whittaker, C M. B T & Son 1942 American association of the textile chemists+ colorists 3252 1 American association Howes Publishing 1942 vol-19 3253 An Introduction to textile bleaching 1 Marsh, J T. I Publications 1979 The Bleaching, dyeing, and chemical technology 3254 1 Trotman, S R. Charles Griffin 1942 oftextile fibres 3255 The Dry cleaners' handbook 1 Baker, F R. Shepherd &Hosking 1935 3256 Handbook of textile dyeing and printing 1 Hall, A J. National Trade Press 1955 3257 The Principles of bleaching and finishing of cotton 1 Trotman, S. R. Charles Griffin 1927 3258 Textile fabrics and their selection 1 Wingate, IsabelB. Prentice-Hall 1955 3259 DIctionary of dyeing and textile printing 1 Blackshaw H. George Newnes 1961 3260 Drycleaning technology and theory: a report 1 Martin,Albert R. Textile Book Publishers 1958 3261 Chemistry and textile for the laundry industry 1 Cohen, Harry. Textile Book Publishers 1961 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3262 Removing spots and stains 1 Mellan, Ibert. ChemicalPublishing 1959 Answers to 1001 questions on dry cleaning, wet National Cleaner & Dyer 3263 cleaning,bleaching, spotting,finishing, and 1 R Denny 1935 Pub. miscellaneous: New York, 3264 An Introduction to textile bleaching 1 Marsh, J T. I Publications 1979 Elsevier Publishing 3265 Textile chemistry: volume 1 - the chemistry of fibres 1 Peters, R H. 1963 Company 3266 Fluorescent whitening agents 1 Sarkar, A K. MerrowPublishing 1971 3267 The Dyeing of textile fibres 1 Horsfall, R S. Chapman & Hall 1946 Recent processes of textile bleaching dyeing Small 3268 1 Srivastva, S B. andfinishing BusinessPublications 3269 An Introduction to textile bleaching 1 Marsh, J T. I Publications 1979 Technology of textile processing: Volume- II:chemistry 3270 1 Shenai, VA. Sevak Publications 1977 of dyes and principles of dying Technology of textile processing: Volume- III: 3271 1 Shenai, V. A. SevakPublications 1976 technology of bleaching American Association of 3272 Dyeing primer 1 AATCC TextileChemists and 1981 Colorists Ahmedabad Textile Carbonisation: a process for manufacturing allsynthetic 3273 1 Mittal, R M. Industry'sResearch 1980 fabrics from polyester or cellulosic blends Association Handbook of chemical specialities: textile fiber 3274 1 Nettles, Joh E John Wiley 1983 processing, preparation, and bleaching The Production and application of 3275 1 Zahradnik, Milos. John Wiley 1982 fluorescentbrightening agents 3276 Detergents and textile washing: principles and practical 1 Jakobi, Gunter. VCH 1987 American Association of 3277 Dyeing primer Textile Chemists & 1981 2 A.T.C.C Colorists Handbook of synthetic dyes and pigments: volume I- 3278 1 Shah, K M. Multi-Tech Publishing C 1994 synthetic dyes Society ofDyers and 3279 Cellulosics dyeing 1 Shore, John, Ed. 1995 Colourists 3280 Fabrics: sensory and mechanical properties 1 D P Bishop The Textile Institute 1996 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 3281 Guidance for the manufacture of eco-friendly textiles 1 1995 govt. of India of India The Chemical Catalog 3282 Bleaching and related processes 1 Matthews, J. Merritt. 1921 Company Bailliere, Tindall and 3283 Application of the coal tar dyestuffs 1 Whittaker, CM. 1918 Cox The Chemical Catalog 3284 Bleaching and related processes 1 Matthews, J.Merritt. 1921 Company Bailliere and Tindall and 3285 Whittaker's Dyeing with Coal-Tar Dyestuffs 1 Wilcock,C C. 1964 Cox Recent progress in the chemistry of natural 3286 1 GoreT S, ed. Academic Press 1962 andsynthetic colouring matters and related fields 3287 Fibre-reactive dyes 1 Beech, W F. SAF International 1970 AhmedabadTextile 3288 Cotton piece dyeing 1 Gokhale, S V. Industry's Research 1974 Association 3289 The Physical chemistry of dye adsorption 1 Rattee,D. Academic Press 1974 The Chemical Catalog 3290 Bleaching and related processes 1 Matthews, J.Merritt. 1921 Company Technology of bleaching and dyeing of textile fibres: 3291 1 Chakravertty, R R. Mahajan Brothe 1979 Volume 1-Part 1 3292 The Physical chemistry of dye adsorption 1 Rattee,D. Academic Press 1974 3293 Introduction to the chemistry of dyestuffs 1 Shenai,A. Sevak Prakashan 1979 Technology of bleaching and dyeing of textile fibres: 3294 1 Chakravertty, R R. Mahajan Brothe 1979 Volume 1-Part 2 Practical treatise on dyeing of woollen, cotton andskein 3295 1 Partridge, William. Pasold Research Fun 1973 silk with the manufacture of broadcloth andcassimere The Society of Dyers The Society of Dyers 3296 and Colourists and and Colourists and 1981 Progress & productivity in coloration 2 Contributors Contributors Technology of textile processing: Volume- II:chemistry 3297 1 Shenai, VA. Sevak Publications 1983 of dyes and principles of dying Diffusion and sorptiion in fibers and films: Volume Ian 3298 1 McGregor, R. Academic Press 1974 introduction with particular reference to dyes SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Thesociety of Dyers and 3299 Dyehouse laboratory practice 1 Thompson, T. M. 1985 Colourists Dyers Company 3300 The Dyeing of cellulosic fibres 1 Preston, Clifford,ed. 1986 Publications Trust Dyers Company 3301 The Dyeing of cellulosic fibres 1 Preston, Clifford,ed. 1986 Publications Trust 3302 The bleaching of pulp 1 Singh, Rudra P, ed. TappiPress 1979 The society of Dyers 3303 Dyehouse laboratory practice 1 Thompson, T. M. 1983 and Colourists The Society of Dyers 3304 Giles's laboratory course in dyeing 1 Duff, David G. 1989 and colourists Society of Dyers and 3305 Blends dyeing 1 John Shore 1998 Colourists 3306 The Art of dyeing in the history of mankind 1 Brunello, Franco. Neri Pozza Editore 1973 3307 Indian tie-dyed fabrics 1 Buhler, Alfred. , Calico Museum 1980 A monograph on silk fabrics produced in the North- 3308 1 Ali, A.Yusuf comp. Calico Museum 1974 Western Provinces and Oudh Mohanty, Bijoy 3309 Natural dyeing processes of India 1 Calico Museum 1987 Chandra. , 3310 The principles and practice of textile printing 1 Knecht, Edmund. Charles Griffin 1936 3311 Teaching fabric printing in schools 1 Wooller, H. Evans Brothers 1937 McGraw-Hill Book 3312 Silk screen stenciling as a fine art 1 Biegeleisen, JI. 1942 Company McGraw-Hill Book 3313 Silk screen color printing 1 Sternberg, Harry. 1942 Company 3314 Screen process printing 1 Mackenzie, F W. Skinnerand Wilkison 1951 The Society of Dyers 3315 A laboratory course in dyeing 1 Giles, Charles Hugh. 1971 and colourists Recent processes of textile bleaching dyeing Small 3316 1 Srivastva, S B. 1980 andfinishing BusinessPublications Mahajan Brothers, 3317 Textile printing: Mahajan Brothers, 1980 1 Mahajan Brothers 1980 Ahmedabad Technology of textile processing: Volume IV- 3318 1 Shenai, V A. SevakPublications 1979 technology of printing SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The provision, storage and handling of dyes and 3319 1 UNIDO UNIDO 1980 chemicals for textile dyeing, printing and finishing AhmedabadTextile 3320 Cotton piece dyeing 1 Gokhale, S V. Industry's Research 1981 Association 3321 Chemical processing of synthetic fibers and blends 1 Datye, Keshav V. John Wiley 1984 Dyers Company 3322 Textile Printing 1981 1 L.W.C.Miles Publications Society of Dyers and 3323 Batchwise dyeing of woven cellulosic fabrics 1 Madaras, G W. 1993 Colourists American Association of 3324 AATCC garment wet processing technical manual 1 AATCC Textile Chemists and 1994 Colorists Blackie Academic & 3325 Chemical principles of synthetic fibre dyeing 1 Burkinshaw, S M. 1995 Professional Society of Dyers and 3326 Colour for textiles: a user's handbook 1 Ingamells, Wilfred. 1993 Colourists 3327 Mercerising 1 Marsh, J T. Chapman & Hall 1941 3328 The chemistry and practice of finishing: Volume I 1 Bean, Percy. Hutton, Hartley 1926 3329 The chemistry and practice of finishing 1 Bean, Percy Hutton, Hartley 1926 3330 An introduction to textile finishing 1 Marsh, J T. Chapman and Hall 1966 3331 Self-smoothing fabrics 1 Marsh, J T. Chapman and Ha 1962 3332 Chemical aftertreatment of textiles 1 H Mark John Wiley & Son 1971 3333 Textile dyes, finishes and auxiliaries 1 Bogle,Michael. Garland Publishing 1977 3334 Chemical aftertreatment of textiles: 1 H Mark John Wiley & Son 1971 3335 Textile Processing and finishing aids: recent advance 1 Palmer, John W. Noyes Data Corporation 1977 Durable press treatments of fabrics: 3336 1 Manly, Robert H. Noyes DataCorporation 1976 recentdeveloopments 3337 A Guide to printing techniques 1 Oyabu, Naoharu. Mahajan Brothers 1978 3338 A Guide to printing techniques 1 Oyabu, Naoharu. Mahajan Brothers 1975 3339 Textile finishing: The Textile Institute, 1978 1 The Textile Instiute The Textile Instiute 1978 3340 Textile Processing and finishing aids: recent advance 1 Palmer, John W. Noyes Data Corporation 1977 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year he Textile Association 3341 Technology and management on printing 1 Shah, H A, ed 1982 India 3342 Elements of statistics 1 A L Bowley P S King & Son 1926 3343 An Introduction to the theory of statistics 1 Yule, G U. McGraw Hill book 1937 3344 Elementary statistical methods 1 E C Rhodes George Routledge 1944 3345 Statistics for a students of psychology and education 1 H Sorenson McGraw Hill 1936 3346 Applied general statistics 1 Croxton Prentice Hall 1945 U.S. Department of 3347 Statistical abstract of the united states 1944 - 1945 1 M.H. Hansen 1945 commerce 3348 A first course in statistics Part 1 1 D.C. Jones G. Bell & Sons 1929 3349 Methods of statistical analysis 1 C.H. Goulden John Wiley 1939 University of London 3350 An introduction to the computation & statistics 1 S Dawson 1933 Press Cambridge University 3351 Tables for statisticians and Biometrcians Part -1 1 K Pearson 1948 Press 3352 Statistical methods in quality control 1 D.J. Cowden Prentice-Hall 1957 3353 Decision and value theory 1 P C Fishburn John Wiley 1964 3354 Economic theory and operations analysis 1 W J Banmol Prentice Hall of India 1963 Harper & Row 3355 Economic analysis: vol. 1- microeconomics 1 Kenneth E 1966 Publishers Harper & Row 3356 Economic analysis: vol. 2 1 Kenneth E 1969 Publishers National Productivity 3357 Wage Administration 1 D.K.Roy 1971 Council 3358 Statistics for physicsts 1 B.r.martin Academic Press 1971 3359 Principles and Procedures Of Statistics 1 R.G.d.stell McGraw Hill 1960 3360 Practical value analysis methods 1 Fasal, John D.B.Taraporevala 1980 3361 Practical value analysis methods 1 John H.Fasal D.B.Taraporovala 1980 National Productivity National Productivity 3362 Absentceism in Indian Industry 1 1973 Council Council International New York, United 3363 World Economic Survey 1981-82 1 Economic & Social 1982 Nations affairs, U.N. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3364 A Theory of Wage Policy 1 A.K.Dasgupta Oxford University Press 1977 3365 Wage Issues in a developmening Economy 1 AS.J.Fonseca Oxford University Press 1975 3366 Scientific social surveys and Research 1 Pauline V. Young Prentice Hall 1988 National Productivity 3367 Wage Administration 1 D.K.Roy 1982 Council International Labour 3368 Night Work 1 J.Carpentier 1990 office 3369 Sucessful Presentation skills 1 Andrew Bradbury Kogan page 2002 World Bank & Oxford 3370 World development report 2003 1 World bank 2003 University Press Chakraborty, 3371 Leadership and motivation: cultural comparisons 1 Rupa 2004 Debangshu. , 3372 How to motivate people 1 Forsyth, Patrick. , Kogan Page 2000 3373 India: sustaining reform, reducing poverty, 1 World Bank Oxford University Press 2003 3374 Motivating people 1 Heller, Robert. , Dorling Kindersley 1998 How to manage performance: lessons for improving 3375 1 Bacal, Robert. , McGraw Hill 2004 performance Negotiating partnerships: increase profits and reduce 3376 1 Jensen, Keld. , McGraw Hill 2004 risks 3377 Improving employee performance 1 Harrison, Nigel. , Kogan Page 2004 3378 Empowering people 1 Smith, Jane. , Kogan Page 2004 3379 Introductory statistics 1 Weiss, Neil A. , Pearson 2008 3380 Methods of teaching industrial subjects 1 Arthur F. Payne McGrow Hill Book 1926 Application of statistical methods to industrial British Standards 3381 1 E S Pearson 1935 standarddisation and quality control Institution 3382 Statistical methods for chemical experimental 1 W L Gore Interscience Publishing 1952 3383 Statistical methods for textile technologists 1 T Murphy Textile Institute 1960 3384 International and Metric Units of Measurement 1 M H Green Chemical Publishing 1961 3385 Statistical methods for textile technology 1 T Murphy Textile Institute 1960 3386 A History of costume 1 Carl Kohler Dover Publications 1963 National Productivity 3387 Pert 1 N.K.Paul 1972 Council SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year National Productivity 3388 Programme Evaluation and review technique 1 S.K.Ghosh 1972 Council 3389 Statistical Methods for Textile Technologists 1 T. Murphy Textile Institute 1973 3390 What Every Engineer Should Know about Patents 1 Konald, william Marcel, Dekker 1979 3391 Ideas, Inventions and Patents 1 Buckles, Robert John Wiley 1957 3392 The Trade and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958 1 Jagdish Lal Law house 1979 Department of Department of Science 3393 Research & Development Statistics 1980-81 1 Science and 1981 and Technology Technology International 3394 ISO standards handbook No 2 : Units of measurement 1 ISO organization for 1982 standardization 3395 40 years of Research - A CSIR Overview 1 CSIR CSIR 1987 Bibliography on management of rural development vol- 3396 1 Madhu S. Mishra IIMC 1983 1 3397 Rural Development : Action and Mangement 1 Madhu S. Mishra IIMC 1981 3398 Rural Development in Eastern and North Eastern India 1 Madhu S. Mishra IIMC 1988 3399 Quick Response in Apparel Manufacturing 1 N.Alan Hunter The Textile Institute 1990 3400 Environmental Chemistry 1 Anil Kumar de Wiley Fastern 1994 3401 Guide to project Financing 1 G.B.Rao Wadhwa & Co. 1987 Introduction to environmental impact assessment: 3402 principles and procedures, process, practice and 1 Riki Therivel. Research Press 1994 prospects Environmental Awareness Series : Trees and Forest 3403 1 Anil Kumar De Wiley Wastern 1988 Resources 3404 Environmental Awareness Series : Air and Water 1 Anil Kumar De Wiley Wastern 1990 3405 Globalisation and indian liberalisation 1 S. Shiva Ramu South asia publication 1994 West Bengal Handbook of procedures and guidelines for West Bengal Pollution 3406 1 Department of 1997 environmental clearance Control Board Environment 3407 Intellectual property protection in India 1 CSIR TIFAC & CSIR 1993 3408 Environmental Assessment of Products vol-2 1 Micheal Hauschild Chapman & Hall 1998 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Environmental concerns , Depleting Resources and 3409 1 Pointer Publisher 1997 Sustainable Development V.S.Katiyar 3410 Varieties of environmentalism 1 Ramchandra Guha Oxford University Press 1998 3411 Hot topics : every day environmental concerns 1 S A Abbasi Oxford University Press 1999 3412 Environmental Heroes 1 Kevin Graham Mac,illan 2000 Living with Nature Environmental policies as cultural 3413 1 Frank Fischer Oxford University Press 1999 discourse 3414 Environmentalism and the New logic of Business 1 R.Edward Oxford University Press 2000 Empowering Indians with ecomonics, Business and 3415 1 Y.S.Rajan Har-Anand Publications 2001 Technology strengths for the twenty first century Intellectual property Rights under WTO Tasks before 3416 1 T.Ramappa Wheeler Publishing 2000 India David A Cambridge Cambridge University 3417 Environmental toxicology 1 2002 University press Press Patent Facilitating 3418 Patenting of Micro-organisms 1 TIFAC 2001 Centre 3419 Handbook of Environmental engineering calculations 1 C C Lee McGraw Hill 2000 3420 Sikkim : the People's Vision 1 Ashok K Govt. Of Sikkim 2001 3421 Team building 1 Maddux, Robbert B. , Dorling Kindersley 2002 3422 Pollution control in textile mills 1 NITRA NITRA 1988 3423 Manual of laboratory glass-blowing 1 Wright, R. H. Chemical Publishing 1943 3424 The mathematics of physics and chemistry 1 Margenau, Henry. D Van Nostraced 1943 3425 The mathematics of physics and chemistry 1 Margenau, Henry. D Van nostraced 1944 3426 Elementary practical mathematics 1 1 E W Golding Issac Pitman 1934 3427 Applied mathematics for Engineers and Physicists 1 Lowis A Pipes McGraw-Hill Book 1946 3428 The Mathematics of Circuit Analysis 1 E.a.Guillemin Oxford Book and IBH 1967 3429 Basic Engineering and Mathematical Tables 1 L.S.Srinath Tata McGraw Hill 1971 3430 The Mathematics of Physics and Chemistry vol-1 1 N.Minorsky East-West press 1971 3431 The Mathematics of Physics and Chemistry vol-2 1 N.Minorsky East-West press 1971 The Standard Book 3432 Degree mathematics tutor: volume 2 1 Sarkar, A. C. 1978 House 3433 Treatment of experimental data 1 Worthing, Archie G. John Wiley 1943 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year TheStandard Book 3434 Degree mathematics tutor: vol.1 1 Sarkar, A. C. 1977 House The Standard Book 3435 Degree mathematics tutor: volume 2 1 Sarkar, A. C. 1978 House 3436 A course of Mathematical Analysis vol 1 1 S.M.Nikalsky Mir Publishers 1977 3437 A course of Mathematical Analysis vol 2 1 S.M.Nikalsky Mir Publishers 1977 3438 Method of Successive Approximation 1 N.Ya.Vilenkin Mir Publishers 1978 Commonwealth 3439 Environmental and Natural Resources Conservations 1 P.R.Trivedi 1994 Publishers United nations United nations environment program environment program 3440 Lifecycle assessment 1 1996 industry and industry and environment environment 3441 The hindu survey of the environment 1997 1 The Hindu National press 1997 3442 Environmental Chemistry : a global perspective 1 Gary W Vanloon Oxford University 2000 3443 Environmental pollution control engineering 1 C S Rao New Age International 1999 3444 Chemical Methods for environmental analysis 1 R.Ramesh Macmillan 1996 3445 The use and abuse of nature 1 Madhav Godgil Oxford University Press 1995 3446 Environmental compliance 1 Garg S Moore Lewis Publishers 2001 3447 Human development report 2002 1 UNDP Oxford University Press 2002 3448 Sikkim Human development report 2001 1 Mahendra P Lama Govt. Of Sikkim 2001 Creating environmental business value: achieving two 3449 1 Poltorzycki, Stephen. Viva Books 2004 shades of green 3450 East India human development report, 1 NCAER Oxford University Press 2004 3451 Mathematics for everyday use 1 Schaaf, William L. The New Home Library 1942 3452 Methoden Der Mathematischen Physik 2 Courant, R. Verlag Von Julius 1943 3453 Handbook of applied mathematics 1 M E Jansson D Van Nostrand 1936 Gheury De Bray, M. 3454 Exponentials made easy: or the story of epsilon 1 Macmillan 1928 E. J. Algebra: a text book of determinants, matrices 3455 1 Ferrar, W.L. Oxford University Pre 1941 andalgebric forms 3456 Advanced Mathematics for engineers 1 Reddick, H. W. John Wiley 1950 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3457 Mathematics for modern management 1 Dean, Burton V. John Wiley 1963 3458 Finite-dimensional vector spaces 1 Halmos, Paul R. Affiliated East-West 1965 Affiliated EastWest 3459 Naive set theory 1 Halmos, Paul R. 1972 Press Affiliated East-West 3460 Notes on differential geometry 1 Hicks, Noel. J. 1969 Press 3461 Algebra: a modern introduction 1 Kelley, John L. Affiliated East-West 1968 3462 Commutative Algebra: vol. 1 1 Zariski, Oscar. Affiliated East-West 1969 3463 Commutative algebra: vol.2 1 Zariski, Oscar. Affiliated East-West 1969 3464 Lectures in abstract algebra 2 Jacobson, Nathan. Affiliated East-West 1964 Affiliated East-West 3465 Lectures in projective geometry 1 Seidenberg, A. 1969 Press Affiliated East-West 3466 Group theory 1 Schenkman, Eugene. 1971 Press 3467 Elements of higher algebra 1 Kar, J.M. The GlobeLibrary 1997 The Elements of coordinate geometry: part I :cartesian 3468 1 Loney, S. L. Macmillan India 1980 coordinate 3469 Analytic geometry and calculus 1 Fuller, Gordon. Affiliated East-West 1969 3470 Abstract algebra: vol.2 1 Chatterjee, B.C. Das Gupt 1966 3471 Linear algebra 1 Chatterjee, B. C. DasGupta 1967 3472 Algebra can be fun 1 Perelman, Ya. I. Mir publishers 1979 3473 Equality, resemblance and order 1 Schreider, Ju. A. Mir Publishers 1975 3474 Descriptive geometry 1 Krylov, N. MIR Publishers 1968 3475 The Fundamental theorem of arithmetic 1 Kaluzhnin,L. A. Mir Publishers 1979 3476 Plane trigonometry: an elementary course 1 Loney, S.L. Macmillan India 1978 3477 Plane geometry : analytical trigonometry 1 Loney, S.L. The Macmillan 1964 The Elements of coordinate geometry: part I:cartesian 3478 1 Loney, S. L. Macmillan Indi 1980 coordinates 3479 (A) School geometry: parts I and II 1 Hall, H. S. Macmillan 1964 3480 Advanced mathematics for engineers 1 Myskis, A D. MIR Publishers 1975 3481 Figures for fun 1 Perelman, Ya. Mir Publishers 1979 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Higher SchoolPublishing 3482 Descriptive geometry 1 Chahly, A. T. 1997 House 3483 Mathematics 1 Bergamini, David. Time Life Books 1980 3484 Chemistry for environmental engineering 1 Clair N McGraw Hill 1994 3485 Mathematics for the million: a popular self educator 1 Hogben, Lancelot. George Allen Ltd. 1937 The Calculus of observations: a treatise onnumerical 3486 1 Whittaker, E. T. Blackie 1940 mathematics 3487 The Differential calculus 1 Chaundy, Theodore. Oxford 1935 Complex variables and the laplace transform 3488 1 LePage, Wilbur R. Tata McGraw-Hill 1968 forengineers Cambridge University 3489 A course of Pure Mathematics 1 G.H.Hardy 1973 Press 3490 Ordinary differential equations and their solutions 1 Murphy, George M. Affiliated East-West 1969 3491 Advanced calculus 1 Nickerson, H. K. Affiliated EasWest 1968 Multiple integrals, field theory and series: anadvanced 3492 1 Budak, B.M. Mir Publication 1973 course in higher mathematics Problems of calculus of one vriable: with elements 3493 1 Maron, I. A. Mir Publication 1973 oftheory 3494 The Structure of the real number system 1 Cohen,Leon W. Affiliated East-WEst 1967 3495 Integral calculus: for B.A. B.Sc. students 1 Narayan,Shanti. S.Chand 1973 The Theory of equation: with an introduction to Burnside, 3496 1 S. Chand 1972 thetheory of binary algebric forms WilliamSnow. 3497 Introduction to calculus and analysis: volume 1 1 Courant, Richard. John Wiley 1965 Shyam Lal Charitable 3498 Differential calculus: for B.A. & B.Sc. students 1 Narayan, Shanti. 1978 Trust Maity, Kantish New Central Book 3499 Integral calculus: an introduction to analysis 1 1975 Chandra. Agency 3500 Integral calculus including differential equaltion 1 Das, B. C. U. N. Dhur 1973 3501 Introduction to topology 1 Mansfield, Maynard J. Affiliated East -West 1973 3502 Higher mathematics for beginners 1 Zeldovich, Ya. B. Mir 1973 3503 Theory of ordinary differential equations 1 Coddington, Earl A. Tata McGraw-Hill 1972 3504 Principles of mathematical analysis 1 Rudin, Walter. McGraw-Hill 1976 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3505 Topology 1 Dugundji, James. Prentice-Hall of India 1975 3506 Furier transforms and their physical applications 1 Champeney, D. C. Academic Press 1973 Mathematical analysis: a brief course for engineering 3507 1 Bermant. A. F. Mir Publishers 1975 students 3508 Analytical geometry 1 Pogorelov, A.V. MIR Publishers 1980 3509 Operational methods 1 Maslov, V.P. MIR Publishers 1976 3510 Differential equations and the calculus of variations 1 Elsgolts, L. MIR Publishers 1977 3511 Differential and integral calculus: vol.1 1 Piskunov,N. MIR Publishers 1974 3512 Differential and integral calculus: vol.II 1 PiskunovN. MIR Publishers 1974 3513 Integral calculus including differential equations 1 Das, B. C. U.N. Dhur 1983 International 3514 Statistical methods 1 ISO organization for 1981 standardization 3515 Theory and problems of linear algebra 1 Seymour. Lipschutz McGraw-Hill 1987 3516 The Advanced theory of statistics: volume I 1 Kendall, Maurice G. Charles Griffin 1943 3517 The Advanced theory of statistics: volume II 1 Kendall, Maurice G. Charles Griffin 1946 3518 Statistical mathematics 1 Aitken, A. C. Oliver and Boyd, 1947 3519 The Mathematics of diffusion 1 Crank, J. OxfordUniversity Press 1956 Four figure mathematical tables: comprising logerithmic 3520 1 Bottomley, J. T. Macmillan & Co 1925 and trigonometrical Princeton University 3521 Mathematical methods of statistics 1 Cramer, Harald. 1945 Press 3522 Discourse on fourier series 1 Lanczos, Cornelius. Oliver & Boyd 1966 3523 Handbook of methods of applied statistics: volume I 1 Chakravarti, I. M. John Wiley 1967 Collected papers: contributions to mathematical 3524 1 Wilks, S. S. John Wiley 1967 statistics Introductory mathematical statistics: principles 3525 1 Kreyszig, Erwin. John Wiley 1970 andmethods 3526 Fundamentals of statistics: volume one 1 Goon, A. M. The World Press 1971 3527 Fundamentals of statistics:volume two 1 Goon, A. M. The World Press 1968 3528 Nonlinear oscillations 1 Minorsky, Nicholas. Affiliated East-West 1969 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Differential equations applied in science 3529 1 Wayland, Harold. Affiliated East -Wes 1966 andengineering 3530 Differential calculus 1 Das, B. C. U.N. Dhur 1974 3531 Mathematical Statistics 1 J.N. Kapur S Chand Co. 1973 3532 Elementary statistics 1 Hoel, Paul G. John Wiley 1971 Bhattacharyya,Gouri 3533 Statistical concepts and methods 1 John Wiley 1977 K. 3534 Statistical methods 1 Snedecor, George W. Oxford &IBH 1967 Statistical methods in commerce, accountancy 3535 1 Das, N. G. M. Das 1976 andeconomics: (Part I & II) Statistical methods in commerce, accountancy 3536 1 Das, N, G. M. Das 1982 andeconomics: part I Basic statistics: for students of economics, 3537 1 Goon, A. M. The World Press 1981 commerceaccountancy and the biological sciences 3538 Fundamentals of statistics: volume one 1 Goon, A. M. The World Press 1983 3539 Fundamentals of statistics: volume two 1 Goon, A. M. The World Press 1976 Statistical Process 3540 Understanding ststisticsl process control 1 Wheeler,Donald J. 1986 Controls Fundamentals of mathematical statistics: a 3541 1 Gupta, S. C. Sultan. Chand 1982 modernapproach 3542 Basic statistics 1 Agarwal, B. L. New Age International 1996 3543 Biological Monographs and Manuals 1 R A Fisher Oliver & Boyd 1929 Statistical tables: for biological, agricultural and medical 3544 1 Fisher, Ronald A. Oliver And Boyd 1943 research 3545 Statistical methods for research workers 1 Fisher, R. A. Oliver and Boyd 1936 3546 Statistical analysis in biology 1 Mather, K. Interscience Publisher 1946 Probit analysis: a statistical treatment of the sigmoid Cambridge University 3547 1 Finney, D. J. 1952 response curve Press 3548 Rank correlation methods 1 Kendall, Maurice G. Charles Griffin 1948 3549 Tables of the incomplete beta-function 1 Pearson,Karl. Biometrica 1948 3550 Tables of the incomplete gamma - function 1 Pearson,Karl. Biometrica 1946 3551 (An) Introduction to statistical science in agricultu 1 Finney, D. J. Asia Publishing 1963 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3552 General stochastic processes in the theory of queues 1 Benes, Vaclav E. Addison - Wesley 1963 (An) Introduction to stochastic process: with Cambridge University 3553 1 Bertlett, M.S. 1966 specialreference to methods and applications Press 3554 Stochastic processes: problems and solutions 1 TakacsL. Methuen 1960 Stationary and related stochastic processes: 3555 1 Cramer,Harald. New York 1967 samplefunction properties and their applications The Elements of stochastic process: withapplications to 3556 1 Bailey, NormanT. J. John Wiley 1964 the natural sciences Statistical tables for biological, agricultural and medical 3557 1 Fisher, Ronald A. Oliver and Boy 1967 research (An) Introduction to probability theory and 3558 1 Feller, William. John Wile 1968 itsapplications: volume I 3559 (An) Outline of statistical theory: volume one 1 GoonA. M. The World Press 1970 Rao, C. 3560 Linear statistical inference and its applications 1 John Wiley 1965 Radhakrishna. 3561 Computational mathematics 1 Demidovich, B. P. Mir Publication 1973 3562 Statistical analysis in chemistry and chemical indust 1 Bennett, Carl A. John Wiley 1954 3563 Statistical methods for research workers 1 Fisher, R.A. Oliver and Boyd 1944 3564 Applied regression analysis 1 Draper, N. R. JohnWiley 1966 3565 The Analysis of variance 1 Scheffe, Henry. JohnWiley 1959 Statistical methods in commerce, accountancy 3566 1 Das, N.G. M. Das 1983 &economics: part II 3567 Statistical analysis for decision making 1 Hamburg, Morris Harcourt Brace & World 1970 Statistical Process 3568 Understanding industrial experimentation 1 Wheeler,Donald J. 1988 Control Chaudhuri, 3569 Elementary ststistics: volume II 1 Shraddha Prakashan 1986 SailesBhushan. Statistical Methods for Pharmaceutical Research 3570 1 Sten, W Bergman Marcel Dekker Inc. 1985 Planning 3571 Understanding robust and exploratory data analysis 1 David C. Hoaglin John Wiley 1983 3572 Statistical analysis of nonnormal data / 1 Deshpande, J V. Wiley Eastern 1995 Statistical techniques of manpowerplanning and 3573 1 Biswas, Suddhendu. New Age International 1996 forecasting SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Prentice-Hall 3574 Probability and statistics for engineers and scientist 1 Walpole, Ronald E. 1985 International 3575 Bayesian estimation 1 Sinha, H. K. New Age International 1998 3576 The Design of experiments 1 Fisher, R. A. Oliver and Boyd 1942 3577 Sampling inspection tables: single and double samplin 1 Dodge, Harold F. John Wiley 1944 Barlow's tables of square, cubes, square roots, 3578 cuberoots and recipocals of all integer number up to 1 Comrrie, L. J. E. & F. N. Spon 1941 12,5 Chambers's seven-figure logarithms of numbers up 3579 1 Pryde, James Ed. W. & R. Chambers 1945 to100000 3580 Sampling methods for censuses and surveys 1 Yates, Frank Charles Griffin 1949 3581 The Design and analysis of industrial experiments 1 Oliver and Boyd Oliver and Boyd ltd. 1956 Quality control: a manual of quality control procedure 3582 based upon scientific principles and simplified for 1 Enrick, Norbert L. The Industrial Press 1954 practical app The Nomogram: the theory and practical constructionof 3583 1 Allcock, H. J. Sir IssacPitman 1950 computation charts Quality control: a manual of quality control procedur 3584 based upon scientfic principles and simplified for 1960 practical application 2 Enrick, Norbert L. The Industrial press Quality control: a manual of quality control procedur 3585 based upon scientific principles and simplified for 1960 practical application 2 Enrick, Norbert L. The Industrial Press 3586 Quality control and statistical methods 1 Schrock, Edward M. Reinhold Publiching 1957 Extrapolation, interpolation and smoothing ofstationary 3587 1 Wiener, Norbert. The MIT press 1964 time series: with engineering applications Handbook of methods of applied statistics: volume 3588 1 Chakravarti, I.M. John Wiley 1967 IIPlanning of surveys and experiments Statistical Publishing 3589 Sampling theory and methods 1 Murthy, M. N. 1967 Society National Productivity 3590 Quality control: (NPC training manual) 1 1972 Raman, M.V. Council, 3591 Sampling theory 1 Raj, Des. Tata McGraw-Hill 1968 3592 Sampling technique 1 Cochran, William G. WileyEastern 1962 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3593 Planning of experiments 1 Cox, D. R. John Wiley 1975 3594 Experimental designs 1 Cochran, William G. John Wiley 1957 3595 Quality control and industrial statistics 1 Duncan,Acheson J. D. B. Taraporevala 1969 3596 Five-figure logarithmic and other tables 2 Castle Frank Macmillan India 1979 3597 Five-figure logarithmic and other tables 1 Castle, Frank Macmillan India 1979 3598 Reliability engineering 1 Govil, A. K. Tata McGraw-Hill 1983 Montgomery, Douglas 3599 Design and analysis of experiments 1 John Wiley 1984 C. 3600 Elements of quality control 1 Mukherjee, R. R. Vikas Publishing 1984 3601 Elements of quality control 1 Mukherjee, R. R. Vikas Publishing 1984 Montgomery, Douglas 3602 Introduction to statistical quality control 1 John Wiley 1985 C. Chaudhuri, 3603 Elementary statistics: volume1 1 Shraddha Prakashan 1985 SailesBhushan. Industrial experimentation for product and process 3604 improvement (1989 Dec. 19 - 23 : Hyderabad): 1 ISI Indian statistical institute 1989 proceeding 3605 Design of experiments: a realistic approach 1 Anderson, Virgil L. Marcel Dekker 1974 3606 Statistical methods for the textile industry 1 Bona,Mario. Texilia 1993 Taguchi methods explained:practical steps to robust 3607 1 Bagchi, Tapan P. Prentice-Hall of India 1993 design Proceedings of the all india convention on quality and 3608 1 IIT IIT Kharagpur 1972 reliability Quality and reliability: inputs from science and Proceedings of 3609 1 IAPQR 1995 technology national conference Statistics of quality control: sampling inspection an 3610 1 Biswas, Suddhendu New Age International 1997 reliability An Introduction to design of experiments: a simplified 3611 1 Barrentine, Larry B. ASQ Quality Press 1999 approach Americal Society for 3612 How to apply response surface methodology 1 Cornell, John A. 1990 Quality 3613 SPC tools for everyone 1 Burr, John T. ASQ Quality Press 1993 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Application of statistical techniques - a pre- requisites 3614 for ISO- and way to continuous process implrovement 2 NITRA NITRA 1995 in text 3615 Theoretical physics 1 Joos, Georg. Blackie 1934 Fundamentals of physical science: an introduction Krauskopf, Konrad 3616 1 McGraw-Hill 1941 tothe physical sciences Bates. 3617 Physics: a basic science 1 Burns, Elmer E. ChapmanHall 1943 3618 Linear programming 1 Hadley, G. Addison-Wesley 1962 3619 Computer programming in FORTRAN IV 1 Rajaraman, V. Prentice-Hall of India 1973 3620 Statistical forecasting for inventory control 1 BrownRobert G. McGraw-Hill 1959 (A) Text book of physics: for students of science and 3621 1 Duncan, J. Macmillan 1968 engineering 3622 Methods of mathematical physics: vol.1 1 Courant, R. Wiley Eastern 1975 3623 Intermediate physics: volume II 1 Ray Chowdhury. S. C Modern Book Agency 1975 3624 Physics: part I 1 Resnick, Robert. Wiley Eastern 1966 3625 Computer programming in FORTRAN IV 1 Rajaraman, V. Prentice-Hall of India 1973 The Design of experiments to find optimalconditions: a 3626 1 Adler, Yu.P. Mir Pub. 1975 programmed introduction... 3627 Physics for everyone: motion, heat 1 Landau, L. Mir Publishers 1978 Higher School 3628 (A) Course of general physics 1 Gevorkjn, R. G. 1968 Publishing House 3629 Elements of higher secondary physics: part I 1 Datta,D. Publishing Syndicate 1980 3630 Elements of higher secondary physics: part II 1 Datta, D. Publishing Syndicate 1982 Problems 3631 Problems in elementary physics 1 MIR Publishers 1971 inelementary physics. 3632 Problems in physics 1 Pinskey, A. A. Mir Publishers 1980 3633 Problems in theoretical physics 1 Grechko, L. G. Mir Publishers 1977 3634 Modeling and analysis using Q-GERT networks 1 PritskeA. Alan B. John Wiley 1979 3635 Concepts of modern physics 1 Beiser, Arthur. McGrawHill International 1981 3636 Elements of higher secondary physics: part I 1 Datta,D. Publishing Syndicate 1985 Elements of higher secondary physics: part II for Jt. 3637 1 Datta, D. Publishing Syndicate 1994 entrance examinee SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Statistical quality control: 160 case studies inIndian Indian Statical 3638 1 TheInstitute 1982 industeies Institute. 3639 Elementary practical physics 1 Cooper, A. H. M Heinemann Ltd 1941 3640 The Philosophy of physical science 1 Eddington, Arthur. Cambridge University 1939 Harrison, George 3641 Atoms in action: the world of creative physics 1 G A vneern 1944 Russel. 3642 Intermediate physics 1 Smith, C. J. Edward Arnold 1935 3643 Modern physical laboratory practice 1 Strong, John. Blackie 1938 Essentials of applied physics: a foundation course for 3644 1 Frye, Royal M. Prentice-Hall 1947 technical, industrial, and engineering students 3645 Procedures in experimental physics 1 Strong, John. Prentice-Hall 1938 3646 Practical physics 1 M S White McGraw-Hill 1943 3647 Classical and modern physics: a descriptiveintroduction 1 White, Harvey E. D. Van Nostrand 1940 Physics is fun: book one: an introductory course Heinemann Educational 3648 1 Jardine, Jim. 1964 forsecondary schools in four volumes Books Physics is fun: book two: an introductory course Heinemann Educational 3649 1 Jardine, Jim. 1964 forsecondary schools in four volumes Books 3650 Outline of physics: volume one 1 Roy, J. N. NewCentral 1973 3651 Outline of physics: volume two 1 Roy, J. N. NewCentral 1969 Ray Chawdhury, S. 3652 Intermediate physics: volume I 1 Modern Book Agency 1973 C. 3653 Physics: part II 1 Resnick, Robert. Wiley Eastern 1966 (A) Text-book on practical physics: for two & threeyear 3654 1 Majumdar, K. G. ModernBook Agency 1978 degree course (pass) (A) Text-book on practical physics: for advanceddegree 3655 1 Majumdar, K. G. Modern Book Agenc 1977 students Dictionary of pure and applied physics: volume1: 3656 1 Vries, Louis De comp. Elsevier 1963 German-English 3657 Physics for entertainment: book one 1 Perelman, Ya. MIR Publishers 1975 3658 Physics for entertainment: book two 1 Perelman, Ya. MIR Publishers 1972 3659 Fundamentals of physics: volume I 1 Yavorsky, B. M. Mir Publishers 1975 3660 Fundamentals of physics: volume II 1 Yavorsky, B. M. Mir Publishers 1975 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3661 College physics: Volume 1 1 Sinha, D. B. Modern Book Agency 1982 National conference 3662 Advances in crystallography: proceedings 1 Oxford and IBH 1978 on crystal. 3663 College physics: volume II 1 Sinha, D. B. ModernBook Agency 1985 Dasgupta, 3664 (A)Text book of physics: part 1 1 Book Syndicate 1987 Chittaranjan 3665 (A) Text book of physics: part II 1 Dasgupta, C. R. Book Syndicate 1987 3666 University physics: part one 1 Champion, F. C Blackie 1939 3667 University physics: part one 1 Champion, F. C. Blackie & sons 1939 3668 General physics: a text book for colleges 1 Blackwood Oswald. John Wiley 1943 Physics tells why: an explanation of some 3669 1 Luhr, Overton. The JaquesCattell Press 1946 commonphysical phenomena 3670 Smithsonian physical tables 1 Fowle, Frederick E. Smithsonian Institution 1934 3671 Physics tells why 1 Luhr, Overton. George Allen & Unwin 1947 3672 Introductory applied physics 1 Harris, Norman C. McGraw-Hill, 1955 3673 Quantum mechanics 1 Schiff, Leonard I. McGraw-Hill 1955 Introduction to quantum mechanics: with applicationsto 3674 1 Pauling, Linus. McGraw-Hill 1935 chemistry 3675 Physics and the physical universe 1 Marion, Jerry B. John Wiley, 1971 3676 SI units: a source book 1 Ramaswamy, G. S. Tata McGRaw-Hill 1971 Elements of properties of matter: with typicalnumericals Shyam Lal Charitable 3677 1 Mathur, D. S. 1975 solved for degree clases Trust 3678 The General properties of matter 1 Newman, F. H. Orient Longman 1957 (A) Text -book of general physics: for three yeardegree 3679 1 Mandal, T. M. Science Book Agency 1965 course 3680 Classical mechanics 1 Goldstein, Herbert. Addison-Wesley 1950 3681 ABC's of quantum mechanics 1 Rydnik, V. Mir publishers 1978 3682 What is theory of relativity 1 Landau, L. Mir publishers 1979 3683 Handbook of stroboscopy 2 Veen, Frederick Van Concord Pub. 1977 3684 A Primer of stroboscopy 1 General Radio General Radio 1968 3685 A Primer of stroboscopy 1 General Radio General Radio 1968 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3686 (A) Course of theoretical physics: volume1 1 Kompaneyets, A. S.. Mir Publishers 1978 3687 (A) Course of theoretical physics: volume 2 1 Kompaneyets, A. S. Mir Publishers 1978 General properties of matter: for honours Chakrabarti, Pradip 3688 1 Oxford & IBH 1980 degreeclasses Kumar. General properties of matter: for honours Chakrabarti, Pradip 3689 1 Oxford & IBH 1980 degreeclasses Kumar. 3690 Introduction to general relativity 1 Adler, Ronald. McGraw-Hill 1975 3691 (A) Course of theoretical physics: volume1 1 Kompaneyets, A. S.. MIR Publishers 1978 3692 (A) Course of theoretical physics: volume 2 1 Kompaneyets, A. S. MIR Publishers 1978 3693 Special theory of relativity 1 Ugarov, V. A. MIR Publishers 1979 3694 Fundamentals of quantum mechanics 1 Fock, V. A. MIR Publishers 1978 3695 Particles, quanta, waves 1 Smorodinsky, Ya. A. Mir Publishers 1976 3696 Basic concepts of quantum mechanics 1 Tarasov, L. V. Mir Publishers 1980 3697 ABC's of quantum mechanics 1 Rydnik, V. Mir Publishers 1978 3698 Fundamental laws of mechanics 1 Irodov, I. E. Mir Publishers 1980 3699 Applied mechanics for engineers 1 Duncan, J. Macmillan 1913 3700 X-Rays in research and industry 1 Hirst, H. Chew Pub. 1943 3701 University physics: part three 1 Champion, F. C. Interscience Pub. 1941 3702 University physics: part four 1 Champion, F. C. Interscience Pub. 1941 3703 The Mechanical properties of fluids: a collectivework 1 C V Drysdale Blackie 193 Sound, electricity and magnetism, light: physics Anderson, William 3704 1 McGraw - Hill 1937 fortechnical students Ballantyne. 3705 Hygrometry 1 Spencer-Gregory, H. Crosby Lockwood 1957 3706 Fundamentals of optics 1 Jenkins, Francis A. McGrawHill 1957 3707 Optical physics 1 Garbuny, Max. Academic Press 1962 3708 Fiber optics: principles and applications 1 Kapany, NS. Academic Press 1967 3709 Elementary plasma physics 1 Longmire, Conrad L. Wiley Eastern 1971 3710 Reactions under plasma conditions: volume 1 1 M. Venugopalan Wiley-Interscience 1971 3711 Reactions under plasma conditions: volume 2 1 M. Venugopalan Wiley-Interscience 1971 3712 (A)Text-book of sound: for three year degree course 1 Mandal, T. M. Science Book Agency 1970 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3713 Statics 1 Das, B. C. U. N. Dhur 1975 3714 Dynamics 1 Das, B. C. U. N. Dhur 1975 3715 Introduction to optics 1 Deodhar, G. B. Indian Pres 1968 3716 Geometrical and physical optics 1 Mathur, B. K. Gopal Printing 1973 3717 Acoustics: design and practice: volume 1 1 Suri, R. L Asia Publshing 1966 3718 Applied kinematics 1 Hain, Kurt. McGraw-Hill 1967 3719 Beam and fiber optics 1 Arnaud, J. A. Academic Pres 1976 3720 Introduction to applied optics for engineers 1 Carlson, F. Paul. Academic Press 1977 3721 Handbook of optics 1 Walter G driscoll McGraw-Hill 1978 3722 The Elements of statics and dynamics: part 1 - Statics 1 Loney, S. L. Macmillan India 1982 The Elements of statics and dynamics: part 2 - Cambridge University 3723 1 Loney, S. L. 1977 dynamics Press 3724 Introduction to plasma physics 1 Smirnov, B. M. MIR Publishers 1977 Panovko, Ya. ; 3725 Elements of the applied theory of elastic vibraion 1 Mir Publishers 1971 translated by M. 3726 Elastic-plastic fracture mechanics 1 Parton, V. Z. Mir Publishers 1978 3727 Elements of hereditary solid mechanics 1 Rabotnov, YuN. Mir Publishers 1980 International ISO standards handbook 4 : acoustics, vibrarion 3728 1 ISO organization for 1980 andshock standardization 3729 Metrology for engineers 1 Galyer, J. F. W. Cassell 1980 3730 Rheological techniques / : 1 Whorlow, R. W. Ellis Horwo 1980 Luminescence of liquids and solids and its practical 3731 1 1942 applications Pringsheim, Peter Interscience 3732 X-rays in theory and experiment 1 Compton, Arthur H. D van Nostraced 1935 Fluorescent light and its applications: including location 3733 1 Dake, H. C. Chemical Pub. 1941 and properties of fluorescent materials 3734 The Chemical action of ultraviolet rays 1 Ellis, Carleton. Reinhold Pub 1941 3735 Applied X-rays 1 Clark, George L. Blackie & son 1940 3736 Scattering of light and the raman effect 1 Bhagavantam, S. Chemical Publishing 1942 3737 The Chemical aspects of light 1 Brown, E. J. Oxford university press 1942 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3738 Photoelectricity and its application 1 Zworykin, V. K John Wiley 1949 International School 3739 Radiation damage in solids: proceedings 1 Academic Press 1962 of Physic. 3740 Geometrical and physical optics 1 Longhurst, R. S. Longmans 1967 Principles of optics: electromagnetic theory of 3741 1 Born, Max Pergamon 1965 propagation, interference and diffraction of light 3742 Introduction to laser physics 1 Lengyel, Bela A. John Wiley, 1966 3743 (A) Text book on light: for degree students 1 Mazumdar, K. G. Modern Book Agency 1975 3744 Principles of optics 1 Mathur, B. K. Gopal PrintingPress 1972 (A) Text book on light for advanced degree students: 3745 1 Mazumdar, K. G. ModerBook Agency 1974 part I (geometrical optics) (A) Text book on light for advanced degree students: 3746 1 Mazumdar, K. G. ModernBook Agency 1974 part II (physical optics) The Dynamics of spectroscopic transcitions:illustrated 3747 1 Macomber, Jams D. John Wiley 1976 by magnetic resonance and laser effects 3748 Laser applications: volume 3 1 Laser applications. Academic Press 1977 Dynamic light scattering: with applications to chemistry, 3749 1 Berne, Bruce J. John Wiley 1976 biology and physics 3750 Atomic absorption and fluorescence spectroscopy 1 Kirkbright, G. F. Academic Press 1974 3751 Chemical thermodynamics 1 Karapetyants, M. Kh. Mir Publishers 1978 Department of atomic 3752 Infrared technology and instrumentation: proceeding 1 The Committee 1981 energy, GOI 3753 Engineering thermodynamics 1 Nag, P. K. Tata McGraw Hill 1981 3754 Solid-state laser technology 1 Lyubavsky, Yu. MIR Publishers 1975 The Theory of vibrational spectroscopy and 3755 1 Painter, Paul C. John Wiley 1982 itsapplication to polymeric materials 3756 University physics: part two - heat 1 Champion, F. C. Interscience Pub. 1940 3757 Optical instruments 1 Brown, Earle B. ChemicalPublishing 1945 3758 Heat and the principles of thermodynamics 1 Draper,Charles H. Blackie 1911 Hutchinson's Scientific 3759 Scientific instruments 1 H J Cooper and Technical 1946 Publications 3760 Principles of color and color mixing 1 Bustanoby, J.H. McGraw-Hill 1947 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3761 Heat and thermodynamics 1 Roberts, J. K. Blackie 1940 3762 Color in business, science and industry 1 Judd, DeaneB. John Wiley 1952 3763 Seeing colours 1 Bergmans, J. Philips Technical Library 1960 3764 Manual of spectroscopy / Cutting 1 Theodore A. Chemical Publishing 1949 3765 (An) Introduction to color 1 Evans, Ralph M. JohnWiley 1948 3766 The Measurement of colour 1 Wright, W. D. Hilgerand Watts 1964 3767 Methuen handbook of colour 1 Kornerup, A. Methuen 1967 Applied optics and optical engineering: volume IV - 3768 1 R. Kingslake Academic Press 1967 optical instruments Applied optics and optical engineering: volume V - 3769 1 R. Kingslake Academic Press 1969 optical instruments Submillimetre spectroscopy: a guide to the theoretica 3770 1 and experimental physics ofthe far infrared Chantry G. W. Academic Press 1971 Optical Society of 3771 The Science of colour 1 The Society 1963 America. (A) Treatise on heat: including kinetic theory ofgases, 3772 thermodynamics and recent advances instatistical 1 Saha, M. N. The IndianPress 1969 thermodynamic 3773 College physics for pass degree students: volume II 1 Sinha, D. B. Modern Book Agency 1971 (A) Text book of heat for junior students: 3774 includingkenetic theory of gas, thermodynamics and 1 Saha, M. N. Orient Longman 1967 radiation 3775 Principles of color technology 1 Billmeyer, Fred W. Interscience 1966 Advanced text book on heat: for new honours Chakrabarty, Pradip 3776 syllabusof calcutta university and all other 1 HindustanPublishing 1972 Kumar. indianuniversities Color science: concepts and methods, quantitative 3777 1 Wyszecki, Gunter. John Wiley 1982 datand formulae The Practical use of the microscope: Needham, George 3778 1 CharlesC Thomas 1958 includingphotomicrography Herbert. 3779 Measuring Colour 1 R.W.G.Hunt John wiley 1987 3780 Fundamentals of computer colour matching 1 Patwardhan Shalini Colour Group of India 1984 3781 The measurement of appearance 1 Hunter, Richard S. John Wiley 1987 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Colour physics Society for Dyers and 3782 Colour physics for industry 1 1987 forindustry. Colourists Society of Dyers and 3783 Instrumental colour formulation: a practcal guide 1 Park, James 1993 Colourists Society of Dyers and 3784 Instrumental colour formulation: a practcal guide 1 Park, James. 1993 Colourists 3785 Electricity and magnetism for engineering students 1 Hirst, A. W. Blackie & Son 1936 3786 Thermostats and temperature-regulating instruments 1 Griffiths, Roosevelt. Charles Griffin 1943 Principles of elctricity: an intermediate text in electricity 3787 1 Page, Leigh. D Van Nostraced 1931 and magnetism 3788 University physics: part five - electricity and magnetism 1 Champion, F. C. Blackie & sons 1942 3789 Practical electricity 1 Croft, Terrell. McGraw Hill 1945 Temperature - its measurement and control in American Institute of 3790 1 Reinhold Pub 1941 scienceand industry: proceedings Physics Principles of electricity illustrated : a practicalguide for 3791 beginners and more experienced craftsmenengaged in 1 R C Norris Odhams Press 1946 electr Fundamentals of electricity: for those preparing forwar 3792 1 service McDougal, Wynne L American TechnicalSociety 1943 Thornton Butterworth 3793 Electricity 1 Wall, T.F. 1937 Ltd. BritisElectrical 3794 Higher industrial producton with electricity 1 The Association 1959 Development. 3795 Principles of electricity 1 Cornetet, Wendell H. McKnight and Mcknight 1952 The Services' textbook of radio: volume 1 -electrical HereMajesty's 3796 1 Noakes, G. R. 1956 fundamentals Stationery Office Radio engineering trade group (mechanics): part 1: England. Air Ministry. Her Majesty's Stationery 3797 1 1963 basic electricity Royal A. Office Radio engineering trade group(mechanics): part 1 - England. Air Ministry. Her Majesty's Stationery 3798 1 1963 basic electricity Royal A. Office Radio engineering trade group(mechanics): part 1 - 3799 1 1963 basic electricity England. Air Ministry Her Majesty's Stationery Office Hatsopoulos,George 3800 Principles of general thermodynamics 1 John Wiley 1965 N. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3801 Electricity and magnetism for degree students 1 Starling, S. G. Orient Longman 1953 Electricity, magnetism,and atomic physics: volume 1 - 3802 1 Fewkes, J. H. OxfordUniversity Press 1965 electricity and magnetism Principles and techniques of scanning 3803 1 Hayat M A Van Nostrand Reinhold 1978 electronmicroscopy: volume 6 - biological applications Diffraction and imaging techniques in materialscience: 3804 1 Amelenckn, S North - Holland 1978 volume II - imaging and diffraction techniqu 3805 Electricity and magnetism 1 Zilberman, G. Mir Publishers 1973 Electricity, magnetism and atomic physics: volume 3806 1 Yarwood, John. Oxford UniversityPress 1963 IIatomic physics 3807 Engineering thermodynamics and heat transfer 1 Nashchokin, V.V. Mir Publishers 1979 Measurements and instrumentation in heat Preobrazhensky, V. 3808 1 Mir Publishers 1980 engineering:volume 1 P. Measurements and instrumentation in heat Preobrazhensky, V. 3809 1 Mir Publishers 1980 engineering:volume II P. Introductory physics: volume three - electricity 3810 1 Gambhir, R.S. Tata McGraw Hill 1973 magnetism and modern physics 3811 Engineering thromodynamics 1 Kirillin, V. A. Mir Publishers 1976 3812 Thermodynamics, statistical physics, and kinetics 1 Rumer, Yu. B. Mir Publishers 1980 3813 Thermal conductivity: volume 2 1 Thermal conductivity Academic Press 1969 3814 Thermal conductivity: volume 1 1 R P Tye ed. Academic Press 1969 International University 3815 International University Course vol- 9 1 I U S 1939 Society 3816 The Electron microscope 1 Burton, E. F. Interscience pub. 1942 3817 Electricity for everyone 1 Lunt, Joseph R. Macmillan & co 1943 3818 Industrial research 1 F R Bichowsky Chemical Pub. 1945 Theory of dielectrics: dielectricconstant and dielectric 3819 1 Frohlich, H. Oxford 1949 loss 3820 Electron micoscopy: techniques and applications 1 Wyckoff, Ralph W. G. Interscience Publishers 1951 3821 Practical electron microscopy 1 Cosslett, V. E. Academic Press 1951 3822 Small - angle scattering of x - rays 1 Guinier, Andre John Wiley 1955 3823 Advances in optical and electron microscopy: volume 3 1 R Barer Academic Press 1969 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3824 (A) Handbook of chemistry and physics 1 C N Rao Affiliated East-West, 1970 3825 Mathematical theory of elasticity 1 Sokolnikoff, I. S Tata McGraw-Hill 1956 Holt and Rinehart and 3826 Introduction to atomic and nuclear physics 1 Semat,Henry. 1972 Winston 3827 Atomic physics 1 Rajam, J. B. S. Chand 1974 3828 Modern physics 1 Gupta, A.B. Book Home 1975 Principles and techniques of electron microscopy: 3829 1 Hayat M A Van Nostrand 1973 volume 3 - biological applications 3830 Three thousands years of magnets 1 Kartsev, V. P. Mir publishers 1975 Principles and techniques of scanning 3831 1 M.A.Hayat Van NostrandReinhold 1974 electronmcroscopy: volume 1- biological applications 3832 The Use of the scanning electron microscope 1 Hearle, J. W. S. Pergamon Pub. 1972 Piezoelectric 3833 Piezoelectric ceramics 1 Mullard Limited 1974 ceramics. The institute of 3834 Electron microscopy 1972: proceedings 1 The institute of physics 1973 physics Scanning electron microscopy: systems The institute of 3835 1 The institute of physics 1973 andappliations1973: Proceedings physics Developments in electron microscopy and analysis, 3836 1 D.L. Misell The institute of physics 1977 1977proceedings 3837 Introduction to modern physics 1 Richtmyer, F. K. Tata McGraw-Hill 1976 3838 Photons and nuclei 1 Kitaigorodsky, A. I. Mir Publishers 1981 3839 Physics of dielectric materials 1 Tareev, B. MIR Publishers 1979 3840 Order and disorder in the world of atoms 1 Kitaigorodsky, A. I. MIR Publishers 1980 3841 Electron optics and electron-beam devices 1 Zhigarev,A. Mir Publishers 1975 3842 Nuclear physics and nuclear reactors 1 Levin, V. E. Mir Publishers 1981 3843 Quantitative scanning electron microscopy 1 D.B. Holt Academic Press 1974 Scanning electron microscopy and X-ray microanalysis: 3844 1 Goldstein, Joseph I. Plenum Press 1984 a text for biologists, materials scientists, and geologists Scanning electron microscopy, X-ray microanalysis and 3845 analytical electron microscopy: a laboratory workbook / 1 Charles E Lyman Plenum Press 1990 Scanning electron microscopy 3846 The Structure of molecules 1 P.Debye Blackie & Son 1932 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3847 Intermediate chemistry 1 Lowry, T. M. Macmillan & Co. 1944 General chemistry: an introductory course of lessons 3848 1 Schoch, Eugene P. 1938 and exercises in chemistry McGraw Hill Book Fundamentals of chemistry and applications: chosen 3849 1 Francis, Charlotte A. Macmillan 1943 from inorganic, organic and ... General chemistry: an elementary survey: emphasizing 3850 1 Deming, Horace G. John Wiley 1943 industrial applications of fundamental principles The Spirit of chemistry: an introduction tochemistry for 3851 1 Findlay, Alexander. LongmansGreen 1930 ... 3852 Chemistry to-day 1 Allcott, Arnold. Oxford University Press 1946 3853 Modern everyday chemistry 1 Horton, Ralph E. D. C.Heath 1937 Cambridge University 3854 Elasticity, plasticity and structure of matter 1 Houwink, R. 1937 Press The Measurement of stress and strain in solids: The Institute Of 3855 1 The Institute Physics 1948 proceedings Physics 3856 Atomic energy : now and tomorrow 1 Dietz, David. Westhouse 1946 3857 Atomic energy 1 Nimmo, R. R. The Pilot Press 1947 3858 Cosmic rays and nuclear physics 1 Janossy, L. Chapman & Hall 1948 3859 Chemistry: in relation to fire risk and fire extinction 1 Cameron, A. M. Sir Isac Pitman 1944 3860 Structure of molecules and the chemical bond 1 SyrkinY. K. Butterworths Scientific 1950 3861 Chemistry made simple 1 Hess, Fred C. Made Simple 1955 3862 Chemistry in commerce Vol 1 1 E. Molly George Newne 1962 3863 Chemistry in commerce Vol 2 1 E. Molly GeorgeNewnes 1962 3864 Chemistry in commerce Vol 3 1 E. Molly GeorgeNewnes 1962 3865 Chemistry in commerce Vol 4 1 E. Molly GeorgeNewnes 1962 Her Majesty's Stationery 3866 Atomic physics 1 Ward, F. A. B. 1963 Office Cambridge University 3867 Principles of the theory of solids 1 Ziman, J. M. 1964 Press Classical scientific papers: physics- 3868 1 S Wright Mills & Boon 1964 Facsimilereproductions of famous scientific... 3869 Semiconductor detectors 1 G Bertolini North - Holland 1968 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3870 Symmetry in the world of molecules 1 Dmitriev, I. S. Mir publishers 1979 3871 Electronic structure of metals 1 Brandt, N. B. Mir Publishers 1975 3872 Electrons 1 Kitaigorodsky, A. I. Mir Publishers 1981 3873 Molecular physics 1 Kikoin, A. K. Mir Publishers 1978 3874 Manual of the theory of elesticity 1 Rekach, V. G. Mir Publishers 1979 3875 Electronic structure of metals 1 Brandt, N. B. Mir Publishers 1975 3876 Modern physics 1 Theraja, B. L. S. Chand 1982 Thomas Edward 3877 Essays in historical chemistry 1 Macmillan 1894 Thorpe 3878 Outlines of general chemistry 1 Ostwald, Wilhelm Macmillan 1912 3879 The Chemical formulary: volume I 1 H Bennell Chapman and Hall 1935 3880 The Chemical formulary: volume II 1 H Bennell Chapman & Hall 1936 3881 The Chemical formulary: volume III 1 H Bennell Chapman & Hall 1936 McCutcheon, Thomas 3882 General chemistry: theoretical and descriptive 1 Macmillan & Co. 1939 P. The Chemical formulary: cumulative index for volume I, 3883 1 H Bennett Chemical Pub. 1944 II, III, IV, V and VI The Chemical formulary: cumulative index for volume I, 3884 1 H Bennett Chew Pub. 1944 II, III, IV, V and VI Fundamentals of chemistry and their applications in 3885 1 Offner, Monroe M. The New Home Library 1944 modern life Chemistry for engineers: a resume of chemical theory 3886 1 Fleming, Ambrose. George Newnes 1943 ... 3887 (A) History of chemistry 1 Moore, F. J. McGraw-Hill 1931 3888 Library guide for the chemist 1 Soule, Byron A McGraw-Hill 1938 3889 Essays in historical chemistry 1 Thorpe, Edward. Macmillan 1911 3890 Lectures experiments in chemistry 1 Fowles, G. G.Bell 1947 3891 (A) Collection of chemical lecture experiments 1 Davison, H. F. Chemical Catalog 1926 Chamot,Emile 3892 Handbook of chemical microscopy: volume I 1 Josh Wiley 1947 Monnin. 3893 Chemistry and human affairs 1 Price, William E. George G. Harrap 1947 3894 Chemical indicator 1 Tomicek, O. ButterworthsScientific 1951 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3895 Your career in chemistry 1 Carlisle, Norman V. E. PDutton 1943 The Recovery of vapors: with special reference to Robinson, Clark 3896 1 Reinhold Publishing 1942 volatile solvents Shove 3897 Handbook of chemical data 1 F W Atack Reinhold Publishing 1957 3898 Chemistry made easy 1 Snell, Cornelia T. Chemical Publishing 1959 3899 General chemistry 1 Whittaker, Roland M. ChemicalPublishing 1959 Institute of Chemistry , 3900 The professional chemistry 1 Richerd B 1927 Britain Poddar, 3901 Higher secondary chemistry: volume II 1 Book Syndicate 1981 Sailendranath. A Text book of higher secondary chemistry: forhigher 3902 1 Dutt, P. K. SaratBook House 1981 secondary and Indian 3903 Matter 1 Lapp, Ralph E. Time-Life Book 1981 3904 Practical physical chemistry 1 Findlay, Alexander. Longmans, Green 1923 3905 Physical chemistry 1 Mee, A. J. Chemical Publishing 1934 3906 Recent advances in physical and inorganic chemistry 1 Stewart, Alfred W. Longmans Green 1920 3907 Chemical process principles: part 1 1 Hougen, Olaf A. J Wiley & son 1943 A Treatise on physical chemistry: a co-operative effort 3908 1 Taylor and Grasstone D Van Nostraced 1942 by a 3909 Experimental physical chemistry 1 Daniels, Farrington. McGraw Hill Book 1941 3910 Laboratory manual of physical chemistry 1 Davison Albert W. John Wiley 1922 3911 Chemical calculations: their theory and practice 1 King, A. Thomas Murby 1939 (A) Treatise on physical chemistry: a co-operativeeffort 3912 2 H S Taylor D. Van Nostrand 1942 by a ... Moelwyn-hughes, E. 3913 Physical chemistry 1 Pergamon 1947 A. 3914 Elementary physical chemistry: for B.Sc. degree cours 1 Palit, Santi Ranjan. Science Book Agency 1975 Maity, Kantish : New Central Book 3915 Differential calculus: an introduction to analysis 1969 2 Chandra Agency 3916 Principles of physical chemistry 1 Maron, Samuel H. Amerind 1972 3917 Introduction to chemical ultrasonics 1 Blandamer, M.J. Academic Press 1973 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Fundamentals of mass transfer: gas-liquid, vapour- 3918 1 Kafarov, V. Mir Publishers 1975 liquid and liquid-liquid system 3919 Physical chemistry 1 Kireev, V. Mir Publishers 1979 3920 Emulsion science 1 Emulsion science. Academic Press 1968 3921 Physical chemistry 1 Castellan, Gilbert W. Narosa 1983 Symbols and Formulae in Chemistry: An Historical 3922 1 Caven, R. M. Blackie 1928 Study 3923 Practical physical chemistry 1 Findlay, Alexander Longmans, Green 1923 3924 The Chemical formulary: volume iv 1 H Bennell Chapman & Hall 1935 3925 The Chemical formulary: volume vi 1 H Bennell Chapman & Hall 1943 Henley's twentieth century book of formulas, processes The Norman W Henley 3926 1 Shepherd, J. W. 1944 and trade secrets Pub. Advances in nuclear chemistry and theoretical organic 3927 1 R E Burk Interscience pub. 1945 chemistry Advances in nuclear chemistry and theoretical organic 3928 1 R E Burk Interscience Publishers 1945 chemistry 3929 Applied chemistry: a practical handbook for students ... 1 Tinkler, C. Kenneth. The Technical Press 1935 Chemical species = LA NOTION D'ESPECE EN 3930 1 Timmermans, Jean. Chemical Publishing 1940 CHIMIE 3931 The Chemical formulary: volume vii 1 H Bennett Chemical Publishing 1945 3932 The Chemical formulary: volume v 1 H Bennett Chemical Ppublishing 1941 3933 The Chemical formulary: volume viii 1 H Bennett Chemical Publishing 1948 3934 The Chemical formulary: volume x 1 H Bennett Chemical Publishing 1957 3935 Physical chemistry: volume 1 1 Gerasimov Ya Mir Publishers 1974 3936 Physical chemistry: volume 2 1 Gerasimov Ya Mir Publishers 1974 3937 Physical chemistry: volume 1 1 Ya,Gerasiv Mir Publishers 1974 3938 Physical chemistry: volume 2 1 Ya,Gerasiv Mir Publishers 1974 NABHI's Income Tax Guidelines and mini ready 3939 reckoner Reference along with wealth 2016-17, 2017- 1 Fan, Qinguo (ed). CRC Press 2005 18 Biosurfactants : production and utilization--processes, 3940 1 Kosaric, Naim(ed). CRC Press 2016 technologies, and economics SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Grumezescu, 3941 Emulsions 1 Academic Press 2016 Alexandru Mihai 3942 Antimicrobial textiles 1 Sun, Gang. WoodheadPublishing 2016 Textile chemicals : environmental data and facts (Part- 3943 1 Lacasse, K. Springer 2004 1) Textile chemicals : environmental data and facts (Part- 3944 1 Lacasse, K. Springer 2004 2) 3945 Emulsion formation and stability 1 Tadros, Tharwart(ed). Wiley-VCH 2013 3946 Textile finishing : recent developments and futuretrends 1 Mittal, K L (ed). John Wiley 2017 Alexander. : Longmans, 3947 The phase rule and its applications 1 Findlay 1923 Green 3948 Studies in chemical dynamics 1 Vanthoff, J. H. Frederik Muller 1896 3949 Industrial electrochemistry 1 Mantell, C. L. McGraw Hill 1940 Practical emulsions: a handbook of emulsions, 3950 1 Bennett, H. Chapmen & Hall 1943 emulsifiers 3951 Magnetochemistry 1 Selwood, Pierce W. Interscience Pub. 1943 The Theory of rate processes: the kinetics of chemical 3952 1 Glasstone, Samuel. McGraw Hill Book 1941 reactions (An) Introduction to the physics abd chemistry of 3953 1 Hatschek, Emil. J & A .Churchill 1922 colloids 3954 Applied colloid chemistry: general theory 1 Bancroft, Wilder D. McGraw Hill Book 1932 3955 Catalytic chemistry 1 Lohse, Henry William. ChemicaPublishing 1945 3956 Hydrogen ion concentration and its practicalapplication 1 LaMotte, Frank L. Bailliere, Tindalland Cox 1932 3957 Catalysis: inorganic and organic 1 Berkman, Sophia Reinhold 1940 Kistiakowsky, George The Chemical 3958 Photochemical processes 1 1928 B. Catalogue 3959 Catalytic, photochemical and electrolytic reactions 1 A Weissberger Interscience pub 1951 3960 Frontiers in colloid chemistry 1 R E Burk Interscience 1950 3961 Combustion, flames and explosions of gases 1 Lewis,Bernard. Academic Press 1951 3962 Kinetics of chemical change in solution 1 Amis, EdwarS. The Macmillan 1949 3963 Investigation of rates and mechanisms of reactions 1 A.Weissberger Interscience publisher 1956 3964 The Book of ph: a simple and complete description 1 Webber, R. B. George Newnes 1957 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3965 The Book of ph: a simple and complete description 1 Webber, R. B. George Newnes 1957 3966 Autoxidation and antioxidants: volume 1 1 W O Lundberg Interscience Publishers 1961 3967 The Book of ph: a simple and complete description 1 Webber, R. B. George Newnes 1957 International symposium 3968 Organic photochemistry: symposium 1 Butter Worths 1965 on org. 3969 Chemical kinetics and catalysis 1 Panchenkov, G. M. Mir Publishers 1976 Calculations of chemical equilibria: examples 3970 1 Kazanskaya, A. S. Mir Publishers 1978 andproblems 3971 The Foundations of chemical kinetics 1 Yeremin, E.N. Mir Publishers 1979 3972 In the realm of catalysis 1 Afanasiev, V. A. Mir Publishers 1979 Experimental methods in photochemistry 3973 1 Rabek, J. F. John Wiley 1980 andphotophysics: part 1 Experimental methods in photochemistry 3974 1 Rabek, J. F. John Wiley 1980 andphotophysics: part 2 Practical emulsions: a handbook of emulsions, 3975 1 Bennett, H. Chemical Publishing 1943 emulsifiers 3976 Advances in colloid science: volume 1 1 E Karmer Interscience Publishers 1942 International Society 3977 Technical aspects of emulsions: proceeding 1 A. Harvey 1935 of Leath. Princeton University 3978 The Adsorption of gases and vapors: volume 1 Brunauer, Stephen. 1945 Press 3979 Advances in colloid science: volume II 1 E O K Kraemer Interscience Publisher 1946 3980 Introduction to emulsions 1 Sutheim, George M. Chemical Publishing 1946 3981 Colloids: their properties and applications 1 Ward, A G. Blackie 1945 3982 Surface chemistry: for Industrial research 1 BikermanJ. J. Academic Press 1947 3983 The Theory of emulsions and their technical treatme 1 Clayton, William. J & A. Churchill 1935 Advances in colloid science: volume III / Advances in 3984 1 Mark H Interscience Publishers 1950 colloid science 3985 Textbook of physical chemistry 1 Glasstone, Samuel. Macmillan 1948 3986 (A) Short textbook of colloid chemistry 1 Jirgensons, B. Pergamon Press 1954 3987 Flow properties of disperse system 1 Hermans, J. J. North-Holland 1953 3988 Colloids 1 Hedges, Earnest S. Edward Arnold 1931 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 3989 The Theory of emulsions and their technical treatme 1 Clayton, William. J & A. Churchill 1935 3990 Introduction to colloid chemistry 1 Mysels, Karol J. Interscience Publisher 1959 3991 Physical chemistry of surfaces 1 Adamson, Arthur W. Interscience Publishers 1960 Clyton's the theory of emulsions and their 3992 1 Sumner, C. G. Chemical Publishing 1954 technicaltreatment 3993 Introduction to emulsions 1 Sutheim, George M. Chemical Publishing 1946 Clyton's the theory of emulsions and their technical 3994 1 Sumner, C. G. Chemical Publishing 1954 treatment 3995 Physical chemistry 1 Rakshit, P. C. Science BookAgency 1973 3996 Essential of physical chemistry 1 B.S,Bahi S.Chand & co. 1978 International 3997 Colloid and interface science: proceeding 1 Academic Press 1976 conferences on c. International 3998 Colloid and interface science: proceeding 1 Academic Press 1956 conference on co. 3999 Colloid chemistry 1 Voyutsky, S. Mir publishers 1978 4000 Foams 1 Bikerman, J. J. New York 1973 4001 Colloid chemistry 1 Voyutsky, S. Mir Publishers 1978 4002 Interfacial phenomena 1 Davies, J. T. Academic Pres 1963 4003 School laboratory fittings 1 Munby, Alan E. G Been & son 1929 Cambridge University 4004 (An) Introduction to surface chemistry 1 Rideal, Eric Keightley. 1930 press 4005 The Chemistry of large molecules 1 R E Burk Interscience pub. 1943 Vapor adsorption: industrial applications and competing 4006 1 Ledoux, Edward. Chemical Publishing 1945 processes Basic laboratory practice: an elementary 4007 1 manualoffundamental technic Sprague, Norman G ChemicalPublishing 1941 4008 Surface active agents: their chemistry and technology 1 Schwartz, Anthony M. Interscience 1949 4009 The Surface chemistry of solids 1 Gregg, S. J. Chapman & Hall 1951 Surface activity: the physical chemistry, 4010 1 Moilliet, J. L. E. & F. N. 1951 technicalapplications 4011 Safety in the chemical laboratory 1 Pieters, H. A. J. Butterworths Scientific 1951 4012 The Chemistry of high polymers 1 Bawn, C. E. H. Butterworths Scientific 1948 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4013 Mechanical behavior of high polymers 1 Alfrey, Rurner Interscience 1948 4014 Chemistry of high polymer degradation processes 1 Grassie, Norman. Butterworths Scientific 1956 Fundamental principles of polymerization: rubbers, 4015 1 D'alelio, G. F. John Wiley 1952 plastics and fibers The Sequestration of metals: theoretical considerations 4016 1 Smith, L. Robert. Chapman & Hall 1959 and practical applications Organic sequestering agents: A discussion of 4017 1 Chaberek, Stanley. John Wiley 1959 thechemical Surface activity: the physical chemistry, 4018 1 Moilliet, J. L. E. & F. N. 1961 technicalapplications Surface active agents: theoretical aspects and 4019 1 Young, C. B. F. Chemical Publishing 1945 applications 4020 Modern coordination chemistry: principles and methods 1 J Lewis Interscience 1963 Hydrogen bonding in solids: methods of 4021 1 Hamilton, Walter C. W. A.Benjamin 1968 molecularstructure determination 4022 Chemical applications of group theory 1 Cotton, F.Albert. Wiley - Interscience 1971 4023 Orbitals and chemical bonding 1 Lynch, P. F. Longman 1970 American Chemical 4024 Advances in polymer friction and wear: proceedings 1 Plenum Press 1974 Society inte. American Chemical 4025 Advances in polymer friction and wear: proceedings 1 Plenum Press 1974 Society inte 4026 Radiochemistry 1 Nesmeyanov, An. N. Mir Publishers 1974 4027 The Structure of matter 1 Karapetyants, M. Mir Publishers 1978 4028 Electrons and chemical Bonding 1 Gray, Harry B. W.A. Benjamin 1965 4029 The Structure of matter 1 Karapetyants, M. Mir Publishers 1978 4030 Theory of valency in progress 1 V.I. Kuznetsov Mir Publishers 1980 4031 Adhesion and the formulation of adhesives 1 Wake,William C. Applied Science 1982 4032 Adhesion and the formulation of adhesives 1 Wake,William C. Applied Science 1982 Silylated surfaces: proceedings / Midland Gordon and Breach 4033 1 D E Leydenand 1980 macromolecular symposi. Science 4034 Physical chemistry of high polymeric systems 1 Mark, H. Interscience publisher 1940 4035 Physico-chemical methods: volume 1 1 Reilly, Joseph. Meltiuen & Co 1943 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4036 The Chemistry of synthetic substances 1 Dreher, Emil. Philosospical Library 1943 4037 Distillation 1 Reilly, Joseph. Methuen & co. 1936 4038 Physico-chemical methods 1 Reilly, Joseph. Methuen 1933 McBain, James 4039 The Sorption of gases and vapours by solids 1 George Routledge 1932 William. 4040 Advancing fronts in chemistry: volume 1: high polymer 1 S B Twiss ReinholdPublishing 1945 4041 Laboratories : their planning and fittings 1 Munby, Alan E G. Bell 1931 The Tools of the chemist: their ancestry andamerican 4042 1 Child, Ernest. ReinholdPublishing 1940 evolution 4043 Technique of organic chemistry: volume III 1 A Weissberger Interscience pub 1950 4044 Techniques of organic chemistry: volume IV -distillation 1 A Weissberger Interscience pub 1951 Collected papers of Wallace Hume Carothers on 4045 1 H Mark Intersciene Publlshers 1940 highpolymeric substance 4046 Physical chemistry of high polymeric systems 1 Mark,H. Intersciene Publlshers 1940 4047 High polymeric reactions: their theory and practice 1 Mark, H. Interscience Publishers 1941 4048 Safety in the chemical laboratory 1 Pieters, H. A. J. Butterworths Scientific, 1957 4049 The Chemistry of high polymers and surface chemistry 1 Melville, H. W. Chemical Publishing 1950 4050 Oxidation-reduction polymers (redox polymers) 1 Cassidy, Harold G. Interscience 1965 4051 Oxidation-reduction polymers (redox polymers) 1 Cassidy, Harold G. Interscience 1965 Atlas of stereochemistry: absolute configurations 4052 1 Klyne, W. Chapman andHall 1978 oforganic molecules: volume 1 Atlas of stereochemistry: absolute configurations 4053 1 Klyne, W. Chapman andHall 1978 oforganic molecules: volume 2 4054 Streochemistry of carbon compounds 1 Eliel, Earnest L Tata McGraw-Hill 1975 Experimental methods in polymer chemistry: 4055 1 Rabek, Jan F. John Wiley 1980 physicalprinciples and applications Structural studies of macromolecules by 4056 1 Ivin, K.J John Wile 1976 spectroscopicmethods 4057 Polymers in nature 1 MacGregor, E. A. John Wiley 1980 4058 Safety manual for chemical laboratory 1 Ramalingam, KV. ATIRA 1973 4059 Physical chemistry of polymers 1 Tager, A. Mir Publishers 197 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Polymers and their properties: volume 1: 4060 1 Hearle, J. W. S. EllisHorwood 1982 fundamentalsof structure and mechanics 4061 Electronic properties of polymers 1 J Mort John Wiley 1982 Polymers and their properties: volume 1: 4062 1 Hearle, J. W. S. EllisHorwood 1982 fundamentalsof structure and mechanics Infrared spectroscopy: industrial applications and 4063 1 R Bowling Reinhold Publishing 1944 bibliography 4064 Colorimetric determination of traces of metals 1 Sandell, E. B. Interscience pub., 1944 4065 Colorimetric analysis 1 Alport, Noel L. Chapman & Hall 1945 Colorimetric methods of analysis: including some 4066 1 Snell, Foster Dee. 1937 turbidimetric and nephelometric methods: volume 2 D Van Nostraced ltd Colorimetric methods of analysis: including some 4067 1 Snell, Foster Dee. D Van Nostraced ltd 1936 turbidimetric and nephelometric methods Fluorochemistry: a comprehensive study embracing the 4068 1 Ment, Jack De. Chemical Publishing 1945 ... 4069 Fluorescence analysis in ultra-violet light 1 Radley, J. A. Chapman & Hall 1939 4070 Chemical applications of spectroscopy 1 A.Weissberger Interscience publisher 1956 4071 Colorimetric determination of nonmetals 1 D.F. Boltz Interscience 1958 4072 X-Ray spectrochemical analysis 1 Birks, L. S. Interscience 1959 4073 Infrared absorption of inorganic substances 1 Lawson, Katheryn E. Reinhold Publishing 1961 Ultra-violet and visible spectroscopy: chemical 4074 1 applications Rao, C. N. R Butterworths 1967 4075 Chemical applications of infrared spectroscopy 1 Rao,C. N. R. Academic Press 1963 Wendlandt, Wesley 4076 Reflectance spectroscopy 1 Interscience 1966 WM. 4077 Spectrometric identification of organic compounds 1 Silverstein, Robert M. John Wiley & Sons 1967 Applications of absorption spectroscopy of 4078 1 Dyer, John R. Prentice-Hall of India 1969 organiccompounds American chemical 4079 Modern aspects of reflectance spectroscopy: proceedin 1 Plenum Press 1968 society symp. 4080 Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy 1 Bovey, FranA. Academic Press 1969 4081 Theory and applications of ultraviolet spectroscopy 1 Jaffe, H. H. John Wiley 1962 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Absorption spectra in the ultraviolet and visibleregion: 4082 1 Akademiai Akademiai Kiado 1966 volume 1 Absorption spectra in the ultraviolet and visibleregion: a 4083 1 Akademiai Akademiai Kiado 1966 theoretical and technical introduction Absorption spectra in the ultraviolet and visibleregion: Hungarian Academy of 4084 1 Akademiai 1964 volume 2 Science Absorption spectra in the ultraviolet and visibleregion: 4085 1 Akademiai Akademiai Kiado 1966 volume 3 Applications of nuclear magnetic 4086 1 Jackman, L. M. Pergamon 1969 resonancespectroscopy in organic chemistry 4087 Spectroscopy in chemistry 1 Whitfield, R. C. Longman 1970 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy: applicationsto 4088 1 Ferrare John R Academic Press 1978 chemical systems: volume 1 Applied infrared spectroscopy: fundamentals, 4089 1 Smith. A. Lee. John Wiley 1979 techniques and analytical problem-solving Polymer characterization interdisciplinary American chemical 4090 1 PlenuPress 1971 approachesproceedings society symp. 4091 Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry 1 WilliamsDudley H. McGraw-Hill 1980 4092 Analytical methods in chemistry 1 Sharma, Y. R. Kalyani Publishers 1987 A student manual of organic chemical analysis: 4093 1 Thorpe, Jocelyn Field Longmans Green 1925 qualitative and quantitative 4094 Qualitative determination of organic compound 1 Shepherd, J. W. Univ. Tutorial Research 1913 4095 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -1 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1923 4096 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -2 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1924 4097 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -3 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1925 4098 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -4 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1925 4099 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -5 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1927 4100 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -6 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1928 4101 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -7 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1929 4102 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -8 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1930 4103 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -9 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1932 4104 Allen's commercial organic analysis vol -10 1 E R Bolton & etal J & A Churchill ltd 1933 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4105 Organic analysis: volume I 1 Organic analysis. Interscience 1953 Overbeck, O. C. JG. 4106 (A) New electronic theory of life 1 O. C. J. G. L. Overbeck 1926 L. 4107 Organic analysis: volume II / Organic analysis 1 I Mitchill Interscience 1954 International Society 4108 Technical aspects of emulsions: proceeding 1 A. Harvey 1935 of Leath. Semimicro qualitative organic analysis: the 4109 1 Cheronis,Nicholas D. Interscience 1957 systematiidentification of organic compounds (A) Handbook of organic analysis: qualitative Clarke, Hans 4110 1 Edward Arnold 1926 andquantitative Thacher. Elementary practical organic chemistry: Part 1: 4111 1 Vogel, Arthur I. Longmans 1959 smallscale preparation Elementary practical organic chemistry: Part 2: 4112 1 Vogel, Arthur I. Longmans 1957 qualitative organic analysis Elementary practical organic chemistry: Part 3: 4113 1 Vogel, Arthur I. Longmans 1958 quantitative organic analysis 4114 Quantitative organic analysis: via functional groups 1 Siggia, Sidney. John Wiley 1963 4115 Basic methods of organic microanalysis 1 Klimova, V.A. Mir publishers 1977 4116 Chromatographic adsorption analysis 1 Strain, Harold H. Interscience 1945 4117 Paper chromatography: a laboratory manual 1 Block,Richard J. Academic Press 1952 Chromatographic methods of inorganic analysis: 4118 1 Pollard,F. H. Butterworths Scientific 1953 withspecial reference to paper chromatography 4119 Chromatography: a review of principles and applicatio 1 Lederer, Edgar. Elsevier 1954 4120 The Chemical formulary: volume ix 1 H Bennett Chemical Publishing 1951 4121 Practical chromatography 1 Brimley, R. C. Chapman and Hall 1953 Cassidy, Harold 4122 Adsorption and chromatography 1 Interscience 1951 Gomes Symposium of 4123 Gas chromatography 1958: proceedings 1 Butterworths scientific 1958 Gaschrometograph 4124 (An) Introduction to chromatography 1 Williams, Trevo Illtyd Chemical Publishing 1946 Principles and 4125 Principles and practice of gas chromatography 1 Chapman and Hall 1959 practice of gas. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year A Handbook of colorimetric chemical The Tintometer 4126 1 The Tintometer Limited 1964 analyticalmethods: volume 1 Limited (A) Handbook of colorimetric chemical The Tintometer 4127 1 The Tintometer Limited 1964 analyticalmethods: volume 2 Limited (A) Manual of paper chromatography and 4128 1 Block, Richard J. Academic Press 1958 paperelectrophoresis 4129 Thin-layer chromatography 1 Randerath, Kurt. Academic Press 1966 4130 Thin-layer chromatography 1 Kirchner, Justus G. Interscience 1967 4131 Thin-layer chromatography: a laboratory handbook 1 E. Stahl Springer-Verlag 1969 4132 Paper chromatogaphy and electrophoresis: volume 1 1 Zweig, Gunter. Academic Press 1967 4133 Paper chromatogaphy and electrophoresis: volume 2 1 Zweig, Gunter. Academic Press 1971 4134 Thin-layer chromatography 1 Kirchner, Justus G. Interscience 1978 Microbiological applications of high-performanceliquid CambridgeUniversity 4135 1 Drucker, D. B. 1987 chromatography Press 4136 Applications of HPLC in biochemistry 1 Fallon, A. Elsevier 1987 4137 Modern practice of gas chromatography 1 Robert L. Grob Wiley Interscience 1985 Specific and special reactions for use in qualitative 4138 1 Feigl, E. Elsevier 1940 analysis Qualitative analysis by spot tests: inorganic and 4139 1 Feigl, Ing Fritz Elsevier 1939 organic applications 4140 Volumetric analysis: volume 1 1 Kolthoff, I. M. Interscience pub., 1942 The B.D.H. book of reagents for 'spot' tests and 4141 1 British Drug House 1936 delicate analysis The British Drug House 4142 Handbook of technical gas-analysis 1 Winkler, Clemens. Geerney & Jackson 1902 4143 The Standardization of volumetric solutions 1 Bradstreet, R. B. Chemical Pub. 1944 4144 Volumetric analysis 1 Starck, H. P. Bailliere,Tindall and Cox 1934 Electrochemistry and electrochemical analysis : 4145 1 Sand, Henry, J. S. Blackie 1941 volumIII 4146 Volumetric analysis: volume 2 1 Kolthoff, I. M. Interscience 1947 The Chemical analysis of waters, Boilerand feed- 4147 1 Dickinson, Denis. Blackie 1944 waters, sewage and effluents Polarography: polarographic analysis and voltammetry 4148 1 Kolthoff, I. M. Interscience 1946 amperometric titrations SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Acquametry: applications of the kearl fisher reagent to 4149 1 Mitchell, John. Interscience 1948 quantitative analysis involving water The Chemical analysis of waters, Boilerand feed- 4150 1 Dickinson, Denis. Blackie 1944 waters, sewage and effluents The Chemical analysis of waters, Boilerand feed- 4151 1 Dickinson, Denis. Blackie 1944 waters, sewage and effluents 4152 Micro and semimicro methods 1 Cheronis, Nicholas D. Interscience publisher 1954 4153 Volumetric analysis: volume 3 1 Kolthoff, I. M. Interscience 1957 The Control of water softening and boiler water Imperial Chemical Imperial Chemical 4154 1 1965 conditioning Industries Limited Industries Limited 4155 Detergency, evaluation and testing 1 Harris, Jay C Interscience Publishers 1954 4156 Chemical analysis by flame photometry 1 Herrmann,Roland. Interscience 1963 4157 Internal reflection spectroscopy 1 Harrick, N. J. Interscience 1967 4158 Instrumental methods of analysis 1 Willard, Hobart H. Affiliated East-West 1965 Flame photometry: a manual of methods and 4159 1 Burriel-marti, F. Elsevier 1957 application Photometric analysis: general principles and 4160 1 Babko, A. Mir Publication 1971 workingtools Photometric analysis: methods of determining non- 4161 1 Babko, A. K. Mir Publishers 1976 meta Physico-chemical laboratory techniques in organic 4162 1 Paperno, T. Ya. Mir Publishers 1979 andbiological chemistry 4163 Spectrometric identification of organic compounds 1 Silverstein, Robert M. John Wiley & Sons 1974 4164 Spectrometric identification of organic compounds 1 Silverstein, Robert M. John Wiley & Sons 1981 Wendlandt, Wesley 4165 Thermal analysis 1 John Wiley 1986 Wm. Systematic qualitative analysis: for students of 4166 1 Caven, R. M. Blackie 1939 inorganic chemistry 4167 Introduction to semimicro qualitative chemical analysis 1 Curtman, Louis J. Macmillan & Co. 1942 A Course of instruction in the qualitative chemical 4168 1 Noyes, Arthur A. Macmillan & Son 1942 analysis of inorganic substances Cambridge University 4169 Notes on qualitative analysis: conciseand explanatory 1 Fenton, H. J. H. 1934 Pres SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4170 Qualitative organic microanalysis 1 Schneider, Frank. John Wiley 1946 (A) Text-book of quantitative inorganic analysis: ELBS and Longmans 4171 1 Vogel,Arthur I. 1962 including elementary instrumental analysis Green Identification and qualitative chemical analysis of 4172 1 Smith, Orsino C. D. Van Nostrand 1953 minerals 4173 Course of analytical chemistry: volume 1 1 Kreshkov,A. P. Mir publishers 1977 4174 Qualitative chemical semimicroanalysis 1 Alexeyev, V.N. Mir Publishers 1975 4175 Qualitative chemical semimicroanalysis 1 Alexeyev, V.N. Mir Publishers 1975 Lunge and Keane's technical methods of chemical 4176 1 C Snell D Van Nostraced 1928 analysis: volume II 4177 Some physico-chemical themes 1 Stewart, Alfred W. Longsman Green 1922 Lunge and Keane's technical methods of chemical 4178 1 C Snell D Van Nostraced 1924 analysis: volume I Lunge and Keane's technical methods of chemical 4179 1 C Snell D Van Nostraced 1931 analysis: volume III Lunge and Keane's technical methods of chemical 4180 1 C Snell D Van Nostraced 1940 analysis: volume IV 4181 Physico-chemical methods: volume II 1 Reilly, Joseph. Meltiuen & Co 1943 4182 Standard methods of chemical analysis: vol.1 1 Scott, Wilfred W. McGraw Hill 1939 4183 Standard methods of chemical analysis: vol.2 1 Scott, Wilfred W. McGraw Hill 1925 Technical methods of analysis: as employed in the 4184 1 Griffin, Roger McGraw-Hill 1927 laboratories of Arthur D. Little Technical methods of analysis: as employed in 4185 1 Griffin, RogerCastle. McGraw-Hill 1927 thelaboratories of Arthur D. Little 4186 Physical methods in chemical analysis: volume II 1 W G Berl Academic Press 1951 4187 New methods in analytical chemistry 1 Belcher, Ronald Chapman & Hall 1955 Butherworths Butherworths Scientific 4188 Analysis 1 1956 Scientific Publications Publications 4189 Analysts pocket book 1 Majer, J. R. ButterworthsScientific 1959 4190 Studies in Indian Agriculture : the art of possible 1 G Etienne Oxford University Press 1968 4191 Physical methods in modern chemical analysis: volume 1 Kuwana Theedore Academic Press 1978 4192 Treatise on analytical chemistry: part 1 1 Kolthoff. I. M John Wiley 1978 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4193 Theoretical foundations of modern chemical analysis 1 Lyalikov, Yu. S. Mir Publishers 1980 4194 Standards and tests for reagent and c.p. chemicals 1 Murray, Benjamin L. Constable 1928 The Analytical chemistry of industrial poisons, hazards 4195 1 Jacobs, Morris B. Interscience 1944 and solvents Hopkins and Williams 4196 Analytical reagents: standards and tests 1 Simonds, Herbert R. 1931 Ltd. Chemical solutions: reagents useful to the chemists, 4197 1 Welcher, Frank. D Van Nostraced 1942 biologist, and bacteriologist Analar' standards for laboratory chemicals: being 4198 1 British Drug Houses Ltd. 1934 improved standards for the ...... B D H 4199 Commercial methods of analysis 1 Snell, Foster Dee. McGraw-Hill 1941 4200 Analytical chemistry: volume 1 1 Treadwel, F. P. John Wiley 1937 4201 Analytical chemistry: volume 2 1 Treadwel, F. P. John Wiley 1935 4202 Advanced analytical chemistry 1 Wagner, Walter. Reinhold Publishing 1956 Analar' standards for laboratory chemicals: being British Drug Houses and 4203 1 British Drug Houses 1957 improved standards for the Hopkin and Williams Ltd 4204 The Analytical uses of ethylenediaminetetraaceticacid 1 Welcher, Frank J. D.Van Nostrand 1957 British Drug Houses and Analar' standards for laboratory chemicals: British DrugHouses 4205 1 Hopkin and Williams 1957 beingimproved standards for the ...... Ltd. Ltd. 4206 Comprehensive analytical chemistry: Volume 1A 1 C L Wilson Elsevier 1959 4207 Trace analysis: conferences 1 Symposium on traceanalysisJohn Wiley 1957 4208 Analytical chemistry of titanium metals and compounds 1 Codell, Maurice. Interscience 1959 4209 Systematic analysis of surface-active agents 1 Rosen,Milton J. Interscience 1960 4210 Comprehensive analytical chemistry: Volume 1B 1 C L Wilson Elsevier 1960 4211 Comprehensive analytical chemistry: Volume 1C 1 C L Wilson Elsevier 1962 4212 Industrial analysis: physical and chemical methods 1 Perlman, Philip. Franklin 1962 4213 The Chemical analysis of foods 1 Cox, H. E. Chemical Publishing 1962 4214 Systematic analysis of surface-active agents 1 Rosen,Milton J. Interscience 1966 Course of analytical chemistry: volume 2 -quantitative 4215 1 Kreshkov, A. P. Mir publishers 1977 analysis 4216 Handbook of analytical chemistry 1 Lurie, Ju. Mir Publishers 1975 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year (A) Text-book of macro and semimicro 4217 1 Vogel, Arthur I. Orient Longma 1977 qualitativeinorganic analysis Banerjee, Siba 4218 (A) Text book of analytical chemistry for degree cour 1 1981 Prasad. The New Book Stall A Scheme for the detection of the more common 4219 1 Weston, Frank E. Longmans Green 1923 classes of carbon compounds Cumming, Alex 4220 A Text-book of quantitative chemical analysis 1 Gurney and Jackson 1922 Charles. 4221 A Text-book of inorganic chemistry 1 Ephraim, Fritz Gurney and Jackson 1926 Quantitative chemical analysis: an intermediate text- 4222 1 Clowes, Frank. J. & A. Churchill 1931 book Organic reagents used in quantitative inorganic 4223 1 Prodinger, Wilhelm. Elsevier 1940 analysis 4224 Modern aspects of inorganic chemistry 1 Emeleus, H. J. Routledge & son 1938 Advanced quantitative analysis: a companion volume 4225 1 Willard, Hobart H. D Van Nostraced 1943 to elementary quantitative analysis Systematic inorganic chemistry: from the standpoint of Cambridge University 4226 1 Caven, R. M. 1939 the periodic law Pres Quantitative chemical analysis and 4227 1 Caven, R. M. Blackie 1941 inorganicpreparations: part 1 4228 Organic analytical reagents 1 Yoe, John H. John Wil 1945 Organic reagents: used in gravimetric and 4229 1 Flagg, John F. Interscience 1948 volumetricanalysis Analytical applications of diamino-ethane-tetra-acetic The British Drug Houses 4230 1 West, T. S. 1953 acid Ltd 4231 Inorganic chemistry: an advanced text book 1 Moeller,Therald. John Wiley 1965 (A) Text-book of macro and semimicro 4232 1 Vogel, Arthur I. Orient Longma 1971 qualitativeinorganic analysis 4233 The Determination of hydroxyl groups 1 Veibel, Stig Academic Press 1972 4234 Fundamental concepts of inorganic chemistry 1 Gilreath, Esmarch S. McGraw-Hill Kogakusha 1958 Genaral and inorganic chemistry for B.Sc. Students: 4235 1 Dutt, P. K. Science Book Agency 1975 volume 1 4236 Modern aspects of inorganic chemistry 1 Emeleus, H. J ELBS 1973 4237 Inorganic chemistry 1 Dutta, R. L. Science BookAgency 1973 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4238 Quantitative analysis 1 Alexeyev, V. Mir Publishers 1979 4239 Quantitative analysis 1 Alexeyev, V. Mir Publishers 1979 The Determination of sulphur-containing groups: 4240 1 Ashworth, M. R. F. Academic Press 1972 volume 1 Problems 4241 Problems in quantitative analysis 1 Mir Publishers 1975 inquantitative analy. (A) Text-book of macro and semimicro 4242 1 Vogel, Arhur I. Orient Longman 1977 qualitativeinorganic analysis 4243 General and inorganic chemistry 1 Akhmetov, N. S. M 1983 Inorganic chemistry: principles of structure and Harper Collins College 4244 1 Huheey, James E. 1993 reactivity Publishers Nanostructures & nanomaterials: synthesis, properties 4245 1 Cao, Guozhong. , Imperial College Press 2008 & applications 4246 Analytical electrachemistry in textiles 1 P Westbrock Woodhead Publishing 2005 4247 Modern aspects of inorganic chemistry 1 Emeleus, H. J George Routledge 1938 Chemistry made easy: volume 2 - elements and 4248 1 Snell, Cornelia T. D Van Nostraced 1944 compounds in inorganic chemistry Chemistry made easy: volume 1 - the theory of 4249 1 Snell, Cornelia T. D Van Nostraced 1944 inorganic chemistry 4250 Inorganic chemistry 1 Lowry, T. Martin. Macmillan & Son 1942 4251 The Chemistry taangle unravelled 1 Gray, Francis W. Longmans Green 1930 4252 Modern inorganic chemistry 1 Mellor, J. W. Longsman Green 1922 4253 Theoretical organic chemistry 1 Cohen, Julius B. Macmillan & co 1945 Properties of ordinary water-substance: in all its 4254 1 E Dorsey Reinhold Pub 1940 phases: water-vapor, water, and all the ices 4255 (A) Text-book of inorganic chemistry 1 Senter, George. Chemical pub. 1938 4256 (A) Textbook of organic chemistry 1 Bernthsen, A. Blackie 1923 4257 (A) Text book of inorganic chemistry 1 Holleman, A. F John Wiley 1921 Chamot,Emile 4258 Handbook of chemical micorscopy: volume 2 1 John Wiley 1946 Monnin. 4259 A Text-book of inorganic chemistry 1 Partington, J.R. ELBS 1961 Preparative inorganic 4260 Preparative inorganic reactions: volume 1 1 Interscience 1964 reaction. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Preparative inorganic 4261 Preparative inorganic reactions: volume 2 1 Interscience 1965 reaction. Preparative inorganic 4262 Preparative inorganic reactions: volume 3 1 Interscience 1966 reaction. (A) Textbook of modern inorganic chemistry: for B.Sc. 4263 1 Singh, Jagindar. Atma R 1976 pass and honours students Advanced inorganic chemistry: for B.Sc. students ShyamlalCharitable 4264 1 Prakash, Satya. 1974 ofIndian universities Trust 4265 Mellor's modern inorganic chemistry 1 G.D. Parkes Longmans Green 1939 Mechanisms of inorganic reactions: a study of 4266 1 Basolo, Fred. Wiley Eastern 1967 metalcomplexex in solution 4267 (A) New concise inorganic chemistry 1 Lee, J. D. EL 1977 The Chemistry of phosphorus: environmental, 4268 organicinorganic, biochemical and spectroscopic 1 Emsley, John. Harper & Row 1976 aspects Semiconductors and semimetals: vol. 13 - cadmium 4269 1 Zanio, Kenneth. Academic Press 1978 telluride 4270 Metals and man 1 Vasilyev, M. Mir Publishers 1967 4271 Carbon monoxide toxicity 1 David G Penny CRC Press 2000 4272 Recent advances in organic chemistry 1 Stewart, Alfre W. Longmans, Green 1920 The chemistry of organic compounds: a year's course Conant, James 4273 1 The Macmillan 1944 in organic chmistry Bryant. Organic chemistry for advanced students: part 1- 4274 1 1924 reactions Cohen, Julius B. Edward Arnold, 4275 Organic chemistry 1 Karrer, Paul. Oliver And Boyd 1938 4276 Electronic interpretations of organic chemistry 1 Remick, A. Edward. John Wiley 1946 4277 Organic chemistry 1 Cram, Donald J. McGraw-Hill 1967 4278 Basic principles of organic chemistry 1 Roberts, JohnD. W. A. Benjamin 1964 4279 Organic chemistry 1 Brewster, Ray Q. Prentice-Hallof India 1976 4280 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 3 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. Mir publishers 1977 Mann, Frederick 4281 Practical organic chemistry 1 Longman 1974 George. 4282 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 4 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. Mir Publishers 1978 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4283 Theoretical principles of organic chemistry 1 Reutov,O. Mir Publishers 1970 4284 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 1 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. MIR Publishers 1976 4285 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 2 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. MIR Publishers 1977 4286 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 3 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. MIR Publishers 1977 4287 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 4 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. MIR Publishers 1978 4288 Organic chemistry 1 Potapov, V. .M. Mir Publishers 1979 Morrison, Robert 4289 Organic chemistry 1 Allyand Bacon 1983 Thronton. Chemistry made easy: volume 3 - the aliphatic and 4290 1 Snell, Cornelia T. 1944 aromatic compounds D van Nostraced 4291 Principles of organic chemistry 1 Smith, Sylvanus J. Macmillan & Co. 1944 4292 Organic chemistry 1 Whitmore, Frank C. D Van Nostraced ltd 1937 4293 A Text-book of organic chemistry 1 Schmidt, Julius. D Van mastraced 1943 4294 Laboratory methods of organic chemistry 1 Gattermann, L. Macmillan & Son 1943 4295 Pactical organic chemistry 1 Cohen, Julius B. Macmillan & Co 1924 4296 Physical methods of organic chemistry: volume 1 1 Arnold Weissberger Interscience Publishers 1945 4297 Physical methods of organic chemistry: volume 2 1 A Weissberger Interscience publishers 1946 Physical organic chemistry: reaction rates, equilibria, 4298 1 Hammett, Louis P. McGraw-Hill Book 1940 and mechanisms Organic peroxides: their chemistry, decomposition, 4299 1 Tobolsky, Arthur V. Interscience 1954 anrole in polymerization 4300 Organic peroxides: their formulations and reactions 1 Hawkins, E. G. E. E. & F. F. Spon 1961 (An) Introduction to electronic theories of 4301 1 Brown, G. I. Longmans 1958 organicchemistry Oxidation inorganic 4302 Oxidation in organic chemistry: part A 1 Academic Press 1965 chemistry. 4303 Handbook of tables for organic compound identificati 1 Rappoport, Zvi. The Chemical Rubber 1967 Organic chemistry simplified: based completely on 4304 1 Macy, Rudolph. D. B. Taraporevala 1955 theelectron theory 4305 Problems and their solution in organic chemistry 1 Finar, I. L. ELBS 1973 4306 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 2 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. Mir publishers 1977 4307 Fundamentals of organic chemistry: volume 1 1 Nesmeyanov, A. N. Mir Publishers 1976 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4308 Stereochemistry 1 Potapov, V. M. Mir Publishers 1978 4309 Problems and their solution in organic chemistry 1 Finar, I. L. ELBS 1973 Advanced organic chemistry: reactions, mechanisms McGraw-Hill 4310 1 March, Jerry 1977 and structure International Deslongchamps, 4311 Stereoelectronic effects in organic chemistry Pergamon 1983 1 Pierre. Solomons, T. W. 4312 Organic chemistry 1 John Wiley 1996 Graham. Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4313 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol 1 1 1980 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4314 1 1980 2 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4315 1 1980 3 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4316 1 1980 4 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4317 1 1980 5 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4318 1 1980 6 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4319 1 1980 7 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4320 1 1980 8 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4321 1 1980 9 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4322 1 1980 10 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4323 1 1980 11 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4324 1 1980 12 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4325 1 1980 13 britannica britannica SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4326 1 1980 14 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4327 1 1980 15 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4328 1 1980 16 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4329 1 1980 17 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4330 1 1980 18 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Macropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4331 1 1980 19 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4332 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 1 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4333 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 2 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4334 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 3 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4335 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 4 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4336 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 5 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4337 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 6 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4338 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 7 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4339 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 8 1 1980 britannica britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4340 The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol 9 1 1980 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Micropaedia Vol Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4341 1 1980 10 britannica britannica The new encyclopaedia britannica : Propaedia : Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4342 1 1980 Outline of Knowledge Guide to Britannica britannica britannica SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4343 Britannica Book of the year 1981 1 1981 Britannica Britannica 4344 Encyclopedia of composite materials and components 1 Martin Grayson John Wiley 1983 Encyclopedia 4345 Britannica Book of the year 1982 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 1982 Britannica 4346 Encyclopedia of Chemical technology Vol 1 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1978 4347 Encyclopedia of Chemical technology Vol 2 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1978 4348 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol 3 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1978 4349 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol 4 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1978 4350 Encyclopedia of chemical technology vol 5 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1978 4351 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol-6 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1979 4352 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol-7 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1979 4353 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol- 8 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1979 4354 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology Vol-11 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1980 4355 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 12 1 Kirk - Othmer John Wiley 1980 4356 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 13 1 Kirk Othmer John Wiley 1981 4357 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 10 1 Kirk Othmer John Wiley 1980 4358 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 14 1 Kirk Othmer John Wiley 1980 4359 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 15 1 Kirk - Othmer John Wiley 1981 4360 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol 16 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1981 4361 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol 17 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1982 4362 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol 18 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1982 4363 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol -19 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1982 4364 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol-20 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1982 4365 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol-21 1 Kirk-Othmer Wiley International 1983 Encyclopedia 4366 Britannica Book of the year 1983 1 Encyclopedia Britannica 1983 Britannica 4367 Encyclopedia of chemical Technology vol-9 1 Kirk-Othmer Wiley Interscience 1980 Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4368 Britannica book of the year 1984 1 1984 britannica britannica SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4369 Britannica Book of the Year 1985 1 1985 Britannica Britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4370 Britannica Book of the Year 1986 1 1986 Britannica Britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4371 Britannica Book of the year 1989 1 1988 Britannica Britannica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia 4372 Britannica Book of the year 1989 1 1988 Britannica Britannica Encyclopaedia 4373 Britannica book of the year 1993 1 Encyclopaedia britinnica 1993 britinnica Encyclopaedia Encyclopaedia of 4374 1994 Britannica Book of the year 1 1994 britinnica Britannica Inc. 4375 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Index. vol-1 to 4 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1979 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4376 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1976 1 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4377 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1977 2 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4378 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1966 3 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4379 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1976 4 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4380 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1966 5 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4381 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1967 7 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4382 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1969 10 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4383 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1970 12 Encyclopedia of Polymer Science and Technology vol 4384 1 Herman, F. Nark John Wiley 1972 16Index to vol-1-15 4385 Comprehensive organic chemistry Vol 1 1 Ollis, W David Pergamon Press 1979 4386 Comprehensive organic chemistry Vol 2 1 Ollis, W David Pergamon Press 1979 4387 Comprehensive organic chemistry Vol 3 1 Ollis, W David Pergamon Press 1979 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4388 Comprehensive organic chemistry Vol 4 1 Ollis, W David Pergamon Press 1979 4389 Comprehensive organic chemistry Vol 5 1 Ollis, W David Pergamon Press 1979 4390 Comprehensive organic chemistry Vol 6 1 Ollis, W David Pergamon Press 1979 4391 The Focal Encyclopedia of Photography vol-1 1 Michael R Focal Press 1978 4392 The Focal Encyclopedia of Photography vol-2 1 Michael R Focal Press 1978 4393 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 9 - 12 1 Kirk Othmer John Wiley 1981 Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4394 1 Hermar F. Mark John Wiley 1965 2 Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4395 1 Hermar F. Mark John Wiley 1965 14 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology Index Vol- 13 to 4396 1 Kirk-Othmer John Wiley 1982 16 Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4397 1 H.F.Mark John Wiley 1964 1 Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4398 1 H.F.Mark John Wiley 1967 6 Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4399 1 H.F.Mark John Wiley 1968 8 Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4400 1 H.F.Mark John Wiley 1969 11 Encyclopedia Of Polymer Science and Technology vol- 4401 1 H.F.Mark John Wiley 1970 13 4402 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology vol-22 1 Kirk-Othmer Wiley International 1983 Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology Index vol- 47 to 4403 1 Kirk-Othmer Wiley International 1983 20 4404 Encyclopedia of chemical Technology vol-23 1 Kirk-Othmer Wiley Interscience 1983 4405 Encyclopedia of chemical Technology vol-5 to 8 1 Kirk-Othmer Wiley Interscience 1980 4406 Encyclopedia of chemical technology Vol 24 1 Kirk - Othmer wiley interscience 1984 4407 Finishing Of jute and linear Fabrics 1 T Wood house Macmillan & Co. 1922 Heylin, Henry 4408 The Cotton weaver's handbook 1 Charles Griffin 1923 Brougham. 4409 Cotton-cellulose: its chemistry and technology 1 Hall A. J. Ernest Benn 1924 4410 Oil fats, Waxes and their manufactured products 1 Mitchell C Griffin Co. 1939 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4411 Flax, hemp & jute spinning cathctism no-4 1 H R Carter John Bale sons 1910 4412 Spinning, Weaving & Finishing of flax and jute 1 T Woodhouse Issac Pitman 1929 4413 Jute and Jute spinning 1 T Woodhouse Mcmillan 1938 4414 Finishing of jute & linear fabrics 1 T Woodhouse Macmillan & co 1936 4415 Art of weaving part- 2 1 W Leggatt William kidd & sons 1938 The Romance of Jute: a short history of the 4416 1 Waallace, D. R. Wthacker 1928 CalcuttaJute Mill Industry :: 1855-1927 John Bale and 4417 Jute and its manufacture 1 Carter, H. R. 1946 Danielson 4418 The manufacture of linen, hemp and jute fabrics 1 H R Carter John bale & Son 1919 Princeton University 4419 An introduction to jute weaving 1 T woodhouse 1922 Press 4420 Jute spinning calculation 1 A Smith Sir Issac Pitman 1935 4421 The methods of statistics 1 L.H.C. Tippett Williams 4422 Natural Asphalt and Mineral Bitumen 1 Delano W H 1935 4423 Modern textile microscopy 1 J M Preston Emmott & co. 1933 4424 Intrduction to the study of spinning 1 Morton, W E. Longmans Green 1937 4425 The Jute Industry: from seed to finished cloth 1 Woodhouse, T. Sir Issac Pitman 1921 4426 Jute and linen weaving 1 Woodhouse, Thomas. Emmott 1904 4427 The Physical Chemistry of Dyeing 1 T Vickerstaff Oliver and Boyd 1950 4428 Jute spinning Calculations 1 A Smith 1949 4429 Mechanics for textiles students 1 W.A. Hanton The textile institute 1945 4430 An Introduction to jute spinning 1 S N Kar Book Society calcutta 1951 A practical treatise on jute cultivation and spinning Part 4431 1 S K pal Das Gupta 1956 -1 Cashewnut shell liquid patents vol-2 Indian , U K & Cashew Export Cashew Export 4432 1 1964 Japanese Patents Promotion Council Promotion Council 4433 A Comprehensive study of jute 1 P K Deb Das Gupta & Co 1953 4434 Quality Control in jute Industry 1 S N Kar Book Society of India 1956 4435 Tufting: an introduction 1 Ward, Derek T. ed. Textile Business Press 1969 4436 Jute - fibre to Yarn 1 R.R.Atkinson Chemical Pub. 1965 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4437 Handbook of Textile Technology 1 H.L. Parsons Textile Institute 1949 4438 Carding - jute and similar fibres 1 Mather, J. N. ILIFFE Books 1969 4439 Data Book Jute 1 B.C.Mitra NIRJAFT 1999 The economist 4440 Special report on markets for jute 1 I J MA 1954 Intelligence Unit Indian jute mills association research institute 4441 1 I J A R I I J A R I 1947 memorandum and supplement 4442 jute bags,packs,pockets and sacks 1 T Woodhouse Mcmillan 1936 Training manual on jute processing for workers of jute Institute of Jute 4443 10 Atin Chaudhuri 2008 mills: volume A(part - A 1 to A) 4 : Mill Side Technology, Kolkata Training manual on jute processing for workers of jute Institute of Jute 4444 10 Prabir Ray 2008 mills: volume B(part - B1 to B4) : Factory side Technology, Kolkata Training manual on maintenance of jute mill machinery: Institute of Jute 4445 volume C-part - C 1 -maintenance of mill side 10 B .N.Mukerjee 2003 Technology, Kolkata machinery of jute Training manual on maintenance of jute mill machinery: Institute of Jute 4446 volume C - part C 2- Maintenance of factory side 10 S K Ghosh 2010 Technology, Kolkata machinery of jute Jute mill sardarder janya prashikhan pustika : (khanda Institute of Jute 4447 7 Ghosh, Swapan Kr. 2003 Reference D: D 1) Technology, Kolkata Technical handbook on jute processing: part-1 Mill side Institute of Jute 4448 10 Atin Chaudhuri 2008 (jute selection batching to jute spinning) Technology, Kolkata Technical handbook on jute processing: part - factory Ray, Sadhan Institute of Jute 4449 10 2008 side (jute winding to jute sack sewing & finishing) Chandra. , Technology, Kolkata Training of trainers: part [Trainers Officers and 4450 1 NITRA NITRA 1995 Managers] The society of Dyers The society of Dyers 4451 Colour Index vol- 1 1 1971 and Colourists and Colourists The society of Dyers The society of Dyers 4452 Colour Index vol- 2 1 1971 and Colourists and Colourists The society of Dyers The society of Dyers 4453 Colour Index vol- 3 1 1971 and Colourists and Colourists The society of Dyers The society of Dyers 4454 Colour Index vol- 4 1 1971 and Colourists and Colourists SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The society of Dyers The society of Dyers 4455 Colour Index vol- 5 1 1971 and Colourists and Colourists The society of Dyers The society of Dyers 4456 Colour Index vol- 6 1 1975 and Colourists and Colourists 4457 A Text-book of organic chemistry 1 Schmidt, Julius Gurney and Jackson 1926 4458 Experimental electronics 1 Muller, Ralph Prentice-Hall 1943 4459 International cotton congress 18th 1 Cotton Conference Emmott 1972 4460 Principals and practice of industrial madicine 1 F.Macupler Milliacee 1942 4461 Chambers chemical dictionary 1 W&R Chambers W&R Chambers 1934 4462 Rancidity in edible facts 1 Chlea Elsevier 1939 4463 The new physics and chemistry 1 M. Shenstre Smilli Elder 1937 4464 The world commercial products 1 J.A.Slaler Isaac Pitman 1943 4465 Science in mordern life Part 2 1 J.R.A.davis Greslaw publishing 1936 4466 Science in mordern life Part 3 1 J.R.A.davis Greslaw publishing 1937 4467 Science in mordern life Part 4 1 J.R.A.davis Greslaw publishing 1938 4468 Science in mordern life Part 5 1 J.R.A.davis Greslaw publishing 1939 4469 Science in mordern life Part 6 1 J.R.A.davis Greslaw publishing 1940 4470 Procters lather chemist's pocket book 1 M.R.Atkin Longmans Green 1936 4471 Chemical society annual report 1943 1 Chemical society Chemical society 1941 4472 An introduction to laboratory technique 1 A.J. Anslery Macmillan & Co. 1932 4473 Textiles 1 Kadolph, Sara J. Thacker & co 1993 4474 Chemical technical dictionary 1 M.W.Mayer Chemical publishing 1933 4475 Manufacturers practical recipes 1 Lowis James Lowis James Co. 1941 4476 The war cases 1 Marrison J.A. Churchill 1935 4477 Science for the citizen 1 Hogben C.Albert 1932 International University 4478 International University Course vol- 1 1 I U S 1939 Society International University 4479 International University Course vol- 2 1 I U S 1939 Society International University 4480 International University Course vol- 3 1 I U S 1940 Society SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year International University 4481 International University Course vol- 4 1 I U S 1940 Society International University 4482 International University Course vol- 5 1 I U S 1941 Society International University 4483 International University Course vol- 6 1 I U S 1943 Society International University 4484 International University Course vol- 7 1 I U S 1943 Society International University 4485 International University Course vol- 8 1 I U S 1944 Society 4486 The Library Atlas 1 Goodall G Phillip & Son 1940 National research 4487 Industrial Research laboratories of the united states 1 NRC 1937 Council 4488 Managerial control 1 J glovert Ronald Press 1939 4489 Industrial Psychology practice 1 G Miles Issac Pitman 1932 4490 Everyday science 1 Cynl Hall Blackie & son 1944 4491 The bases of Modern science 1 J W N Penguin Books 1940 4492 Advances in Enzymology vol- 1 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1941 4493 Advances in Enzymology vol- 2 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1942 4494 Advances in Enzymology vol- 3 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1944 4495 Science in war 1 Allen Issac Allen Issac Penguin 1943 4496 Physical methods of organic chemistry: volume 1 1 Arnold Weissberger Interscience Publishers 1945 4497 Dundee chamber of Commerce year book 1 Dundee Chamber Dundee Chamber 1938 4498 Story of the Royal society of Arts 1 E V Lucas John Murray 1942 Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 4499 1 1937 21 Industry Industry Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 4500 1 1938 22 Industry Industry Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 4501 1 1939 24 Industry Industry Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 4502 1 1940 25 Industry Industry SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 4503 1 1941 26 Industry Industry Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 4504 1 1942 27 Industry Industry Annual reports of the society of chemical Industry vol- Society of Chemical Society of Chemical 4505 1 1943 28 Industry Industry Imperial chemical 4506 Industrial organic chemistry 1 J F G Hnis 1937 Industries 4507 New Dictionary of chemistry 1 Stephen Miall Longman Green 1930 4508 Chemical synonyms and trade names 1 W Gardner Technical press 1935 4509 British Standards packaging code 1 BSO BSO 1938 4510 Colloid systems: a survey of the phenomena ... 1 Buzagh, A. Von. The Technical Press 1937 4511 The law of trade and merchandise marks in India 1 S Venkateswaran Ernest Benn 1936 4512 Tag Instruments 1 C.J.Tagliabue Brooklyn 1938 4513 Advances in Enzymology vol-4 1 F F Nord Interscience Pub 1943 4514 Practical photo Micrography 1 J E Barnard Edward Arnold 1932 His Majesty's Stationery 4515 Medical research council special report no 249 1 MRC 1934 office 4516 Aluminium facts and figures 1 British Aluminium Co. British Aluminium co. 1932 Copper development 4517 1 Copper Dev.ass. 1938 Aluminium Brouze ass. 4518 The art of camouflage 1 J Huddlestone Robert Hale 1940 4519 Technologie Der Textil FaSun 1 H Mark Sir Isaac Pitman 1938 4520 The Jute annual 1936 1 R J Aruolt British Continental Press 1936 4521 Metallic corrosion passivity and protection 1 Evans,Ulick R. Edward Arnold 1937 4522 The jute year book & directory 1940 1 D R Wallace W Thacker 1940 4523 Industrial Enterprise in India 1 Nabagopal Das George Newmens 1937 Indian Science 4524 An outline of the field sciences in India 1 S L Hora 1937 Congrass Ass. Progress of Science in India during past twenty five Indian Science 4525 1 D Prashad 1937 years Congrass Ass. SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Strength of materials: a text book covering 4526 1 Warnock, F. V. Sir Issac Pitman 1943 thesyllabuses ... 4527 Register of scientists of scientific research in India 1 H R Carter John bale & Son 1941 4528 Pitman's commercial correspondence in French 1 Pitman Issac Pitman & son 1946 Colloidal phenomena: an introduction to the science 4529 1 Hauser, Ernst A. McGaw - HilL 1939 ocolloids 4530 Through science to philosophy 1 H Dingle The Clarendon Press 1947 4531 The mechanism of nature 1 E N DA G Audrade G Bell & Sons 1939 4532 Inventor's Caval cade 1 E Larsen Lindsay Drummond 1942 4533 Technics and ciulization 1 L Muanford George Routledge 1940 4534 Training in foreman ship & management 1 J J Gillespie Issac Pitman 1944 Whitt Lesey House/ 4535 Handbook of Photography 1 K Henney 1937 McGraw Hill 4536 The Book of Popular Science vol- 1 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1932 4537 The Book of Popular Science vol- 2 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1932 4538 The Book of Popular Science vol- 3 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1933 4539 The Book of Popular Science vol- 4 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1933 4540 The Book of Popular Science vol- 5 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1934 4541 The Book of Popular Science vol- 6 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1935 4542 The Book of Popular Science vol- 7 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1936 4543 The Book of Popular Science vol- 8 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1937 4544 The Book of Popular Science vol- 9 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1938 4545 The Book of Popular Science vol- 10 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1939 4546 The Book of Popular Science vol- 11 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1940 4547 The Book of Popular Science vol- 12 1 D S Kimball The Grolier Society Inc. 1941 4548 Patent Law 1 C H Biesterfeld John Wiley 1943 British standards 4549 British standards year book 1944-45 1 BSI 1945 Institute Society of chemical 4550 Reports of the progress of applied chemistry Vol 29 1 F. Rumford 1944 industry 4551 The advancing front of science 1 G.W. Gray Whiltlesey House 1945 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4552 The boundaries of science 1 J. Macmurray Faber and Faber Ltd. 1943 4553 Advances in enzymology Vol 5 1 F.F. Nord Interscience publishers 1945 4554 Advances in enzymology Vol 6 1 F.F. Nord Interscience publishers 1946 4555 Document photography 1 H.W. Greenwood Focal Press 1942 Electronic equipment and accessories: a 4556 conciseintroduction to the principles of electronics 1 Walker, R. C. George Newnes 1946 andtheir applications in 4557 The world of science 1 F. Sherwood Taylor William Heinemann 1949 4558 Carter's flax hemp and jute year book 1946-1947 1 William Carter H.R. carter publication 1947 4559 Chemistry for the executive 1 R.K. Strong Reinhold Publishing 1939 4560 Industrial research and development in united kingdom 1 H F Heath Faber and Faber Ltd. 1944 Technical methods of analysis: as employed in 4561 1 Griffin, RogerCastle. McGraw-Hill 1927 thelaboratories of Arthur D. Little 4562 Industrial research 1 Todd Publishing Todd Publishing Co.Ltd. 1937 Imperial chemical 4563 Thionol Dyestuffs 1 ICI 1939 industries British standards 4564 British standards institution yearbook 1947 1 BSI 1947 institution Annual reports of the society of chemical industry on Society of chemical Society of chemical 4565 1 1945 the progress of applied chemistry VOL XXX - 1945 industry industry 4566 The social relations of science 1 G.K.Crowther Macmillan and Co Ltd. 1947 Cooke throughton & 4567 Cooke Microscope 1 Cooke 1943 Simms 4568 Photography by Infrared Ed 2 1 W Clark John Willey 1945 4569 The road to mordern science 1 H.A Reason G.Bell & Sons 1946 4570 Science looks ahead 1 A. K Low Oxford university press 1945 4571 Out of the test tube 1 H.N. Holmes Emerson books 1940 4572 Bleaching, Dyeing, printing and finighing machinery 1 J.T.Bowden James Farmer Noton 1942 Calcutta University 4573 Calcutta university - Regulations 1 C.U 1949 Press 4574 Methods of analysis of coal and coke 1 Fuel Research Board Chemical publishing 1947 4575 The enemy under the microscope 1 O' Kuznetsova Hutchison's book 1945 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The institution of civil 4576 The civil engineer in war Vol 3 1 Docks and Harbours 1948 engineers 4577 The examination of water and water supplies 1 J.C. Thresh J & A Churchill 1940 British standards 4578 British standards yearbook 1946 1 BSI 1946 institutions Report on the investigation of the developments of 4579 1 N.P. Hunt Cotton Textile Industries 1946 cotton textiles indstries overseas 4580 Research in car industry 1 General Motor General Motor Corp 1945 4581 Inside information : how the nations service work 1 H.W. Greenwood Odhams Press 1948 Society of Society of chemical 4582 Applied chemistry reports vol 32 1 1947 chemicalInd Industry 4583 Chemical Architecture vol- 5 1 Burk J B Interscience Publishers 1939 4584 Annual review of microbiology vol-2 1 C E Clifton Annual reviews 1936 4585 Harmony of nature 1 L R Wheeler Edward Arnold & co. British Standards 4586 British standards year book 1949 1 BSI 1949 Institution 4587 Advances in Enzymology vol- 7 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1947 4588 Advances in Enzymology vol- 8 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1948 4589 Medical Magic 1 D Dietz New Home Library 1946 Chemical discovery and invention in the twentieth 4590 1 W a Tilden George routledge 1946 century 4591 Advances in Enzymology vol-9 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1949 4592 Science and Soviet Russia 1 J G Crowther Williams & Norgate 1943 4593 Familiar Quotations 1 J Bartlett Macmillan & Co 4594 Advances in Enzymology vol 10 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1950 4595 British Scientists of the 19th Century 1 J G Crowther Kegan Paul 1949 4596 Alcohol Explored 1 H W haggard Doubleday Doran 1950 The Boys Book of Modern Scientific wonders and 4597 1 G S Ranshaw Burke Publishing 1948 inventions 4598 The Elements of Research 1 F L Whitnery Prentice hall 1949 Society of Chemical 4599 Reports on the Progress of applied chemistry 1 S C I 1952 Industry SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4600 Advances in Enzymology vol-11 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1956 4601 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 1 1 M D Law George Newnes 1943 4602 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 2 1 M D Law George Newnes 1943 4603 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 3 1 M D Law George Newnes 1943 4604 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 7 1 M D Law George Newnes 1949 4605 Chamber's Encyclopedia vol- 14 1 M D Law George Newnes 1952 4606 Man Studies life 1 G N Ridley Watt & Co. 1951 4607 The Chemistry of life 1 J S D Bacon Watt & Co. 1950 4608 Science and Everday life 1 J B S Holdane Penguine Books 1948 4609 Famous American Men of science vol-1 1 J G Crowther Penguine Books 1950 4610 Famous American Men of science vol-2 1 J G Crowther Penguine Books 1951 4611 Soviet Science 1 J G Crowther Penguine Books 1946 4612 A Dictionary of Science 1 E B Uvarov Penguine Books 1948 4613 Rutherford of Nelson 1 B N Evans Penguine Books 1949 4614 Man, Microbe and molady 1 J Drew Penguine Books 1951 4615 Explosives 1 J Read Penguine Books 1946 4616 The Home University Library of Modern knowledge 1 J A Hobson Thornton Buther Worth 1951 4617 Encyclopedia of Chemical technology 1 R E Kirk Interscience Publisher 1950 4618 Advances in Enzymology Vol-12 1 F F Nord Interscience Publisher 1952 4619 Whitaker's Almanack 1952 1 J.Whitaker J.Whitaker pub. 1952 4620 Advances in Enzymology Vol-12 1 F F Nord Interscience Publisher 1952 4621 Modern Packaging Encyclopedia 1952 1 Packaging Cat Corp. Packaging Catalog 1952 Oxford Medical 4622 A Text book of Psychiatry 1 D K Henderson 1950 Publications Bulterworths Scientific 4623 World list of Scientific periodicals 1900-1950 1 W A Smith 1950 Pubs. 4624 Advances in Enzymology vol-13 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1953 4625 Bengal chamber of Commerce & Industry 1853-1953 1 G W Tyson Interscience Publishers 1953 4626 More Simple Science- Earth and Man 1 J Huxley Basil Blackell - Oxford 1946 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Kegan Paul , Trench, 4627 The Inventor and his world 1 H S Hatfield 1951 Turbuer 4628 Modern Miracle Men 1 J D Rateliff Dodd, Mead 1948 4629 Lives and Dollars 1 J D Rateliff Dodd, Mead 1943 4630 War against Disease 1 M Silverman Michael Joseph Ltd 1946 National Register of Scientific and Technical personnel 4631 1 C S I R C S I R 1950 in india 4632 Patented inventions of the C S I R 1940-50 1 C S I R C S I R 1952 4633 Advances in Enzymology vol-14 1 F F Nord Interscience Publisher 1953 4634 Chemical Constitution and Biological Activity 1 W A Sexton E & F N Spon 1952 4635 Chemical Constitution and Biological Activity 1 W A Sexton E & F N Spon 1952 4636 Correlation Index 1 Runge G E Speial Libraries Ass. 1957 4637 Kodak Reference handbook 1 Kodak Eastman Kodak 1954 4638 Kodak color Handbook 1 Kodak Eastman Kodak 1954 Encyclopedia handbook to the bedding and upholstery 4639 1 Bedding Pub. Bedding Publications 1954 Industry 1954 Princeton University 4640 Society and Medical Progress 1 B J Stern 1953 Press 4641 Science remakes our world 1 J Stokley Ives Washburn 1952 4642 Science for the prosecntion 1 J Grant Chapman & Hall 1948 4643 Master minds of modern science 1 T C Bridges George G Hanap 1953 4644 Humour and Humanism in Chemistry 1 J Read G Bell & Sons 1948 4645 From a Chemist's Diary 1 R Cross Kansas lity testing lab 1953 4646 So you want to be achemists ? 1 H Coith McGraw Hill Books 1951 G.B Central control 4647 Alcohol : its action on the human organism 1 His Majesty's Stationary 1953 Board 4648 Industrial Psychology 1 C S Myers Oxford University Press 1943 4649 Advances in Enzymology vol-15 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1954 Public Relations 4650 India : annual reviews 1 Govt.of India 1955 Department 4651 The history of unilever vol- 1 1 Charles wilson Cassell & co. 1953 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4652 British Rayon ,silk and synthetic textiles directory 1 Harlequin Press Harlequin press 1954 Survey of research problems in plastics with special 4653 reference to the development of plastics industry in 1 C S I R C S I R 1954 India Survey of research problems in plastics with special 4654 reference to the development of plastics industry in 1 C S I R C S I R 1954 India 4655 Advances in enzymology 1 F.F. Nord Interscience publisher 1955 4656 The romance of willesden dux oriental and anti-gas 1 C.J. Healey Vase press 1955 4657 Thorpe's dictionary of applied chemistry Vol 12 1 J F Thorpe Longmans green 1955 S.P.A. anti grafiche 4658 International symposiumon micromolicular chemistry 1 S P A 1956 patrelli & patrelli 4659 Mordern arms and free men 1 V. Bush William Heinemann 1955 4660 The elements of practical psycho - analysis 1 P.Bousfield Kegan Paul 1956 4661 Famous chemist : The man and their work 1 W.A. Tilden george routledge 1954 4662 Physical techniques in biological research vol- 1 1 G Oster Academic Press 1954 4663 An encyclopedia of the chemical process Industries 1 J R Stewant Chemical publishing 1952 4664 Advances in enzymology Vol 17 1 F.F. Nord Interscience publisher 1955 4665 Physics made simple 1 Freeman, Ira M. Made SimpleBooks 1954 A brief review of science and technology in western Department of scientific 4666 1 D S I R 1951 germany industrial research 4667 Dictionary of textile term 1 M. Polanyi Pergamon press 1949 4668 Popular scientific recreations 1 A.M. Low Ward, Lock & Co 1955 4669 British scientist 1 Rechard gregory William Collins 1953 4670 Microbe Hunters 1 Paul De Kruif Jonathan Cape 1952 4671 Cambridge 1 W Matthison A & C black 1950 4672 Frends thories of the neuroses 1 E. Hitschnann Kegan Paul 1955 Records and research in engineering and industril 4673 1 J.E.Holmstrom Champman and Hall 1949 science 4674 Cassell's classified quotations 1 W.G Benham Cassell and co 1942 4675 British standard annual report 1955 - 1956 1 B S I BSI 1956 4676 Chemical engineering economics 1 C Tayler McGrow Hill Book 1955 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4677 Chemical publications 1 M.G. Mellon McGrow Hill Book 1956 4678 Bibliography of paper making 1951 - 1955 1 J. Weiner Technical association 1955 4679 Technical report writing 1 F.H. Rhodes McGrow-Hill Book 1952 National Fire Protection 4680 National fire codes vol-1-4 1 N F P A 1955 Ass. National Fire Protection 4681 Extinguishing Equipment 1 N F P A 1956 Ass. National Fire Protection 4682 Electrical 1 N F P A 1956 Ass. 4683 Your World to-morrow 1 A M Low Hutchison & co. 1955 4684 Modern packaging encyclopedia vol-30 1 Packaging Cat ass. Packaging Catalog 1956 4685 Souvenir 1 Indian Patent Office Indian Patent Office 1953 4686 Modern Plastics Encyclopedia vol- 34 1 Packaging Cat ass. Breskin Publication 1960 4687 A Guide to the literature of Chemistry 1 E J Crane John wiley 1956 4688 The Chemical Revolution 1 A Clow Prentice Hill 1957 4689 The social function of science 1 J D Barnal George routledge 1955 4690 Everyday knowledge in picture 1 E Leifson Odhans Press 1952 4691 Modern Packaging encyclopedia 1 Packaging Cat. Ass. Packaging catalog 1956 4692 Advances in Enzymology vol-18 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1957 4693 Advances in Enzymology vol-19 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1957 4694 British Standards year book 1958 1 B S I BSI 1958 4695 Bibliography of papermaking and u.s. patents 1955-56 1 J.Weiner Technical association 1956 Bengal Engineering Bengal Engineering 4696 Bengal Engineering College Centenary 1 1958 College College 4697 Bibliography of papermaking and u.s. patent 1957 1 J Weiner Technical association 1957 4698 Study Abroad vol- 8 1956 1 UNESCO UNESCO 1956 Review of Industrial microbiology in British Her Majisty's Stationary 4699 1 G A Ledingham 1957 commonwealth countries office 4700 Acharya Jagadish Chandra Bose 1858-1958 1 Bose Institute Bose Institute 1958 4701 Materials to-morrow 1 P I Samith Prentice hill 1956 4702 Science magic 1 K M Swezed McGraw Hill Book 1952 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4703 Science and salvage 1 L A Ferney Crosby Lockwood 1954 Buther worth Scientific 4704 The application of results of research 1 V Connell 1958 Pub. 4705 Promotion and pay for Executives 1 G Copeman Business Publications 1959 Central Office of Central Office of 4706 Britain -An Official handbook 1958 1 1958 Information Information 4707 British standards year book 1959 1 B I S BIS 1959 4708 The Physics and chemistry of life 1 Scientific American G Bell and Sous 1956 4709 Education and Training in Industry 1 J Wellens Columbine Press 1957 4710 Co-Operative Research in Industry 1 D W Hill Hutchison's Scientific 1955 4711 What industry Owes to chemical science 1 Pilcher, Richard B. W Heffer & sons 1956 4712 The Chemical age 1 W Haynes Secker & Warbury 1952 4713 Sex 1 P Geddes Williams 1959 4714 Bibliography of paper making and U.S. Patents 1958 1 J Weiner Tappi,New York 1958 4715 Bether report writing 1 W H walds Reinhold Publishing 1959 4716 Chemical Business handbook 1 J H Perry McGraw Hill Book 1958 4717 Man Made Textile Encyclopedia 1 J J Press Textile book Publishers 1957 4718 British Chemistry Industry 1 G I Morgan Edward Arnold 1955 4719 Chemical process Industries 1 R N Sherve McGraw Hill Book 1958 4720 Germany-Land of Substitutes 1 O Nissen John Gifford 1959 4721 Handbook of Industrial research management 1 C Heyel Reinhold Publishing 1958 4722 Indian Scientific and Technical publications 1 C S I R C S I R 1958 4723 British standards year book 1960 1 B S I BSI 1960 4724 IP standards for petroleum and its products part -2 1 J E Honldin Graham Sultan 1960 4725 Science in Industry 1 A M Low Oxford University Press 1959 4726 Brain-Building For Success 1 W J Ennever Ennever Foundation 1956 4727 Man who make the future 1 B Bliven Pilot Press 1957 4728 The Neglect of science 1 F E Simon Basil Blackwell 1959 4729 The World's greatest wounders 1 H Wheeler Home library 1957 4730 How it works and how its done 1 E Hawks Home library 1960 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4731 Great man of Indai 1 L F Rushbrook Home library 1957 4732 Advances in Enzymology vol-21 1 F F nord Interscience Publisher 1959 4733 Advances in Enzymology vol-22 1 F F nord Interscience Publisher 1960 4734 Bibliography of papermaking and U.S patent 1959 1 J Weiner Tappi 1959 Commissioners for Commissioners for the 4735 Calcutta Port Annual 1960 1 1960 the port of Calcutta port of Calcutta 4736 Atlas of bacterial flagellation 1 E Leifson Academic Press 1961 Commonwealth Commonwealth 4737 Herb I M I Handbook 1 1960 Mycological Institute Mycological Institute 4738 Secientific Russian 1 J W Perry Interscience Publishers 1959 4739 Irrigation Principles and Practices 1 O W Israelsen Reinhold Publishing 1957 Her Majesty's Sationary 4740 Science in secondary school 1 J.Weiner 1958 office 4741 British standards year book 1962 1 B S I B S I 1962 4742 Advances in Enzymology vol-30 1 F F Nord Interscience Publisher 1961 The progress of science in india during the past twenty Indian Science 4743 1 B Prashad 1960 five years Congress 4744 The Study of the physical world 1 N D Cheronis George G Harrap 1961 4745 Practical financial statement analysis 1 Roy A McGraw Hill Book 1961 4746 Advances in enzymology vol-24 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1962 4747 Modern plastics Encyclopedia vol-40 1 Packaging Cat ass. Breskin Pub. 1963 4748 Skinner's cotton trade directory of the world 1 Thomas Skinner Thomas Skinner & co 1963 4749 British Standards year book 1963 1 B S I B S I 1963 4750 Advances in Enzymology vol-25 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1963 University of London 4751 Signposts to science 1 C M Lambert 1968 Press 4752 Researches on cellulose: part 2 (1900-1905) 1 Cross,C. F. Longmans, Green 1906 4753 Textile terms and Definition 1 R Clark Textile Institute Pub. 1959 4754 The science Digest reader 1 M J Moroney Windsor press 1960 4755 Chemistry in service of man 1 A Findlay Longmans Green 1959 4756 Invitation to Chemical Research 1 E E Reid Franklin Publishing 1962 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4757 laboratory instruments : their design and application 1 A Elliott Chemical Publishing 1959 Organic chemistry simplified: based completely on 4758 1 Macy, Rudolph. Chemical Publishin 1955 theelectron theory 4759 Automatic process control 1 Hadley, W. A. Sir IsaacPitman 1963 4760 British Standards year book 1964 1 B S I B S I 1964 4761 Science and technology for Development 1 United Nations United nations 1963 4762 Science and Planning 1 United Nations United nations 1963 4763 Plenary proceedings list of papers 1 United Nations United nations 1962 Science and technology for Development : Education 4764 1 United Nations United nations 1963 and trainning 4765 Agriculture 1 United Nations United nations 1957 4766 Industry 1 United Nations United nations 1963 4767 People and Living 1 United Nations United nations 1956 4768 Advances in Enzymology vol-26 1 F F Nord Interscience Publisher 1964 4769 Research on road safety 1 W H Glanville Her majesty's Stationary 1965 4770 Every day things and their story 1 A M Low Odhams Press 1963 4771 Govt. Test House : golden Jubilee 2 Govt. Tea Board Thornes Publications 1964 4772 Jute : the golden fibre 1 S I Chudhury East pakistan pub. 1957 Stock exchange 4773 Stock exchange Gazette 1 Throgmorton 1964 Gazette, London 4774 The story of India 1 F R Moracs Noble Publishing House 1957 4775 The way to be happy 1 L Gonld Victor Gollancy 1962 4776 More speeches and stories for every occasion 1 A C Edgerton Noble & Noble 1952 4777 Love against Hate 1 K Menninger harcourt Brace & co 1961 4778 The Naked Nagas 1 Christoph Von Muthuer & co 1956 4779 The art of Investment 1 A G Ellinger Bowes & book 1963 4780 India Arms for Victory 1 G W Tyson Kitabistan 1962 4781 Digressions of a Ditcher 1 H Hobbs Baptist mission Press 1957 4782 Jawaharlal Nehhru : an Autobiography 1 Jawaharlal Nehhru John Lone the Bodley 1956 4783 Bengal Journey 1 R Godden Longmans Green 1958 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4784 Thesourus and Epigrams 1 E Fuller Crown Publisher 1956 4785 Laboratry handbook 1 N L Parr George Newnes 1963 4786 Handbook of Industrial research Management 1 C Heyel Reinhold Publishing 1963 4787 James finley & Co ltd 1750-1950 1 James Finley Jackson son 1950 National and Grindlays 4788 100 years of Banking Asia and Africa 1 G Tyson 1967 bank 4789 Andrew jule & company lid 1863-1963 1 Andrew Jule Andrew Jule & co 1963 4790 Surface coatings and finishes 1 P L Gordon Chemical Publishing 1955 4791 Points and Pathways in Research 1 C I B A Ciba of india 1962 4792 Manual of man made fibres 1 Charles Z Carroll Chemical Publishing 1961 4793 The technology of cordage fibres and Rope 1 D Himmelfarb Leonard Hill 1960 4794 Non-Woven fabrics 1 F M Buresh Reinhold Pub. 1963 4795 Pointers and pathways in research 1 C I B A Ciba of India 1965 4796 Promotion and Pay for Executives 1 G Copeman Business Publication 1964 4797 Industry and Technical Process 1 C F Carter Oxford University Press 1959 4798 Chemical Mechinery 1 E R Riegel Reinhold Publishind 1963 4799 Selling Overseas 1 H Deschampsments Business Publication 1960 Uses and Applications of Chemicals and related 4800 1 T C Gregory Reinhold Publishind 1939 materials vol-1 Central Office of 4801 Britain -An Official Handbook 1 1960 C O I Information 4802 The Duncan Group 1 Duncan Brothers Batford Ltd. 1959 4803 Laboratory Administration 1 E S Hiscocks Macmillan & Co 1962 4804 Investing your money 1 B P Whitehouse W & G Foyle 1963 4805 Colour Photography 1 Kodak Kodak Ltd 1959 Royal Institute of 4806 Laboratory Handbook of Toxic Agents 1 C H Gray 1961 Chemistry 4807 A Student's text book of textile science 1 A J Halkl Allman & Son 1964 4808 Introduction to Fibres to fabrics 1 E Kornreich National Trade Press 1952 4809 Basic chemistry of textile colouring and finishing 1 S R Cockelt National Trade Press 1953 4810 laminated Plastics 1 D J D Duffin Reinhold Publishing 1959 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4811 Silicones 1 K D Paist Reinhold Publishing 1960 4812 Chemistry and man 1 C Hinshelwood E & F N Spon 1964 4813 World jute Directory 1 G Hughes Waste Trade Reviews 1955 4814 Achievements of British Chemical 1 G T Morgan Royal Society of arts 1939 4815 Starch and Starch products in paper coating 1957 1 TAPPI Tappi 1957 4816 Colloids- their properties and application 1 A G Word Blackie & Sons 1958 4817 Packaging Engineering 1954 1 L C Barail Reinhold Publishing 1954 Butterworth Scientific 4818 Textile Engineering Process 1 A H Nissan 1963 Publications 4819 Textiles and Fabrics 1 A J Ernest Moss Chemical Publishing 1961 4820 Textile terms and definitions 1 Textile Institute Textile Institute 1963 The National Trade 4821 A Handbook of textile dyeing and printing 1955 1 A J Hall 1955 Press The National Trade 4822 A handbook of textile finishing 1952 1 A J Hall 1952 Press 4823 A short history of the bengal club 1827-1927 1 H R Panckridge Bengal Club Calcutta 1927 4824 Working party reports Jute 1948 1 K.Clerk H M S O 1948 A Practical Treatise on jute cultivation and jute spinning 4825 1 S K Pal Dasgupta & Co 1951 part-1 Govt. of India Planning 4826 Programmes of Industrial development 1951-56 1 1956 Govt. of India Planning Commission 4827 Summary report of jute research conference 1 I J A R I I J A R I 1964 4828 Summary report of jute research conference 1 I J A R I I J A R I 1964 4829 Summary report of jute research conference 1 I J A R I I J A R I 1964 4830 Summary report of jute research conference 1 I J A R I I J A R I 1964 4831 Indian Textile Annual & Directory 1 J R Dutta Eastland Publication 1965 4832 Advances in Enzymology vol-27 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1965 Her Majesty's Stationary 4833 Research for Industry 1960 1 H M S O 1960 Office Her Majesty's Stationary 4834 Research for Industry 1962 1 H M S O 1962 Office SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Her Majesty's Stationary 4835 Research for Industry 1963 1 H M S O 1963 Office Her Majesty's Stationary 4836 Research for Industry 1964 1 H M S O 1964 Office Union Catalogue 4837 Catalogue of serials in the national science library 1 INSDOC 1965 Division,INSDOC Catalogue of serials in the Indian Institute of science 4838 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1966 library 4839 Facts from figures 1 M J Moroney Penguine Books 1968 U S Dept. of 4840 United States Tariff commission 1 U S Dept. of Commerce 1965 Commerce 4841 British Standards year book 1966 1 B S I B S I 1966 4842 Advances in Enzymology vol-28 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1966 4843 Lady Luck : the theory of probability 1 W Weaver Heinemann 1966 4844 Organic syntheses collective vol-3 1 E C Horning John Wiley 1962 4845 The human side of Enterprise 1 D Mcgregor McGraw Hill Books 1967 4846 Chemical publications: their nature and Use 1 M G Mellon McGraw Hill 1963 4847 British Standards year book 1967 1 B S I B S I 1967 4848 War against crime 1 N R Guha roy Security Publishers 1966 The Fertiliser 4849 Estimates of fertiliser consumption in India 1970-71 1 Roy L Donahne 1971 Association Of India 4850 Advances in applied microbiology vol-8 1 W W Umbreit Academic Press 1966 4851 The scientist speculates 1 I J Good Heinemann 1963 4852 First get-together of research and Industry 1 C S I R C S I R 1965 A G Venkataraman, 4853 Income Tax Guide 1966-67 1 A G Venkataraman 1967 Madras 4854 Advances in Enzymology vol-29 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishers 1967 Chandhuris compilation of the fundamental rules and S Lakshi Singh 4855 1 S Lakshi Singh 1966 the Supplementary rules vol-2 Chandhuri 4856 The Employee's provident funds act 1952 1 D N Volra Labour laws Publishers 1952 Dismissal Discharge of Punishment lay-off and 4857 1 D N Volra Labour laws Publishers 1967 retrenchment in the private sector SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year North Holland 4858 Computer programming and formal systems 1 P Braffort 1964 Publishing British standards 4859 British Standards year book 1968 1 B S I 1968 institute 4860 Applications of O & M 1 G E Milward Macdonald & Evans 1967 4861 Discrete dynamic programming 1 R Aris Blaisdell Publishing 1969 Take a letter, please: a cyclopedia of business and 4862 1 J B Opdycke Funk & Wagualls co 1968 social correspondence 4863 Advances in enzymology vol-30 1 F F Nord Interscience Publishing 1968 4864 Govt. Test house: Golden jubilee 1 Tea Board Thorne's Publication 1964 Catalogue of serials in the Indian Agricultural research 4865 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1965 institute library Regional union catalogue of scientific serials : Delhi 4866 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1965 medical Libraries Regional union catalogue of scientific serials : varanasi 4867 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1965 Union catalogue 4868 Exhibition of scientific and technical books 1 INSDOC INSDOC 1966 4869 The life and work of J B S Haldane 1 R Clark Hodder and Stonghton 1966 4870 An inter firm comoarison of textile mills 1 ATIRA ATIRA 1965 4871 Learned institution in India 1 Mohinder Singh Balgovind Prakashan 1969 4872 Advances in applied microbiology vol-9 1 W W Umbreit Academic Press 1967 4873 Advances in applied microbiology vol-10 1 W W Umbreit Academic Press 1968 4874 F.A.O Production yearbook vol-21 1 Natiz Erus F A O of United nations 1967 The English 4875 Teach youeself german 1 David Mckay Co. 1959 University Press Hugo's language Hugo's language 4876 Hugo's German grammar simplified 1 1966 Institute Institute 4877 German how to speak and wtite it 1 J Rosenberg Asia Publishing House 1968 Association of Official 4878 Official methods of analysis of the A.O.A.C. 1 A.O.A.C. 1965 Agriculture National Index of Agricultural field experiment vol-3 4879 1 I C A R I C A R 1955 Bihar SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year National Index of Agricultural field experiment vol-13 4880 1 I C A R I C A R 1967 Utter Pradesh National Index of Agricultural field experiment vol-14 4881 1 I C A R I C A R 1968 West bengal 4882 Parkinsons' Law 1 C N Parkinson John Murray 1967 4883 Patent office Handbook 1 Patent Office Manager of publications 1968 Shavaksha, Kaikobad 4884 The trade and Merchandise marks act 1958 1 Manager of publications 1958 Sorabji Indian Lac Research 4885 Shellac Patent Index with Abstracts 1 R.W.Aldis 1961 Institute, Indian National Scientific 4886 The directory of scientific research institutions in india 1 T.S Rajagopalan 1969 Documentation Centre Hugo's language Hugo's language 4887 Hugo's - German -English, English - German Dictionary 1 1968 institute institute Hugo's language Hugo's language 4888 Hugo's - German -English, English - German Dictionary 1 1959 institute institute Chandri's compilation of the civil service regulations Vol 4889 1 S.L. Singh Chandri S. Lakshi Singh Chandri 1970 2, ED7 Planning commision 4890 Fourth five year plan 1969 - 1974 1 Planning Commission 1974 govt of India 4891 Indian Textiles Annual and dicrectory 1967 1 Eastland Eastland Publisher 1967 Indian Standards 4892 Metric change in India 1 L.C Verman 1969 Institution, New Delhi Administrative staff 4893 Science in India 1 W. Morehouse 1971 college of India Allied Publishers 4894 Chambers's twentieth century dictionary Revised Edu. 1 W.Geddie 1971 (Bombay) 4895 Income tax rules 1961 1 Central Law Agency Central Law Agency 1971 Graphic arts 4896 Getting Started in export trade 1 O.Mary 1972 Consultants 4897 Office Organization and Method 1 G.Mills A.H.Wheeler 1971 4898 A Course in Applied Economics 1 P.Brown Pitman & sons 1969 4899 Modern Inventory Management 1 J.W.Prichard John wiley 1965 4900 Future Shock 1 A.Toffler Banton Books 1971 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4901 Dewey Decimal Classification Vol 1 1 M.Dewey Forest Press 1971 4902 Dewey Decimal Classification Vol 2 1 M.Dewey Forest Press 1971 4903 Dewey Decimal Classification Vol 3 1 M.Dewey Forest Press 1971 National Productivity 4904 Plant Eonomics 1 R.S.Gupta 1972 Council National Productivity 4905 organisation Methods 1 B.Ananthakrishnand 1971 Council National Productivity 4906 Teaching Communications Methods 1 M.Yoga 1973 Council National Productivity 4907 organisation 1 V.P.Sharma 1971 Council National Productivity 4908 Communication 1 E.Chowdhuri 1970 Council National Productivity 4909 Tool Engineering 1 M.M.Jacob 1972 Council National Productivity 4910 Value Engineering 1 P.R.Gokaru 1972 Council National Productivity 4911 Method Study 1 K.Pennathur 1967 Council National Productivity 4912 Productivity is for you too 1 K.Pennathur 1966 Council National Productivity 4913 Manual of Cost of Budgetory Control 1 S.Pravin 1970 Council Sharing the gains of productivity guideline and National Productivity 4914 1 N.P.C 1972 illustrated models Council 4915 Cutter's 3-Figure Author Table 1 C.A.Cutter Light+ life Publisher 1974 4916 The Measurement of Soil propertises in the triaxial Test 1 A.W.Bishop Language book Society 1969 4917 Polymorphisms with liked Loci 1 V.Arunachalam Chapman Hall 1971 Car Repairs Properly Explained Maintenance and 4918 1 R.C.Macdonald Elliot Right Way books 1970 adjustments Indian Council for 4919 Science and Technology In India 1 A.Rahman 1973 Cultural Relations 4920 Science & Technology Plan 1 N C S T N C S T 1973 4921 Organic chemistry 1 Sarkar, P. B. Science Book Agen 1973 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4922 Directory of World Jute Industry 1 S.C. Debnath Prasanna Publisher 1975 All India Directory 4923 All India Educational Directory 1 D.V. Aggarwala 1972 Publication Murket Survey on Jute Manufacturers in USA, France, Indian Institute of Indian Institute of 4924 1 1975 Belgium and Spain Foreign Trade Management new delhi Fibre + Polymers Fibre + Polymers 4925 Multilingual Glossary of Textile Terminology 1 1972 Laboratories Laboratories 4926 Statistical Methods for Textile Technologists 1 T. Murphy Textile Institute 1973 4927 Biological transformation of wood by microorganism 1 W. Liese Springer 1975 The R&D game : technical men, technical managers 4928 1 D. Allison Institute of technology 1969 and research productivity 4929 Biometrical Methods in Quantitative genetic analysis 1 B.L.Theraja Kalyani Publishers 1977 4930 Taxmann's Income Tax Act 1 U.K.Bhargada Central Law agency 1978 4931 The Income Tax rules 1 Central Law Agency Central Law Agency 1978 Proceedings of the all India Convention on quality & 4932 2 S.P.Mukherjee I A P Q R 1975 Reliability Management 4933 Evaluation of Management in project appraisal 1 Shetty, Mojur 1979 Development Institute Rural Area Development: Prospectives and 4934 1 Misra,R.P Sterling Publishers 1979 Appreaches Guidelines for materials management in public Bureau Of Public Bureau Of Public 4935 1 1979 Enterprises Enterprises Enterprises Annual Report on the Working of Industrial and Bureau Of Public Bureau Of Public 4936 1 1977 Commercial undertakings of the central Govt. Vol-1 Enterprises Enterprises Annual Report on the Working of Industrial and Bureau Of Public Bureau Of Public 4937 1 1977 Commercial undertakings of the central Govt. Vol-2 Enterprises Enterprises 4938 Phosphorus- nitrogen compounds 1 Allcock, H.R. Academic Press 1972 4939 Progress In Industrial Microbiology vol 14 1 Bull, M.J Elsevier Science 1978 4940 Progress In Industrial Microbiology vol 15 1 Bull, M.J Elsevier Science 1979 4941 Industrial Psychology 1 Mc-Cormick, E.J Prentice Hall 1979 4942 World Metric Standards for Engineering 1 Kverneland Industrial Press 1978 4943 Kelly's manufacturers and marchants directory 1 Kelly's directory Kelly's directory 1978 4944 Repair of industrial equipments 1 Gelberg, B Mir publishers 1978 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4945 An introduction to international law 1 Starke, J G Butterworths Pub. 1977 4946 Essays in bio chemistry vol 13 1 Champbell, P.N Academic press 1977 4947 Essays in bio chemistry vol 14 1 Champbell, P.N Academic press 1977 4948 Weaving calculations 1 Sen Gupta, R. D. B. Taraporevala 1977 4949 Handbook on jute: Volume 1 1 Ranjan, T C Oxford & IBH Publishing 1973 4950 Handbook on jute: Volume 2 1 Ranjan, T C Oxford & IBH Publishing 1973 4951 Essays in biochemistry Vol 9 1 Campbell, P.N Academic Press 1973 4952 Essays in biochemistry Vol 12 1 Campbell, P.N Academic Press 1976 4953 Essays in biochemistry Vol 10 1 Campbell, P.N Academic Press 1974 4954 Essays in biochemistry Vol 3 1 Campbell, P.N Academic Press 1967 4955 Essays in biochemistry Vol 4 1 Campbell, P.N Academic Press 1968 4956 PEARS encyclopedia 88 ED 1 Cook, Christopher Pelhani books 1979 Vogel's textbook of quantitative inorganic analysis: 4957 1 Vogel, A I ELBS 1978 including elementary instrumental analysis Diffraction and imaging techniques in materialscience: 4958 1 Amelenckn, S North-Holland 1978 volume 1 - electron microscopy 4959 Can MAn Change The Climate ? 1 Borisov, P Progress Publishers 1973 4960 Essays in Biochemistry vol-1 1 Campbell, P.N. Academic Press 1965 4961 Essays in Biochemistry vol-5 1 Campbell, P.N. Academic Press 1969 4962 Essays in Biochemistry vol-11 1 Campbell, P.N. Academic Press 1975 Status report on transfer priting and its prospects in 4963 1 Dosha, S.M The Textile Institute 1975 India Bureau Of Public 4964 Public enterprises Survey Vol-1 1 Ministry Of Finance 1976 enterprises Bureau Of Public 4965 Public enterprises Survey Vol-2 1 Ministry Of Finance 1977 enterprises Bureau Of Public 4966 Public enterprises Survey Vol-3 1 Ministry Of Finance 1978 enterprises 4967 Appropriate Technology from NRDC Of India vol-1 1 NRDC NRDC, New Delhi 1969 Ministry of Law and 4968 The Constitution of India 1 NRDC Justice and company 1967 affairs SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year Govt of India Deprt. of Govt. Of India dept. of 4969 handbook of import - Export procedures 1980-81 1 1980 Commerce Commerce National committee National committee on 4970 An Outlook for India's future 1 on Science and 1978 Science and Technology Technology 4971 Guidelines for indrustries part 1 1 Ministry of industry Indian investment centre 1977 International labour International labour 4972 Payment by results 1 1976 office office International labour International labour 4973 Grievance arbitration : A practical guide 1 1980 office office 4974 Trade unions in india 1970 1 Ministry of labour Ministry of labour, GOI 1970 4975 The Copyright Act 1 Govt. Of India Govt. Of India 1977 4976 Theoretical electrochemistry 1 Antropov, L. I. Mir Publishers 1977 Davidson,Robert L. 4977 Handbook of water-soluble gums and resins 1 McGraw-Hill 1980 ed. National Productivity National Productivity 4978 Sharing the gains of productivity 1 1972 Council Council 4979 Electron microscopy and analysis,1981: proceedings 1 M.J. Goringe The institute of physics 1982 Principles of textile testing: an introduction to physical 4980 1 1983 methods of testing textile fibres, yarns and fabrics Booth, J E Butterworths 4981 Introduction to modern physics 1 Richtmyer, F. K. Tata McGraw Hill 1982 4982 Physical properties of textile fibres 1 Morton, W E. The Textile Institute 1975 4983 Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules 2nd ed. 1 Michael Garman Oxford & IBH Publishing 1978 4984 Databook : Electronic information series Vol 28 Book 2 1 Data, Inc. Data Inc 1983 4985 Hindusthan year book and who's who 1984 1 S Sarkar M.C. Sarkar 1984 4986 1985 Annual book of ASTM standards vol- 08.01 1 ASTM ASTM 1985 4987 1985 Annual book of ASTM standards vol- 08.02 1 ASTM ASTM 1985 4988 1985 Annual book of ASTM standards vol- 08.03 1 ASTM ASTM 1985 Specification for vessels & tanks in reinforced plastics 4989 1 BIS BIS 1973 BS 4994 4990 Electronics Projects vol-1 1 EFY Enterprises EFY Enterprises 1986 4991 Electronics Projects vol-2 1 EFY Enterprises EFY Enterprises 1985 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 4992 Electronics Projects vol-3 1 EFY Enterprises EFY Enterprises 1985 British Textile British Textile Machinery 4993 BTMA Directory 1987 1 Machinery 1987 association association Ahmedabad Textile 4994 Process control in spinning 1 Garde, A R. Industry's Research 1987 Association GOI, Planning GOI, Planning 4995 Seventh Five Year Plan 1985-90 vol- 1 1 1985 Commission Commission 4996 Operation Research 1 Kanti Swarup Sultan & Chand 1988 Oxford Advanced Learneer's Dictionary Of Current 4997 1 A S Hornby Oxford University Press 1989 English Northern India Textile 4998 Norms For the Textile Industry 1 NITRA 1989 Research Association 4999 Mastering PC tools deluxe 1 Peter Dyson BPB publcation 1990 National institute of 5000 NIST Standard reference materials catalog 1 N.M. Trahey standards and 1992 technology 5001 Handbook of adhesive technology 1 Pizzi, A. ed Marcel Dekker 1994 5002 The Concise Oxford Dictionary of Current English 1 R.E.Allen Clarendon Press 1990 5003 Plastics materials 1 Brydson, J. A. ButterworthHeinemann 1995 The institute of AS 4 : continjencies and events occurring after the 5004 1 I C A of India chartered accountants 1995 balance sheet date H 11 218 16 of india The institute of 5005 AS 6 : Depriciation accounting H 11 220 16 1 I C A of India chartered accountants 1995 of india The institute of AS 9 : Accounting standard revenue recognition H 11 5006 1 I C A of India chartered accountants 1995 223 16 of india The institute of AS 11 : Accounting for the effects of changes ion 5007 1 I C A of India chartered accountants 1995 foreign exchage rates H 11 225 16 of india SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year The institute of 5008 AS 13 : Accounting for investments H 11 227 16 1 I C A of India chartered accountants 1993 of india The institute of 5009 AS 14 : Accounting for amalgamations H 11 228 16 1 I C A of India chartered accountants 1994 of india Elsevier Advanced 5010 The Geotextiles and geomembranes manual 1 Ingold, T S. 1994 Technology 5011 Water and water pollution 1 Abbasi, S. A. Enviro Media 1996 Textile manufacturing: profitability through Textile Current Technical 5012 1 2000 manufacturing Kulkarni, M G. Literature Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 5013 ISO 9000 quality system manual on handloom 1 2001 govt. of India of India Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 5014 ISO 9000 standard operating procedures on handloom 1 2001 govt. of India of India Ministry of Textiles Ministry of Textiles govt. 5015 ISO 9000 Work Instructions on handloom 1 2001 govt. of India of India Wadhwa and Company 5016 Chaturvedi & Pithisaria Income tax law vol- 2 1 K.Chaturvedi 1999 law publishers 5017 Designing with geosynthetics 1 Koerner, Robert M. Prentice Hall 1998 5018 The Macmillan world Atlas 1 Macmillan Pub. Macmillan 1999 5019 Working in teams: a team member guidebook 1 Pokras, Sandy. , Viva Books 2004 5020 Dealing with difficult peopleRick Brinkman 1 Rick Brinkman McGraw Hill 2004 5021 V G Mehta's Income tax ready reckoner 2005-06 1 N V Mehta Kuber Publishing House 2005 5022 Swamy's handbook 2008: for central govt staff 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2008 Universal Law 5023 The payment of wages act 1936 1 Universal law publishing 2005 Publishing 5024 Practical guide to payment of gratuity act & rules 1 K L Kumar Universal law publishing 2008 The employee's provident funds & miscellaneous Commercial law Commercial law 5025 1 2009 provisions act, 1952 publishers publishing Technical textile : Technology , Development and 5026 1 Kothari V.K IAFL Publication 2008 Application 5027 Indian Textile annual & directory 2008 1 J R dutta Eastland Pub. 2009 5028 Natural fibres, biopolymers and biocomposites 1 A K Mohanty Taylor Francis 2005 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 5029 BIS catalogue 2008 1 BIS BIS 2008 5030 Swamy's compilation of central civil services 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2010 5031 Swamy's handbook 2010 1 Muthuswamy Swamy Publishers 2010 Practical guide to employees' provident funds: act, 5032 1 Kumar, H. L. , Universal law publishing 2010 rules and schemes The West Bengal societies registration act, : with rules 5033 1 T N Sukla Kamal law house 2010 and model forms International Jute study 5034 Jute basics 12 Sudripta Roy 2010 group, Dhaka 5035 Understanding jute yarn 10 Sur, Debanjan. Anindita Sur, Kolkata 2005 Technical handbook on energy management for jute Bandyopadhyay, S. Institute of Jute 5036 10 2010 mills K. Technology, Kolkata India. Ministry of Textiles Committee, 5037 Compendium on eco labels 1 2006 Textiles. T. , Mumbai 5038 Coated textiles: principles and applications 1 Sen, Ashish Kumar. , CRC Press 2008 Bombay Textile Bombay Textile 5039 Norms for mechanical processing (Weaving) 1 2007 Research Associ. , Research Associ. , Swamy's complete manual on establishment and 5040 1 Muthuswamy. , Swamy Publishers 2012 administration: for central government offices 5041 De's West Bengal service rules: Part and Part 1 Mookerjee, Asutosh. Kamal Law House 2012 5042 Indian tie-dyed fabrics 1 Buhler, Alfred. , Calico Museum 1980 A monograph on silk fabrics produced in the North- 5043 1 Ali, A.Yusuf comp. Calico Museum 1974 Western Provinces and Oudh Mohanty, Bijoy 5044 Natural dyeing processes of India 1 Calico Museum 1987 Chandra. , 5045 Modelling and predicting textile behaviour 1 Chen, X. , Woodhead Publisher 2010 Natural Dyes for Textiles and their Eco-Friendly 5046 1 Niyati Bhattacharyya IAFL Publications 2010 applications 5047 Yarn Production : theoretical aspects 1 P Grosberg The Textile Institute 1999 Advances in the dyeing and finishing of technical 5048 1 M L Gulrajani Woodhead Publishing 2013 textiles 5049 Handbook on natural dyes for industrial application 1 S Padma Vanker NIIR 2013 5050 Handbook of nonwoven filter media 1 Irwin M Hutten Elsevier 2007 SL No. Book Title Details Copies Author Name Publisher Name Year 5051 Functional finishes for textiles 1 Roshan Paul Woodhead Publishing 2015 NABHI's Income Tax Guidelines and mini ready 5052 1 Nabhi Kumar Jain Nabhi Publication 2016 reckoner 2016-17, 2017-18 5053 Swamy's handbook 2018: for central government staff 1 Muthuswamy. Swamy Publishers 2018 Nanoemulsions : formulation, applications Jafari, seid Mahdi 5054 1 AcademicPress 2018 andcharacterization (ed). Manual for procurement of Goods & Services in Govt. Nabhi's Board of 5055 1 Nabhi Publications 2018 Department Editor. Annis, Patricia A 5056 Understanding and improving the durability of textiles 1 Woodhead Publishing 2012 (ed.). 5057 Thermal and moisture transport in fibrous materials 1 Pan, N (ed.). Woodhead Publishing 2006 5058 Absorbent Technology Vol 13 1 P.K. Chatterjee Elsevier 2002 Chemical Technology in Pretreatment processes of 5059 1 S.K Karmakar Elsevier 2011 textiles 5060 Handbook of Properties of Textile and Technical Fibres 1 A.R. Bunsell Elsevier 2018 Advanced High Strength Natural Fibre Composites in 5061 1 Mizi Fan Woodhead Publisher 2017 Construction Muthuswamy and 5062 Swamy's handbook 2019: for central government staff 1 Swamy Publishers 2019 Brinda 5063 Military Textiles 1 Eugene Wilusz Woodhead Publishing 2008 5064 Smart textiles for protection 1 R A Chapman Woodhead Publishing 2013 Functionaltextiles for improved performance, protection 5065 1 Woodhead Publishing 2011 and health N.Pan and G.Sun